Sei sulla pagina 1di 312

Solution (XII Topic)

TOPICS COVERED

1. Geometrical Optics

2. Wave optics

3. Electrostatics - 1

4. Electrostatics - 2

5. Current Electricity

6. Capacitance

7. Magnetism

8. E.M.I.

9. Alternating Current

10. Modern Physics - I

11. Modern Physics - II

12. Semi Conductor

13. Communication System


CONTENTS
S.NO. TOPIC .................. PAGE NO.
 Geometrical Optics ..................................................................................................................................... 3 to 43
Exercise - I .................................................................................................................................................... 3 – 11
Exercise - II .................................................................................................................................................. 12 – 22
Exercise - III ................................................................................................................................................. 23 – 33
Exercise - IV ................................................................................................................................................ 34 – 43
 Wave optics .............................................................................................................................................. 44 to 56
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................... 44 – 46
Exercise - II .................................................................................................................................................. 47 – 49
Exercise - III ................................................................................................................................................. 50 – 52
Exercise - IV ................................................................................................................................................ 53 – 56
 Electrostatics - 1 ...................................................................................................................................... 57 to 86
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................... 57 – 62
Exercise - II .................................................................................................................................................. 63 – 69
Exercise - III ................................................................................................................................................. 70 – 80
Exercise - IV ................................................................................................................................................ 81 – 86
 Electrostatics - 2 ..................................................................................................................................... 87 to 109
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................... 87 – 91
Exercise - II .................................................................................................................................................. 92 – 96
Exercise - III ................................................................................................................................................ 97 – 104
Exercise - IV .............................................................................................................................................. 105 – 110
 Current Electricity ................................................................................................................................. 111 to 144
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................. 111 – 117
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................ 118 – 124
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 125 – 135
Exercise - IV .............................................................................................................................................. 136 – 144
 Capacitance ............................................................................................................................................ 145 to 175
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................. 145 – 152
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................ 153 – 159
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 160 – 169
Exercise - IV .............................................................................................................................................. 170 – 175
 M agnetism ............................................................................................................................................. 176 to 213
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................. 176 – 182
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................ 183 – 191
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 192 – 202
Exercise - IV .............................................................................................................................................. 203 – 213
 E.M.I. ........................................................................................................................................................ 214 to 234
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................. 214 – 217
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................ 218 – 223
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 224 – 228
Exercise - IV .............................................................................................................................................. 229 – 234
 Alternating Current ............................................................................................................................... 235 – 249
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................. 235 – 236
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................ 237 – 240
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 241 – 243
Exercise - IV .............................................................................................................................................. 244 – 249
 Modern Physics-I .................................................................................................................................. 250 to 281
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................. 250 – 256
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................ 257 – 263
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 264 – 270
Exercise - IV .............................................................................................................................................. 271 – 281
 Modern Physics-II .................................................................................................................................. 282 – 296
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................. 282 – 283
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................ 284 – 287
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 288 – 291
Exercise - IV .............................................................................................................................................. 292 – 296
 Semi Conductor ..................................................................................................................................... 297 – 308
Exercise - I ................................................................................................................................................. 297 – 301
Exercise - II ................................................................................................................................................ 302 – 305
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 306 – 308
 Comm unication_System ...................................................................................................................... 309 – 312
Exercise - I ...................................................................................................................................................... 309
Exercise - II ..................................................................................................................................................... 310
Exercise - III ............................................................................................................................................... 311 – 312
Geometrical Optics | 3
GEOMETRICAL OPTICS
Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. B
All the reflected rays meet at a point, when
produced backwards.

O O' I O I' O' I


x x x-2 x
x-2
O I
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
II’ = O’I + OO’ – (OI’)
= x + x – 2 (x – 2)
II’ = 4cm

2. A 8. B
A plane mirror forms inverted image of
object line perpendicular to it. k
Maximum velocity of the insect is A . Its
m
component perpendicular to the mirror is

k
A sin 60 . Thus, max. relative speed =
m
3 : 25 8 : 35
Object Image
3 k
A .
2 m
3. D
9. B
Deviation produced by plane mirror is given
Perpendicular distance between object &
by
mirror is equal to perpendicular distance
= 180 – 2i
between image & mirror.
here i = 90 – 60 = 30º
Initially the separation between object and
= 180 – 60 = 120º
image is 200 cm. After 6s the mirror has
moved 30 cm towards the object. Hence
4. A
object-mirror separation is 70 cm. So
There is a phase change of 180º in
object image separation is 140 cm.
reflection.
10. B
5. C
From the following figure we can see that
Only a portion of incident light is reflected
incident & reflected ray are parallel to one
by mirror and rest is transmitted in mid
another.
water. So intensity of reflected light is less
st
than intensity of incident light & hence I mirror
Incident
image formed is less bright. ray

6. A
Reflected
By the laws of reflection angle of incidence ray
= angle of reflection
i = r = 38° nd
II mirror

7. C
Perpendicular distance between object & 11. A
mirror is equal to perpendicular distance By the formula for the number of image
between image & mirror. 360
Fig.1 shows original condition when object formed  1 where  is angle between

distance is x & mirror is at mean and fig.2
the mirror.
shows final condition then mirror perform
SHM of amplitude 2 cm. 360
No. of images = 1  5

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
4 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

12. B 18. D
A

45º
B B'
90º 60
D C

10cm

So diameter of the image = f


A'
Let A'B' be the image of tower AB. The foot    
= 10 × 1  
of tower coincides with foot of image. Let  180  18
the mirror be CD then from the given
19. A
condition and from  CAB.
Using mirror formula
h
tan 45º =  h = 60m 1 1 1
60  =
v u f
Here we have a virtual object so sign of u is
13. C
positive.
Paraxial rays are considered because they
form nearly a point image of a point source.
f=20cm
14. B
Using mirror formula O

1 1 1
 =
v u f f
20cm
Here u = –f, f = +f
Here f = +20
1 1 1 u = 20
  O
v (f ) f f
1 1 1 1
   =0
f v 20 20 v
v =
2 v=
15. D
20. B
Here u = –30 cm, f = –15 cm
object is at centre of curvature
image will be real and of same size.

16. A f=+f
By using mirror formula 2F
u = +x; f = –f
1 1 1 Taking u = – 2f & f = +f
 
v f x 1 1 1
 
1 1 (x  f ) v u f
=  = –ve (always)
v v xf 1 1 1
so if object virtual, image always real.  
v  2f f
1 1 1 2 1
17. A  = + =
When object is real then image move from v f 2f 2f
focus to pole. v 2f / 3 1
So maximum distance f = 20 cm. m=– = =
u  2f 3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 5

21. B 25. A
Magnification is –3 because image is real &
inverted. i
v
m= rr
u
v e
–3 =
u
Incident angle and emergent angle will be
v = 3u.
20cm same.
given u = –20 cm
the angle between them is 0.
v = –60 cm
By using mirror formula
1 1 1 26. C
– = i = 60º
60 20 f
f = –15 cm Displacement = t sec r sin (i – r) = 5 2

22. D  3 sin r 
= 15 sec r  2 cos r  2  = 5 3
Focal length of the mirror is R/2 which  
depends on the sphere from which the mirror
is cut out. 3 tan r 1
  
2 2 3
23. C
Velocity of light varies with medium. The  r = 30º
relation between velocity & refractive index Now  sin r = sin i
is given as 3 1
= × = 3
n2 v2 2 2
n1 = v1
Where n is refractive index & v velocity of 27. D
light in medium. Both false as critical angle is greater for red
colour (C  ) and diamond shines due to
sin i H2 V1  TIR.
= =  1
sin r H1 V2 2
28. D
24. B As  sin  = constant, the angle of emergence
will be 90°.

29. D
As the ray moves towards the normal while
60º 60º
entering medium 2 from 1 we have n2>n1
for total internal reflection at interface of 2
3 & 3 , n2>n3 besides n3 should also be less
than n2 or else ray would have emerged in
medium 3, parallel to its path in medium 1
hence n3<n1<n2

Applying Snell's law on surface of incidence 30. A


If light is travelling from medium B and suf-
 sin 60 
 = sin–1   fers TIR it implies B < A.
 3 
 = 180 – [60 + ]  B 
C = sin–1   
 A
 1  sin 60º 

 = 180 – 60º sin  
  VA   2 V 
  3    1
 = sin–1  V   As
= 180º – [60 + 30] = 90º  B  1 V2

VA V
 VB = =
sin  sin 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
6 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

31. C 36. C
We know that formula for deviation
A V 2.5  10 8 = i+e –A & r1 + r 2 = A
 B   1.25
B VA 2  108 i= i r2 = 0 r1 + 0 = A
e= 0 r1 = A A
 1   4 A= A
C = sin–1   = sin–1   1 sin i =  sin A
 1. 25  5 i r
Because angles
rarer are small i = A
[As C = sin–1  ]
denser
37. B
For minimum deviation imin = e
32. A
A
and r1 = = r2 = r
2
 = i + e – A = 2 (imin – r) = 38º ... (1)
45º 30º Now
45º 30º 44º = 42º + 62 – 2r r = 30º ... (2)
From (1) and (2)
270º imin = 49º

Deviation = 90º clockwise or 270º 38. B


anticlockwise.
60º
33. C
Using A = r1 + r2
50º 40º
r1 = 30º
r2 = 0
1.sin i = 2 sin 30º
i = 45º
From the formula
34. C = i+e –A
 sin C= 1  = 50 + 40 – 60 = 30º
min < 30º.
1
C= sin–1  


 1 
 =  sin   30º
 C 

C < 
sin C < sin 
1 1
 40º i=e 50º
 2
> 2. 39. D
All are true.
35. C
i – e = 23 ....(1) 40. D
23 = i + e – 60°  i +e = 83 ....(2) 1 1
From equation (1) & (2) We know that C  sin
 glass
e = 30° & i =53°
and glass depends on wavelength of light
1. sin 53° =  sin r ....(3)
 sin (60 – r) = sin 30 ....(4) 1
 glass 
After solving eq (3) & (4) we get 
  2 sin53 When is minimum the  will be maximum
& hence C will be minimum.
= 1.13
 is minimum for voilet hence  C is
43 minimum for voilet light.
=
5

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 7

41. B 46. A
Using formula R = 20cm
nv  nR nv  nR
 = n 1 ny =
y 2 t=20 cm
1.56  1.44 1.56  1.44 Paper
= ny = = 1.5
1 .5  1 2 This problem can be drawn as follows
0.12 R = 20cm
= = 0.24
0.5
air
42. B
Disp. (nv-nR) A t = 20cm

43. A u = –20 cm R = +20 cm


Using the formula for refraction at sperical
surface 3
n1 = n2 = 1
n1 2
n2 n2  n1
– =
v u R n2 n1 (n2  n1 )
from  
n1 = 3/2 v u R
Here n2 = 1
u = 30 cm 1 3 1  3 /2
=   ; v = –10cm
R = +20 cm v 2  20 20
1 3 1  3 /2
  47. C
v 2  30 20
v = +40 cm 4
Here n2 = Fish Boy
3
44. A n1 = 1 2R
u = –R
R = +R
n2 n1 n2  n1
from  
v u R
For 1st
refraction
u = –  R = +R 2 =n, 1 = 1 4 1 (4 / 3  1) 4 1 1
     
nR 3v R R 3v 3R R
 v
n 1  v = –2R
For 2nd refraction Then the distance from the centre
nR = R + 2R = 3R
u  2R, , 2 = 1, 1 = 1
n 1
V = R & R = –R 48. C
 n = 4/3

45 B n = 1.33 n = 1.5
n1=2 n2=2
2cm x y

10cm

u = –10 R = + 20 cm
2 1 2 1
   v  40cm Image is always virtual because rays goes
v 10 20
so virtual image is formed from rarer to denser medium.

1  40 
 hi = 2
2  10 
 hi =4 cm so erect, enlarged

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
8 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

49. D 52. C
We know that P = IA & P × t = E
1  1 1 
E    1  
Hence IA = f R
 1 R 2
t
For double convex lens
2
 d d2I R1 = R
Initially energy/sec = I ×    
2 4 R2 = -2R
= 2
  d 2 d 
2

Now energy/sec = I         1  2  1 1


  2   4    1 
50  R   2
3   R = 75 cm = R1
= Id2  
16  R2 = 150 cm

Final Ιntensity I d2 3 / 16 3 53. D


So, Now  
Initial Intensity Id2 / 4 4 On cutting the less parallel to its principal
axis
Focus will not change.
f does not changes
50. B so P will not change.

54. C
100 cm = R
h

Kh u1

Ku1

Kh
h 1 1 1 
 (  1)  
f R
 1 R 2
u2 Ku2
1 1 1 1
=  =
2 100   200
For case 1
f = 200 cm
u = –u1  v = –ku1  f = –f
55. A
1 1 1
ku1 + u1 = f ......... (1) We know that on cutting the lens into two
parts perpendicular to its principal axis
For case 2 power of the two parts will be P/2 each. Let
u = –u2  v = ku2  f = –f initial power of lens be P.
1 1 1 Then (P1)f = (P2)f = P/2
– ku + u = ......... (2) Pf = (P1)f = (P2)f = P  Pi = Pf
2 2 f
No change in power hence no change in focal
On solving (1) & (2)
length.
1
f= (u1 + u2) 56. A
2
Given RA = 0.9 RB
1 1
51. B 
fA fB
B convex mirror
C plane mirror 2 2
(1.63 – 1) R = (xB – 1) R
D diverging mirror A B
xB = 1.7

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 9

57. A 60. A
The convex lenses and the plane mirror are
1
Using the formula P = f in m  shown in figure. The combination behaves
like a concave mirror. Let the distance of te
p1 = 2D object from the first lens be x.
For the ray to retrace its path. It should be
100
f1 = = +50 cm incident normally on the plane mirror.
2
From the diagram, we see that for lens L2
f2 = –10
v = , f = +10 cm, u = ?
f2 = –100 cm

1 1 1  Y Y
  
feq  f1 f2 

I1
1 1   2  1 1
=    =  100  =
 50 100    100 O X X

feq = 100 cm L2 L2

x 30
58. C
From the lens equation, we get
1 1 1 f  15cm
 
v  f , u  40cm 1 1 1
  or u = – 10 cm
v u f
1 1 1
  , v = +24 cm From the diagram, we see that for lens L1
v  40 15
v = 30 – 10 = 20 cm, f = +10 cm, u= – x
This image acts as object for lens L2 From the lens equations, we get
So, u = + ( 2 4 –14) = +10 cm,
v = 30 cm 1 1 1 1 1 1
  or   or x = 20 cm
v u f 20 x 10
f= ?

1 1 1 1 1 1 61. C
    
f v u f  30  10 4
y = x = x
f = – 15 cm 3
4
For the mirror, u = –y = x
59. C 3
1 1 1
3 1  2  1 3   2  
O
   v u f
v u R1 R2 y
1 3 1 x
 
5 5 3 v 4x 30
1  , 2  , 3 
4 3 2  60x 
v   
R1 = 10 cm, R2 = – 10 cm  2x  45 
Let the final image is formed at a distance z
3/ 2 5/ 4 5/ 3  5/ 4 3/ 2  5/ 3 from the mirror, then
  
v  10  10  60x  1 4 z
 2x  45   z    3 and =2 (magnification)
  x
180
v cm Solving, we get x = 33.75 cm
7

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
10 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

62. D 64. C
Ray diagram : The path of a typical light ray uf 30  20
v   60cm
is shown in the following figure. The element u  f 30  20
encountered is only a lens in either path of
the light rays. 30 cm 60 cm

4 mm

O 2 mm
2 mm
Screen
The lens is cut in half along the axis. So, 4 mm
both halves have the same focallength. Since
two sharp images are formed on the screen,
the result is equivalent to the lens v h2 vh1 60  2
displacement method with D = 80 cm and m = u  h  h2   = 4 cm
1 u 30
d = 12 cm.
For the lens displacement method, the focal 65. B
length of the lens is given by For normal adjustment

D2  d2 u0 D
f 
4D
or f = 19.55 cm u0 × fe = – 100

 v  D
63. B 1  0  ×
 f0  fe = –100
For lens f1
f1 = 30 cm, u = 10 m 25
(1 – 2V0) × f = – 100
e
f1 f2
1 – 2v0 = 4fe .....(1)
Again L = V0 + fe = 6.5 .....(2)
from (1) & (2)
I1 I2
6fe = 12
27.5 cm
fe = 2 cm
30 cm
66. C
 v = 30 cm For seeing with relaxed eye, the final image
f2 = 15cm, u = 2.5 cm should be formed at For objective lens

1 1 1 1 1 1  0  200cm
   
v 25 15 v u0 f0 , f 0  30cm

1 1 1 1 1 1 1
    v = 3 cm  
v 15 2.5 3 v0  200 30

600
So, v0   35.3 cm
17
Distance between objective and eyepiece is
L = v0 + fe = 35.3 + 3 = 38.3 cm

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 11

67. B 70. B
Power of liquid lens In this case, the total deviation is shared
between the two surfaces.
 2  6
= (1.6–1)   ×10 = 6 D
 0.20  10
Power of concave lens
= (1.5–1) (–2/.20) = –5D
Total power of two concave lenses = – 10 D
Power of system = –10 D + 6 D = – 4 D
1
Focal length = = –0.25 m
4

68. A
Here, fv = 2 cm and fe = 3 cm.
Using les formula for eyepiece,
1 1 1
  
u v1 fe

1 1 1
    u1 = – 3cm [ i = 0]
u  3
But the distance between objective and
eyepiece is 15 cm (given).
Therefore, distance of image formed by the
71. B
objective, v = 15–3 = 12 cm. Let u be the By Theory
object distance from the objective, them for
1 1 1 72. A
1 1 1
objectives lens u  v  f or   By Theory
0 u 12 2
73. B
1 1 1 5 12
    u  2.4 cm
u 2 12 12 5 fO
(a) is the correct option. f e = 10
f0 = 10fe = 10×20 = 200 cm
69. B 74. C
f1 = + 40 cm By Theory
(for convex lens)= 0.4 m
f2 = – 25 75. B
(for concave lens) p = 1/f = –0.5D
= – 0.25 m
Therefore, focal length
(f) of the combination,
1 1 1
 
f f1 f2

1 1 0.25  0.4
  
0.40 0.25 0.40  0.25
0.15
  1.5D
0.1
1
 P= =–1.5D
f
(b) is the correct option.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
12 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct

1. C 4. D

7 : 34 : 23

The plane mirror causes latered inversion


Hence we can see that the time shown by
image clock will be 7 : 34 : 23.
Hint : Make a clock on the paper & look at it
from the back. Let AB be the object whose image formed
by plane mirror CD is A'B'. The portion visible
2. B to the object can be drawn as shown in the
ray diagram and EF is the length visible to
V V him.
To calculate EF :  AGC ~  AA'E' &  AGD ~
 AA'F'
2V
In AGC & AA'E' In AGD & AA'F'
AG AA ' AG AA '
= =
GC A 'E ' GD A 'F '
VI  V0
We know that from formula Vm = x 2x x 2x
2 = =
0.4 A 'E ' 0.7 A 'F '
where Vm = Velocity of mirror
Vm = Velocity of image A'E' = 0.8 A'F' = 1.4
Vm = Velocity of object Now A'F' - A'E' = E'F' = EF
We can write velocity of image for first 1.4 – 0.8 = 0.6 = EF
mirror after Ist reflection
VI = 2 V 5. C
For second reflection this velocity becomes
A C A'
velocity of object. 0.05m
0.1 m
E G
2V  VI I E'
–V =
2 Visible
1.5 m
VI = – 4 V portion
D
|VI| = 4 V H 0.8 m H'
Thus after nth reflection
VI = 2 N V B B'

3. A Let AB be the boy with his eye level at E and


By image formations A'B' be the image then the visible portion is
.  EID ~  EE'H'
L/3
| | EI EE '
=
• • • • • ID E'H
4L 2L L 5L
|

| 2L |
|

3 3 3 3 Now we know that EE' = 2 EI, ID = 0.6 m &


|

3
AH = A'H' = A'E' + E'H'
| 2L |
E'H = 1.2 And AH=1.2 + 0.1 = 1.3 m.
Hence boy cannot see his feet.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 13

6. A
d
 2  36 rad / s
dt
dy d
 10 cos ec2
A dt dt
25
 10   36  1000 m/s
9
O B
9. B
Component of velocity of object  to mirror
Deviation at A = 180 – 2i1 (AC) follows the condition.
Deviation at B = 180 – 2i2 (AC)
VIM   VOM for z component only 
In OAB 90 – i1 + 90 – i2 + 60 = 180°
i1+i2 = 60° VI  8   5  8
Net deviation = 1 + 2
= 360 – 2 (i1 + i2) VI  11 k̂
= 360 – 2 × 60 = 240° The remaining components remain same as
From line BC
120o 60o that of the object so VI  3 î  4 ĵ  11k̂
180 +  = 240
 = 60º 240
o

10. C
7. A
I
O 20m
C
30m
3m
S
300m
x
A 1m B

ABI and OCI


OI AI hi v
 Magnification = h =
OC AB 0 u

x 300  x hi 9 v

20 100 h0 = 3 = u
Let OI = x 3u = v
100x = 6000 + 20x 3 (x – 300) = x
80x = 6000
3x – 900 = x
600 2x = 900
x= cm
8 x = 450 cm.
25 × 3
= 75 cm 11. D
OS = OI = 75 cm Given
hi h 1 v
8. C m= h = = =–
0 nh n u

u
v= –
n
Using mirror formula
n 1 1 n  1 1
–     
u u f  u  f
10m

u = –f(n – 1)
9 | u | = f(n – 1)
   2  18 rad / s

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
14 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

12. B 17. A

f
y
x

f
In convex mirror Image is not at infinity ()

13. B

y 4 dy 4 dx
   = 8 m/sec
 x 3 dt 3 dt
 C
18. D

For IInd reflection
Minimum value of = 45º  =–2c

  =–2i
= –c i
2 i)–
14. B –1 (n
sin
n
si
Using mirror formula =
i
i=0 i=i i=90
1 1 1
 =
v u f
19. D
The equation is in the form of y = mx + c.
1
c
On comparing we see that taking on c cos = cos 
v n
n cos  = cos 
1
y-axis and on x-axis than m (slope) is –1 1 sin  = n sin 
u
1 sin 2 
and is intercept on y-axis.  n2 cos2 + 1
f n2

1
C
c cos  air
v 

c  glass
cos 
n
C/n
1/u
1 1 1
sin 2 
  n2 – n2 sin2 + 1
v u f n2

15. D
1 2 2
sin2  n 2  n   1  n

16. C n2 1 n 2
Real depth = d = 1m sin2 = n
Virtual depth = d’ = 0.9m
1 n2

d' 1 n 1
 sin =
d  1 n 2

1 10 tan  = n]
= =
0.9 9

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 15

20. A 24. B
4 5
w  , g 
3 3 A
1  4
sin C =
 w  r

w g  g 5 c

1  4 
 C  sin     (A)
5 From properties of prism
r+C=A
21. C
 1 
r = A – C = 75 – sin–1   = 30º

 2
1.sin i = 2 sin r
 1
53° i = sin–1  2  
 2
i = 45º
1
sin C =
1.4
C = 45.58 25. A
For TIR to take place  > C.
 = 1 – 2 = 0
22. C
Using formula for relation between min & A. (1 – 1)A1 – (2 – 1)A2 = 0

 A  min  (1.54 – 1) – (1.72 – 1)A2 = 0  A2 = 3º


sin  
 2 
=
A
sin
2
 90  min  26. D
sin  
3  2  Dispersion is not possible as only one wave-
=
2 sin 45º
length present.
 90  min  3
sin   =
 2  2
90  min
= 60º  min = 30º
2 27. A
23. C
min = i + e – A VIBGYOR
min = A x n
45°
So 2A = 2i
i= A
Now for refraction on first surface. 1
sin i =  sin r1 sin C =
sin A =  sin A/2 
[For minimum deviation r1 = r2 = A/2] for red C > 45º
A A A
2cos sin = 3 sin 2
2 2
A 3
cos =
2 2
A
= 30  A = 60º
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
16 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

28. A
3
sin c =  c  60
n1 = 3/2 n2 = 4/3 2
x=R
x O y
• •
31. D
x 2 1 2  1
 
v x R

4 3 32. C
n2 = , n1 =
3 2
1  1 1 
R = –10 cm u = –x  p  (  1)   ... (1)
f  R1 R2 
4 3 4 /3  3 /2
  
3v 2x  10    1 1 
Now p' =    1 R  R  ... (2)
1 3  1 3   0  1 2 
   
v 4  60 2x 
p'   0
for real image v > 0 
p  0 (  1)
3  1  3 
 > 0  x > 90 cm 33. B
4  60 2x 
v
29. D m = –0.5 =
u
u
10cm v= – = +5cm
2
4
3
1 1 1 2  1
7.5cm   =
5cm f 5 10 10
10
f= cm convex lens.
3

for Ist Refraction 34. B


4
u1 = –7.5 cm n1 =1.5, n2 = dv v2
3  2
R = –5cm du u

4 / 3 1.5 4 / 3  1.5 1 1 1
    v = 30cm
v1 7.5 5 v 10 15
 v1 = –8cm 2
 30 
for 2nd Refraction dv = –    du
2=1 1 = 4/3  15 
u2 = –(10 + 8) = –18 cm dv = –4mm
1 27
so apparent depth = (18)  cm 35. B
4 /3 2
= –13.5 cm

30. C

15cm 10cm 20cm


c

c 30cm
x
Ray retraces its path when it appears to
come towards centre of curvature

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 17

R = 20
1 1 1 1 1 4 1 3
F = 10 cm      
For ray to retrace its path it must fall v f u 50 200 200 200
normally on mirror. 200
 v cm
3
36. C Also, magnification produced by objective
v lens
m=3=  v = 3u
u v 200 / 3 1
u = –10cm  v = +30 cm m0 =  
u 200 3
1 1 1 Image I1 acts as an object for eye lens.
+ = f Here, v = –25 cm, f = 5cm
30 10 eq
1 1 1
30   
feq = cm f2 = –30 f v u
4
1 1 1 1 1 15
1      
1 1 1 1 4 u v f 25 5 25
 
feq = f1 f2 = f1 30 = 30
25
f1 = 6 cm  u  cm
6
And magnification produced by eye lens.
37. B v 25
me   6
Let the object distance be x, Then, the image u (25 / 6)
distance is D–x.
From lens equation, 40. B
1 1
1 1 1    ve
  f1 f2
x Dx f
On algebraic rearrangement, we get 1 2 1 2
 0  f  f
x2 – Dx + Df = 0 f1 f2 1 2

On solving for x, we get 2 < 1 | f2 | < | f1 |

D  D(D  4f) 41. A


x1  By Theory
2
42. A
D  D(D  4f) By Theory
x2 
2
The distance between the two object 43. B
positions is fO 60
fe = 5 = 12
d = x2 – x1 = D(D  4f)
O = 12 × 2° = 24°

44. B
38. C

Real, inverted and magnified O
D
39. A dmin = O × 1 km
Given u = –200 cm, f = 50 cm
For image I1 of object formed by objective _ 5 mm
~
lens,
45. A
1 1 1 (1.64 – 1) [x] = 10 cm = fy
 
f v u
10
We have fv – fR = [0.66 – 0.62] = 0.625 cm
0.64

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
18 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.

1. B,C PMI and ABI


Let AB be the man with his eye level at E PM hmin h 40
and A'B' be the image   min 
MI IA 80 20
A C A' hmin = 160cm
MQI and ACI
E F
E' QM hmax h 80
H    max 
170 cm

MI IA 80 20
160 cm

 hmax = 320 cm
G
4. A,B
v
Given  2  v = ±2
u
B B'
1 1 1
from  
Using similar  EHG & EE ' B' v u f
EE' EH 1 1 1
 ±  
E' B' HG 2u u  f
EE' = 2EH & E'B' = 160 cm after solving u = –30, –10 cm
HG = 80 cm
FH = 5 cm 5. B,C
Hence length of mirror required is FG = 85
cm and bottom of mirror should be 80 cm
or less above the ground or else feet will B' A' A B A'' B''
not be visible.
30 10 10 30 10
2. B,D
Field of view is same for all positions of the 50
mirror and hence spot on wall remains for A’ u = –60 f = 60 v = +30
unaffected for B’ u = –90 f = 60 v = +36 cm
fov. Image length = 6cm
s 1
Magnification =
5
s2
6. B,C
hi v
s1 Using mirror formula =
h0 u
hi 1 v
Given h = = 
0 2 u
u
3. A,B,D hence v = 
2
given
u = –40  v = 20
Using mirror formula
B 1 1 1
  
Q 40 20 f
hmin hmax
1 1
p = f = 40
f 40
I M S A convex mirror with focal length = 40 cm
use similar traingles

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 19

7. A,B,D 11. B,C,D


f=-12cm
1 = sin r = 2 sin i
4m/s
 2 
20cm r = sin–1   sin i 
 1 

Using mirror formula for zero deviation 2 = 1


1 1 1 1 1 1 i.e., k2 = 1
     
v u f v  20  12 If 2 > 1 condition for C.
v = –30cm real.

dv  v2 2.sin = 1 sin 90º
 2 v 0m 3
dt u
 v2 2
(VI – 0) = (V0 – 0) 3 30°
u2   = = k1
1 2
2 53°
 30  If k  r 0
VI = –   u
 20 
VI = –9cm/s towards right. 
So away from the mirror. | r – i | 
3

8. A,D
Shift by a glass slab of thickness t is given 12. A,C

 1 5 4
by t  1   sin30º = sin2 60°
  3 3
And shift is towards the path of incident light. 60°
2 = sin–1  5  60°
8 30°
9. A,B,C 5
The object will now O' .sin60º = sin 90º 30°

appear to be placed at 3
C
O' which is a point I 5
between C &  for =
mirror. So image is 2 3
formed
between C & O. 13. A,C
= (– 1) A   A & – 1
10. B,C,D
For critical angle
14. B,C,D
2
sin C =  A for min deviation there are two angles
1
c of incidence
3
90º – C > sin–1  c B i = e so r 1 = r2
1
C i = 90º or e = 90º for max
3 90-C
cos C >  D min = ( – 1)A
1

12  12   3 15. A,B,C


2
  2 2
... (B) A  have dispersion without average
1 1 3

2 2 2 deviation.
  
1 3 2
... (C)
B have deviation without dispersion.
 12   22   23 ... (D)
C have dispersion and average deviation.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
20 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

16. A,B 19. A,C


st
1 mage
M = 3/2
O

st
2 image
240 360 O
• (due to
u = –d, R = +60,
combination)
3
2 = 1 = 1
2 st
3 mage
3 1 1.5  1
 2V  d  60
1
On cutting lens into two halves power of each
3 1 1 section becomes P/2 on combining them
 2V  120  d
1 again net power of system becomes P so
If d1 = 120 v =  focal length of two system (ii) and (iii) is
Retraces path same.

If d1 = 240 v = 360 = d2 20. B,C,D

17. A,C Screen

6 cm
• •
P 1
P
x x y

u = –x, n2 = 2, n1 = 1, R = –R (y – x)

 2 1   1
   2 D = 90 cm
v x R
h0 = h0  h1 h2  6cm
2 1  2  1
  
v x R h1 v 9 3
  
If 2 > 1 v = –ve h0 u 6 2
If x is –ve and 1 > 2 v = +ve
v: u=3:2
uv + u = 90
18. A,C
v = 54, u = 36  d = 18

10 15 D2  d2
f=
4D

4 902  182
= f=  f = 21.6 cm
3 4  90

3 21. ABCD
=
2
D = 96 cm
1 3  1 1  1 1
   1      I1
f1  2  10 15  f1 12 4
I2
1 4  1 1  2
   1   
f2  3  15 15  45 O I1 I 2  I1 I 2  O 2

1 1 2 O2 O
  I 22   2
fm 15 / 2 15  4 I2
1 2  1 2  5 (ratio of length of object to shorter image)
  2   
feq 15  12 4 .5  90
O 1
feq = –18 cm  
I1 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 21

The first image acts as object for concave


D  u2 1 96  u2 1
    u2  64 mirror. Object distance for mirror is (40-20)
u2 2 u2 2 cm.
From mirror equation.
D  u1 96  u 2
2  2  u1  32
u1 u1 1 1 1
  v' = –12 cm
v ' (20) (7.5)'
   u2  u1  32 cm
 u'   12 
D 2  2 962  322 64 Magnification, m2          0.6
f    cm v'  20 
4D 4  96 3
The second image is 12 cm to the left of the
For shorter image u = u2 = 64 mirror, real, erect (that is reinverted).
D  u2  96  64  32 cm The second image acts as object for the lens.
the object distance for second refraction at
22. A,C,D the lens, u''=+28cm
As radius of curvature of silvered surface is 1 1 1
22 cm, so From lens equation,   ,
v " (28) 10
R 22 v" = –15.6 cm
fm   = – 11cm = – 0.11m
2 2 Note the sign convention for f and u.
1 1 1 v "  15.6 
And hence, Pm   f   0.11  0.11 D Magnification, m3    0.556
M
u "  28 
Further as the focal length of lens is 20 cm, Final image is real, inverted and lies
i.e., 0.20 m, its power will be given 15.6 cm to the left of the lens.
Overall magnification.
1 1
PL   D m = m1×m2×m3
fL 0.20 = (–1)×(0.6)×(–0.556)=–0.333
Now as inimage formation, light after pass-
ing through the lens will be reflected back +
by the curved mirror through the lens again. Ray of light (F1 positive)
P = PL + PM + PL= 2PL + PM
2 1 210
i.e., P   D F2 F3
0.20 0.11 11
So the focal length of equivalent mirror Ray of light (F2 negative)
1 11 110
F  m cm
P 210 21 24. A,B
i.e., the silvered lens behaves as a concave From lens equation,
mirror of focal length (110/21) cm. So for
1 1 1
object at a distance 10 cm in front of it.   , v=–20 cm
v (10) 20
1 1 21
  i.e., v = –11 cm
v 10 110  20 
i.e., image will be 11 cm in front of the Magnification, m1=  10  =+2
 
silvered lens and will be real as shown in Image is virtual, erect and magnified.
the figure.
The first image acts as an object for the
convex mirror. Object distance for the
23. B,C
mirror, u' = (20+5) = 25 cm.
From the lens equation,
1 1 1
  , v = +20 cm
v (20) 10

v  20 
Magnification, m1    1
u  20 
I1 O I2 I3
Image is real and inverted, same size as
object .

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
22 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Form lens equation, 25. A,C


In case of part A, radii of the two surface
1 1 1 75
  , v'   cm will remain same. Hence, focal length of part
v ' (25) 15 8 A will be same as that of complete lens.,
i.e., power of part A will remain unchanged,
 75 / 8  3
Magnification, m2    i.e., power of A is P.
 25  8 In case of part B, radius of one surface will
Image is virtual (to the right of te mirror), remain same while that of other plane
ereet and diminished. surface will be  . Hence, focal length of
The object distance for second refraction t part B will be double that of whole lens, i.e.,
power of part B is P/2.
75 115
the lens  5 
8 8 26. A,B
1 1 1 fO
From lens equation,   M
v " (115 / 8) 20 fe & L = fO + fe
460 Eyepiece can be converging or diverging.
v" = =+51.1 cm
9
27. A,B,C,D
 460 / 9  32 In case of an astronomical telescope, the
Magnification, m3    9 distance between the objective lens and
 15 / 8 
eyepiece lens = f0 + fe = 16 + 0.02 = 06.02 m.
Overall magnifications, m = m1×m2×m3 is
The angular magnification
 3   32   8 
(2)×   ×  =  fobjective 16
8  9  3 = f   800
eye piece 0.02
8  The image seen by the astronomical
Hence size of image is   2  cm = 5.33 cm telescope is inverted. Also, the objective lens
 3 
Final image is to the right of the lens at a is larger than the eyepiece lens.
distance 51.1 cm from the lens, real, erect
and magnified.
28. A,B,C,D

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 23

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.

1. 4n R
If a mirror rotates through an angle , the
B
image rotates through an angle 2. There-
fore, the linear speed of the light spot is
v = 2 R  = 2 R (2  n) = 4  n R
A
2. 3d C
From  ABC
Refer to figure. It is clear that the greatest
 +  + 90 +  = 180
distance is AB. Now, since PR = RD = L,
3 = 90
from triangles PRT and PBD we have
 = 30º
B
5. circle
All the images formed by two plane.
T Mirror inclined to each other form images
which lie on a circle.
P D
R
6. 120° anticlockwise and 240° clockwise.
d O
S
30o 30o
C
Q

A
 = 180 – 2i  angle of incidence
d  = 180 – 2(30)
BD = 2RT = 2RS = 2× =d
2 = 120º anticlockwise
 = 180 + 2(30)
d
and OD = . Therefore. OB = OD + BD = 240º clockwise.
2
d 3d 7. Due to turning of incident ray by 10º
 d
2 2 reflected ray also gets turned by 10°
anticlockwise Due to turning of mirror by
3d 20º ray gets turned by 40° (2) clockwise.
 AB = 2OB = 2× =3d.
2 Angle turned by reflected ray = 40 – 10
= 30 clockwise
3. first
8. Positioin of image = (1 cos 60°, –1 sin
60º 60°), Velocity of image=1 cos 60° i ,
30º Parallel to
II
60º 30º Mirror 1 +1 sin 60° j m / s
M
30º 30º
Parallel to
Mirror 2
60º 60º 60º

I
1 30o
O
4.  = 30° v2
x
v2
The ray will retrace its path if it falls
I
normally on the mirror i.e. at third reflection
angle of incidence is 0.
Co-ordinate of image
= (1 cos60°, – 1 sin 60°)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
24 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Y M 12. 0
Minimum distance between object and
image is zero when image concides with the
object i.e., object is placed at 2F.
i 30o 13. 10 cm
O
60°
x f = – 10 cm. For end A, vA = –15 cm.
1 1 1
Using v  u  f , we have
e
A A
Resultant velocity . of 1
1 1 1
| v | 2 cos2 60  1sin2 60    vA = – 30 cm
v A 15 10
1/2 1
tan    The negative sign shows that the image A’
3 /2 3 of end A is at a distance of 30 cm to the left
ˆˆ
In i.j form of P [see Figure]

 v  1cos 60ˆi  1sin60ˆj m/s

O I
9. x=2 A' B A P

co-ordinate of image B' 5 cm 15 cm


= (4, 0, 0)

30 cm
10. 20 m
Irrespective of the type of mirror.
For end B, uB = – 20 cm. Thus
1 1 1
4    vB = – 20 cm
11. ms-1 vB 20 10
9
The side view mirror of a car is a convex The negative sign shown that the image B’
mirror, Given f = +10 m and u = –50 cm. of end B is at a distance of 20 cm to the left
1 1 1 of P, i.e.., B’ coincides with B. This is
Using these values in   , we have
e expected because (since R = 2f = 20 cm), B
v u f
is at the centre of curvature of the mirror.
1 1 1 50
   v=+ m The length of the image of rod AB is
v 50 10 6
A’B’ = 30 – 20 = 10 cm
1 1 1
Differentiating   with respect to t, 14. 20 cm
v u f
The apparent depth of the object is (See
1 dv 1 du figure)
we have   0
v2 dt u2 dt

dv  v2  du O
   2  6cm
dt  u  dt

dv v2 du
or  2  14cm
dt u dt
24cm
v2 | 32cm
 Speed of image = × speed of
u2
ambulance (object) |'

(50 / 6)2 4
  16  ms1
(50)2 9
Object

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 25

32 dv  v 2 du
d  24cm  2
4 /3 dt u dt
Image will go towards right.
Thus I’ is the images of object due to
refraction/. This image serves as the virtual 17. Real, inverted, height = 4 cm
object for the concave mirror forming the
final image I due to reflection. 18. 3m
In order to find the minimum diameter to
Now u = OI’ = – (24+6) = – 30 cm
block all the light we need to find the
and v = OI = – (14+6) = – 20 cm maximum radius of the circle formed.
Using these values in the spherical mirror
formula
1 1 1 r
 
f v u
we have
4m
1 1 1 1
  
f 20 30 12
or f = – 12 cm.
r 3
15. +2 tan  =  =  sin–1
4 5
For M1 u1 = –30cm, f1 = 20cm 3 r 3
tan–1 =   =
1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4
    [For radius to be maximum  = C]  r = 3m
v1 u1 f1  v1  30  20 Diameter = 6 m
1 1 1 23 1
   = =
v1 30 20 60 60 19. 12 × 3 / 7
v1 = –60 cm
R
For M2
u2 = +(60 – (10 + 30)) = +20 cm 4
=
|

3
f2 = +10cm 12cm
1 1 1
   v2 = +20 cm
v 2 20 10 Fish
Now for M1 R
tan C = ...... (1)
v1 12
m1 = – u A ray of light intering at 90º from rarer
1
v2 medium makes an angle of refaction equal
For M2 m2 = – to critical angle in the denser medium and
u2
v1 v 2 critical angle is given by
Total MT = m1 × m2 = u  u 3
1 2
C = sin–1
(60)(20) 4
= MT = +2 3
(30)(20)
C = tan–1 ...... (2)
7
Equation (1) & (2)
16. towards right
3 R 12  3
=  R=
7 12 7
v I1
O v

M1
I1 will behave as an object for M2. Hence

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
26 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

30°
60°

135°
15° r
i = 30 n=2
t r = 15
20. 23. r' r' > c

ice sin15° = sin 30° 90 + 135° + 90–r + 90 –r' = 360°


t 1
Path level by the light =  m  r + r' = 45°
cos15 cos15
3  10 8  r' = sin–1 (1/2) = critical angle
Speed of light in ice = ice = 30°

Time taken by the light to cross the slab 3.2 cm

d 1 / cos15
T  
v 3  108 / ice 24. 2cm
c

2  sin30 
T  108 sec ice  sin15 
3   3.2 / 2 4
tanc  
2 5
4 1 41
Apparent depth 1 sinc   
21.  41  4
real depth n1
h 3
 (90–r)
40 4
h = 30 cm
r
25.
22. sin   n12  n22

n1 (90 – r) > C  cos r > sin c


3 3 3 3
sin c =  sin   sinr
2 4 2
3
n2 sin   sinr
2
3 3 3
1  sin2 r   1  sin2  
2 4 2
n1 sin  = 1 × sin 
1
   sin1
sin  n12  sin2  3
 sin  = n1  cos = n1
 A  min 
sin  
For T.I.R. 90 – > C cos > sin C np  2 
26. 
ns sin A / 2
n12  sin2 
 > sin C
n1  60  30 
sin  
2  2 

s sin30
 n2  n12  sin2  n22
sin C    >
 n1  n12 n12 8
s 
5 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 27

27. 38°
90

29. 60°

n1 = 1, n2 = 2, A = 90°, r2 = 60°
r1 = 30
1 sin c = 2 tan 30°
x
x1 x2 sin i = 1
In the graph for angle of deiration v/s angle i = 90°
of incidence the shift in angle of incidence
on right side is more than that of left side 30. red
From the formula
x2 > x 1. Hence only one angle is sutable
e = 38º. Appartent depth nair

Re al depth nglass
28. 30° nair
Apparent depth = Real depth x
nglass
60º The letter which appear least raised has
maximum Apparent depth and hence it has
i minimum  for glass.
r1 r2
1


for  to be minimum should be maximum
which is for Red.
1.68  1.56
For light be transmitted the ray should not 31. (a)  =
1.6  1
suffer TIR at second refraction. Hence  = 0.20
r2 < C. (b)  = (1.68 –1.56)6
If maximum value of r2 is less than C then  = 0.72°
the ray will be always transmitted
r1 + r 2 = A 32.  = 1 –2 = 0
(r2)max = 60º – (r1)min  (y1 –1) A1 – (y2 –1) A2 = 0
For r1 to be minimum i should be minimum  (1.62 – 1) 6 – (1.518–1) A2 = 0
 A2 = 7.2
7
sin (imin) = sin (r1)min
3
In limiting case (r2)max = C 60°
r
r 60°
 sini min 
60°
C = 60 – sin–1   33.
  

 1  1    1  sini min  
 sin    = 60  sin   2r = 60°  r = 30°
 
      sin60° =  sin30   = 3
 sini  3
sin1   = 60 – sin–1 R =30cm
   7 34. Let u = x n2 = 3/2
n1 = 4/3 v= 
sini 3 3 1 3
= cos (sin–1 ) – n2 n1 n2  n1 3/2
 2 7 2 7  = 4/3
v u R A B
3 /2 4 /3 3 /2  4 /3
7  3 2  3   
sin i =    x 30
3  2 7 2 7  x = 240 cm away from surface
 1
sin i = 1    i = 30º
 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
28 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

air
40. For 1st surface n2 = 2 , n1 = 1
n
R1 = + R
u1 = – 
35. (a)     1 2R
r  2  2  2  v1    
v1  R 2 1

n 1 n 1 for 2nd surface


   n = 2
2r  r u2 = v1 n2 = 3 n1 = 1 R= –R
air
3 2  3 2  1
 v  R

R
2
(b)
22  3  1

R
u = – R 3
v = +r  V2 
22  3  1
R = +r (b) Replace 1  3
n 1 n 1 3  2 in above formula
 
r  r
 n = n–1 (only when n > > 1)
f'=40cm

36. For Ist Refraction


u1 = –10cm R1 = 10cm
n2 = 1.5 n1 = 1 41. x v
f
1.5 1 1.5  1
   v1  30cm
v1 10 10 15 cm

for IInd Refraction Let x be the distance of point source from


u2 = –(–v + 20) = – 50cm mirror
R2 = –10 cm for mirror v should be +(25–15) v = 10
n2 = 1 n1 = 1.5 cm
1 1.5 1  1.5 So that image for mirror is made on the focus
 
v2 50 10 of lens so that the rays emerge parallel from
100 lens.
 v2   50cm from 2nd surface
53 so now for mirror
1 1 1
37. –4.93 cm  
10 x 40
40
 1 1   x  13.33 from mirror
38. 1/f = (1.5 – 1)     3
 20 30 
0.5
=  2  3 42. 0.2 m
60
1 0.5
 (3  2) 43. Focus length = f cm
f 60
f  120cm,  24cm 1 1 1 2
  
feq f f f
hi v feq = f/2
39.    ve (So v and u at opposite side
h0 u
m = –4 = v /u ( Real image)
of lens)
So lens in b/w image and object  4u = –v
 object is real 1 1 1 p
Now   
image is real 4u u f / 2 100
It is a converging lens because it forms a p 5
 ( U = –12.5 cm)
real image. 100 4  12.5
P = 10 D

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 29

48. Net deviation,


44.  + ’ = A (–1) + A’ (’–1)
f2
o 40
f1 = –11.04 (1.53 –1) + 4.2 (1.65–1)
= –11.04 × 0.53 + 4.2 × 0.65
= –5.85 + 2.73 = –3.12°

screen 49. To see distant objects :


The distance of the far point, x = 2 m
160cm The defect can be corrected by using
1 1 1 concave lens of focal length,
  
feq 10 f2 f = –x = –2 m
u = –40 cm , v = 160–40 = 120 cm The power of the lens is given by
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
so 120  40  10  f  f2   15 P=   0.5 D
2
f(in m) 2
100 20
P=  d 50. To read a book : Here, D = 25 cm
f2 3
The distance of the near point, x = 50 cm
A f=10 The defect can be corrected by using
convex lens of focal length,
C
I xD 50  25
f=  = 50 cm = 0.5 m
x  D 50  25
D
45. The power of the lens is given by
B 1 1
15 20 10
P=  = +2D
1 1 1 f(in m) 0.5
 
v 15 10
v = 30 cm 51. Here, f = 5 cm; D = 25 cm
from simliar triangle ABI and CDI
D 25
3 d Now, M = 1 + =1+ = 1 + 5 =6
  d = 1 cm f 5
30 10

Area = cm2
4 90
52. F cm
13
1 1 2
46.   R
feq fm fi 53. When the image is formed at the near point
1 1 2 of the eye, the magnifying power of a
   ...(1) microscope is given by
30  f
1 2 2 L  D
   ...(2) llll
M=– f 1  
10 R f fe 
ll ll

0 
ll
llllllllllllllllll lllll

from eq. (1) & (2) Here, L = 20 cm; f0 = – 1.0 cm; fe = 2.0 cm
R = 30 f = 60 We know that D = 25 cm
1  1 
ll

l ll
     1   20  25 
60  30   M=– 1
1.0  2.0 
  = 1.5
= 20×13.5 = 270
47 . Here,  = 0.021 ;  = 1.53 ;
54. 151.5 cm
’ = 0.045 ; ’ = 1.65 ; A’ = 4.2°
For no dispersion,   + ’’ = 0 fO
or  A (–1) + ’A’ (–1) = 0 55. fe = 10
' A'(  1)
or A 
(  1) 100
56. P= –
40
.045  4.2  (1.65  1)
 = – 2.5 D
0.021  (1.53  1)
= –11.04°

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
30 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.


1. 7
( d  r  r 2  d2 )
First reflection = 3 x
Second reflection = 3 2
Third reflection = 1   ( d  r  r 2  d2 )
Total = 7 2d
m  1 
 (d  r )  r 2  d2  ( d  r  r 2  d2 )
6L
2.
u ( d  r  r 2  d2 ) ( d  r  r 2  d2 )

( d  r  r 2  d2 ) ( d  r  r 2  d2 )

(d2  r2 )  2d d2  r2  d2  r2

u M1 3L (d  r)2  (r2  d2 )
L
2d(d  d2  r2 )

M2 2 rd
L
r2 r
 
L 2
r(d  d  r ) 2
d  d2  r 2
2L 2L
3L dv  v 2 du
4.  2 .
dt u dt
2
v 1
M1 moves on line parallel to the mirrors so VIM    . Vom  VI  VM  ( Vo  Vm )
u 100
to find out where M2 will be able to see image
of M1 we have to find the total length where given VIM  1 cm / sec
M1 is visible of M2 so rays originate from M1
VM  20 m / sec
& after reflection meet at M2. By using similar
triangles.
We find total visible length is equal to 20m/sec
(3L + 3L) = 6L.
Hence time duration will be h
Distance 6L h/10
= =
speed u 1cm/sec

d x f=10m
3.  m
x
1
1 1 2   1 10  2 m / sec   ( Vo – 20 m / sec)
   ( 2x  d) . r  2 (dx  x 2 ) 100
d x x r
 v 0  21 m / sec
 2x 2  2x(r  d)  rd  0
v 1 1
m   v     v  1
 2 (r  d)  4(r  d)2  8 rd u f v f
x
2 2
dm  dv
  1 10 3 / sec
dt dt . f
x

d xR 2n2
5.
n1

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 31

6. 1.5
3
10. 1. sin (90  )  sin r
2
6 6
7.   x  d/ 2 3
x dx cos   sin r
2
4 / 3 sin i  1. sin r
90  
4 d/2 d/ 2
 
3 d2 d2 90 – x
 (10 .67 )2  62
4 4 r

17 ft
x
6 ft 6 ft
2
r sin r cos 
11ft 3
x
i 90 – x > c
5 ft  rc  sin( r  )  sin c
 sin r cos   cos r . sin   8 / 9
4 inch
d/2
d 2 9  4 cos 2 
 cos 2   . sin   8 / 9
3 3
 d  16 feet
8 
 9  4 cos 2  . sin     2 cos 2  
3 
dy
8.  4x y  2x 2 64 32
dx  (9  4 cos 2 ) (1  cos 2 )   4 cos 4   cos 2 
9 3
tan   2 2  1  2x 2

1 17  sec 2   21  2
cot   2 2 x  cos 2   tan  
2 21 17 17
1
 sin      sin 1 1/ 3 
3 11. (  1)A  1.25
u sin  = sin 90° = 1 net = ( – 2A) + 2A( – 1)
= 3 180  2A  (   1) . 2A  180  6.5

9. sin–1 (tan r)
r + r’ = 90º  r’ = (90 – r) 1    2 A
1 sin r = 2 cos r
i 2A

 2  i – 2A
i  .2 A
r'
 A  2
r r 13

8

2
tan r = 
1

2
Critical angle = sin–1 
1

= sin–1 (tan r)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
32 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Vy
14.
12.
u
120 cm Vy

u = – 30 f = 40 cm V = + 120 cm
Relative = 2 Vy
1 1  (   1)  dh i  fh0
  2  V f h 0 du
Feq
n
30  60  hi  .h0   dt  2
.
u (u  f ) (u  f ) dt

n 30 Vy =0.8 cm/sec  Relative = 2Vy


Feq 

15. u= –d f= F
st
I Case
u = – 60 v = – 30 1 1 1 dF
   V
V d F dF
n 30
Feq 
 dF
x  d
d F
1 1 
      1 .5
30 60 30 x
IInd Case
 60  60 
u v   30   f  30 cm
   
V
1 1 1
  
 60  60 30
 30    
 
d2  2dF
 2  2  4  0    5  1 
dF
1 1 1
 u  ( V  2x ) f  F V  V  2x  F
13. 2/3 d 1
u= 
v=? 1 1 1
  
n2 = 3/2 V1 F  dF 2(d 2  2dF ) 
 
n1 = 1  dF dF 
 
n2 n1 n2  n1
from  
v u R
hi
3 3 /2  1 16.  v /5 ...(1)
 –0= h0
2v R
V = 3R hi '
 ...(2)
Now for similar triangle ABE & CDE v 5 5
d a 2 h0 '
 a = d 
3R 2R 3 y5 y ...(3)

y is focal length
hi h
 0 ...(4)
yv y

1 1 1
  ...(5)
v 5 y
Solve (1), (4) & (5)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 33

17. 12 cm 20. Here, f0 = 75 cm ; fe = 5 cm


The focal length of mirror formed will be
We know, D = 25 cm
fm = R/2
f = 20 cm fo  fe  75  5 
Now, M = – f  1  D  =–  1  25 
e   5  

= – 15 × 1.2 = – 18
10 cm
R = 22 cm
fm = –11cm
[–ve sign as concave mirror is formed] 21. Here, f = 12cm
f = 20cm The maximum magnification occurs, when
1 1 1 the image is formed by the lens at the least
  2 
feq fm  f  distance of distinct vision i.e. at D = 25 cm.
Therefore, maximum magnification given by
1 2  10  11
= – = the lens,
11 20 110
 110 D 25
feq = M=1+ =1+ = 1 + 2.1 = 3.1
21 f 12

18. 10 cm 22. The eye is most relaxed, when the object


From the formula lies at infinity.
h0  h1  h2  8  12.5  10 cm Therefore, magnification for relaxed eye
viewing,

19. 0° D 25
M= = = 2.1
f 12
30º
i=60º
i e

 = 30º = i + e – A
60 + e – 30 = 30
e= 0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
34 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main

1. B 4. B
The situation is shown in figure For total internal reflection
1 from glass-air interface,
sin C  critical angle C must be less A C
 R
A than angle of incidence
AB B
tan C 
OA i.e., C < i
12 cm
 AB  OA tan C O or C < 450 ( i  450 )
B
OA 1 1
or AB  But n =  C  sin1  
2  1 sin C n
12 36 1

2
 or  sin 1    450
4 7 n
  1
3 1 0 1
or    sin 45 or n
n sin 450
2. A
1
or n  or n 2
y  (1 / 2 )
We know  1.22
D d
5. A
yd D = (-1)A
D 
1.22
For blue light  is greater than that for red
3 3 light. So, D2 > D1
10 x 3 x 10
 D  5m  D
1.22 x 5 x 10 7 max  5m
6. B
Power of a lens is reciprocal of its focal length.
3. A
power of combined lens is
1  1 1  P = P1+P2
 (  1)   ...(i)
fa R
 1 R 2  = -15 + 5 = -10D
1 100
 f     10 cm
 1 1  P  10
 (1.5  1)  
R
 1 R 2 
7. C
1 1 1
1  g  m  1 1    = constant, so (c) is the correct
     v u f
and fm  m R R
 1 2  graph.

8. A
1  1.5  1 1 
  1    It is passible
fm  1.6  1R R 2 
when object kept
v
at centre of
or fm  8 x fa
curvature.
(v)
1  1 1  u= v
 8x  fa    m  = 1.6 m u u(u>f)
5  P 5  u = 2f, v = 2f.

Pm =  / fm= 1 D

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 35

9. D 14. C

3 Scattering for blue light is largest and it is


sin C  ...(i) polarized by scattering.
2
Also for polarized light
C I = Io cos2

15. A
1 Note: As refractive index for z > 0 and z 
sin r  sin (900  C)  cos C 
2 0 is different X-Y plane should be boundary
sin  2 2 1 between two media. Angle of incidence
 ; sin   x
sin r 1 3 2
AZ 1
 1  cos i  =
  sin 1   A  A2y  A2z
2
2
x
 3
 i = 600
10. B
sin i 3
As intensity is maximum at axis, From Snell's law 
sin r 2
   will be maximum and speed will be
 r  450
minimum on the axis of the beam.
 beam will converge. 16. A
1 1 1
11. A  
u v f
12. C 1 du 1 dv
  2  0
u dt v2 dt
 1
Apparent shift  h = 1  h dv v2  du 
    2  
dt u  dt 
 Apparent shift produced by water,
v f
 1 But 
h1  1  h1 t uf
 1  2
dv  f   du 
and apparent shift produced by kerosene,      
dt  u  f   dt 
 1  0.2
2
h2  1  h2   1
2    x 15  ms1
   2 . 8  0 .2  15
 1  1 
 h  h1  h2  1   h1  1   h2 17. D
 1  2 

Shift in image position due to glass plate,

13. B  1  1  1
S  1  t  1    1cm  cm
    1. 5  3
1  1 1 
 (  1)   For focal length of the lens,
f  R1 R2 
1 1 1 1 1
Also, by Cauchy's formula    
f v u 12 240
B B
A    .... 1 20  1 240
2  4 or  f  cm.
f 240 21
As blue  red Now, to get back image on the film, lens
blue  red  1 35
has to form image at 12   cm = cm
Hence, fblue  fred  3 3
such that the glass plate will shift the
image on the film.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
36 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

1 1 1 1 1 1 3 21
As   ,       
f v u u v f 35 240 1  1   sin 
sin A  sin    <
48  3  7  21 1   m
   
 
1680 560
 u  5.6 m    
1  1  
sin–1  sin A  sin  m     < 
       
18. C

19. D
23. B
Since 4/3 < 3/2 thus f1 > f
By theory
since 5/3 > 3/2 thus f2 changes sign

20. D 24. D

Green

1
 f > fgreen

 < green
35° 79°
 > green  T.I.R

21. B
Bends upwards  A  m 
sin  
 2 
& 
A
sin  
2

25. B

f=25cm
f=20cm
22. C
A
r2 < c
r2 < sin–1 (1/)
sin r2 < 1/ r1 r2 15cm

sin  =  sin r1 1 1 1
– =
r1 = sin–1 (sin/) v u f
sin (A – r1) < 1/ 1 1 1
– =
v (40 ) 20
  1  sin     1
 
sin  A   sin      < 1 1 1
      + =
v 40 20
 sin   1 1 1 1 1
A – sin–1   < sin–1  
= – =
    v 20 40 40
v = 40
1  sin  
A – sin–1   < sin–1  
   

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 37

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.


1. C 4. B
1 1 1 f1   ve (a) for   r1  30 º
 
f1 f2 30 f2   ve
1. sin i  3 sin 30 º = i = 60º
f2 3

f1 2
1 2 1 1 1
Now  
f1 3 f1 30  3f  30  f1  10 cm
1
= f2  15 cm

(b) act as a slab


2. C
 zero deviation
Ist Refraction n2  1; n1  4 3 d  33.25
5. C
3 1 1 2
d'   33.25  24.94 cos  x   1 2
4 
feq fm f =  15
15
feq  , u = – 20 cm
15 cm

2
1  1  2
   v  12 cm
v  20  15
33.25 cm

25 cm

r
6. C
(C) 20
1  1  1
   f = 5 cm
4 10  10  f
 2nd Refraction L  v1  15  n 2  ; n1  1 = Error u = 0.1 cm, v = 0.1 cm
3
d  25 cm f u v
   f  0.05 cm
25 4 f2 u2 v2
  75  4v1  60  v1  135
v1  15 3 4 7. B
135
 v1  , f = 18 .3 cm  20 cm
4

3. B
2 1
C for interface I & II sin c    c = 45º
2 2 rf
3
C for interface II & III sin c   c = 60º
2 8. (A) - P ;(B) - R; (C) - R; (D) - P, Q, S
9. C
2 I
10. C
11. B
2 II
12. A

A
r1  r2   30 º
3 III 2

 minimum angle = 60º 13. B


Just misses means we are talking about critical
angle in medium 3. So angle of refraction in me-
dium 4 is 90º.
n   1
n0 sin    0  sin 90   θ  sin 1 
 8  8

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
38 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

14. (A)  P,Q,R,S ; (B)  Q ; (C)  P, Q, R, S ; 1  1 


(D)  P, Q, R, S C = sin  
 3
So the value of C is in between 30° & 45°
15. C
net = 30° Anticlockwise + 90° clockwise + 30° clock
v0  2  10  7.2  12m / s
wise
y 4 dy 4 dx net = 90° clockwise
  
x 3 dt 3 dt
18. for case (1)
I
f = 20 cm, u = – 25 cm
yO 1 1 1 1 1 1
  ,   = v = 100
x=12.8m v u f v 20 25
–100
 M25   –4
25
Case - 2 f=20cm
u = – 50 cm
1 1 1
 
v 20 50 25cm
4 4 100
vI  v0 =  12 = 16 m/s
3 3  v
3
–100 2 M25 –4
16. C,D M50  – , 
3  50 3 M 50 – 2/3
1 1 1 M25
  = M 6
v u 24 50

–1 1 –1 19. B
(i) (42, 56)    (correctly recorded) Object is placed at the 2f of lens. Image formed by
42 56 24
lens will behave as object for plane mirror (virtual
–1 1 –1 object finally)
(ii) (48, 48)    (correctly recorded)
48 48 24 for lens
u = + 10 cm
1 1 –1 f = 15 cm
(iii) (66,38)  –  
66 38 24.1 1 1 1 6cm
  10cm 20cm
1 1 –1 1 v u f 10cm

 –    (Incorrect) 1 1 1 30 cm

65.8 37.8 24.008 24   


v f u f=15cm
1 1 1 1 1 1
(iv) (78, 39)  – – =– (Incorrect)    v = 6 cm
78 39 26 v 10 15
6 cm distance from lens. so from mirror its 16 cm
17. A,B,C image will be real.
1.sin 60° = 3 sin r
r = 30° , Air B
60°
8cm

 = 150°
°
37

60°
r +  +  + 135° = 360° 185°
c 20.
45°
 30 + 150 +  + 135° 45°
R
30°
= 360° 90° 3 60° 1
A
60°
D sin c  = C = 37° 4
 = 45° 53
So angle of incidence R
tan 37° =
8 cm
at CD is 45°
3 R
Critical Angle for the surface   = R = 6 cm
4 8

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 39

21. For f = 10 m Right lens


25 1 1 1
v=    1 1 1  1
3 v u f  (1.2  1)   
f2   14  70

1 1 1 1 3
 – = – 1 1 1 1 1 1
u f v 10 25     
feq f1 f2 28 70 20
u1 = – 50 cm feq = 20 cm
50
for v = 1 1 1
7  
R=20 m v u f
1 1 1
 u  10  50 = u2 = – 25 m
2 1 1 1
    v = 40 cm
v 40 20
25 18
speed of object = 
30 5
speed of object = 3 km/hr. 29. B
By definition
22. from laws of Refraction n = C/V
n1 sin i = n2 sin r
so V = C/n.
Denser to Rarer  Away from normal
Rarer to Denser  Towards the normal.
30. C
23. B n1sin1 = n2 sin2
As intensity is maximum at axis, sin1 = –x sin2 (x is R.I)
  will be maximum and speed will 2 must be negative.
be minimum on the axis of the beam. so (C)
 beam will converge.
31. C
24. D 24m
h
For a parallel cylinderical beam, wavefront O 8m h/3
will be planar.
from wavelength ratio
 = 1.5 (from 1/2)
25. A
1 1 1
+ = (1.5 – 1)
26. After Critical angle all the rays are Reflected 8 24 R
and so No transmition occurs. R = 3m Ans.

32. A
1 1 1 1 1 1
27.     
v 24 8 v 8 24 i r
3
v = 12 cm 2 1
1
2
2 - 3
4 2
 d = 12 × = 16
3
Mirror in x–z plane
 d = 18 – 16 = 2 cm
Since y component is reversed

28. B (1/2) 1
Left lens tan= =
( 3/2) 3
1  1 1 1
 (1.5  1)  –  =30°
f1  14   28

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
40 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

33. D 1 1

(P) e  f : No TIR and ray at surface 1 f1 2r
and 2 going to us normal and at surface of
1 3  1 1
2 and 3 going away from normal. So,   1   
f2  2   r 
2 > 1
(Q) e  g : No bending So 1 = 2 1 1 1

feq 2r 2r
(R) e  h : No TIR at surface 1 and 2
feq = -r
away from normal and again at surface 2
and 3 bending away from noraml hence 2 1 3  1 1 
  1   
f1 =  2  r r 
> 3. No TIR hence 2 2 > 1.
1
=
2 r
(S) e  i : TIR hence sin 45º > 
1 1 3   1 1 1
 1   
f2 =  2   r 
=
2r
1
2 <
2 1 1 1
  feq = 2r
1 > feq r 2r
2 2.
P- 2 Q- 4 R- 3 S- 1
34. C
11.54 36. A,C
2 Air to Glass
2
sin C =  11.54 
   100
 2  1.4 1 1.4  1
V1 -  = R
.....(1)
n
Also sin C =
2.72
5.77 M 1.5 1.4 1.5  1.4
= – V = .....(2)
133.3 2.72 V 1 R
n = 1.36
From (1) and (2)
35. D
1  L   1 1  1.5 0 .5
=    1  R  R  f1 = R  f1 = 3R
f  m   1 2 

1 3  1 1  1 1 2
   1    2 r Glass to Air
f1  2  r r  f1  
1 1 1 1 1 r 1.4
   feq  1.5 1.4  1.5 0 .1
f1 r f r r 2 V1 –  = = ....(3)
eq (R) R
1 3 1
  1
f1  2 r
1 1.4 1  1.4 0.4
1 1 – V = = .....(4)
 V (R ) R
f1 2r 1

1 1 1 1 1
  
feq f1 f2 feq r 1 0 .5
feq = r f2 = R

 f2 = 2R

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 41

37. 0007
1 1.5 1  1.5
 
v 50 10

Image for mirror 1 15 5


15cm  
v 500 100

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
 
+ =–  = – v 20 100
v (15) 10 v 15 10
23 1 53
= =– 
30 30 100
v (30)
v = – 30 cm & m1 = – = – =–2 1 2
u (15) 
v 100
Image from lens
1 1 1 100
– = v  50
v u f 2
now for S2
1 1 1
 + = 20cm 2 1 2  1
v 20 10  
v u R
1 1 1 u= –x
 =
v 10 20 v
 v = – 20 cm 1.5 1 1 .5  1
– =
m2 = – 1  x 10
|M1| = |m1 × m2| = 2 x = +20
In air for lens d = 50 + 20 = 70 cm

1 1  2  39. 2
=      R = 10 cm   i    60
f 2 R 
1 × sin 60° = n × sin r1
When dipped  3
r1  sin1  
 2m 
1 3 6  2  2 2 4 2
=    1   = × = = By snell’s law
f' 2 7  10  7 10 70 35
  3 
1  sin   n sin  60  sin1  
  2n  
1 2 1 87
= – =  m2 = 7  |M2| = 14
v' 35 10 140  3 4n2  3 1 3 
sin     
|M2|/|M1| = 7  2 2 2 2
Differentiating w.r.t. n :
38. B
3 8n
S1 S2 cos  d  · dn
2 2 4n2  3  2
x
   60, n  3
50cm
1 d 3 8 3
 dn
2 dn 2 2
2 1 2  1
  2 4 3  3  2
v u R
d
2
dn

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
42 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

40. A,C 43. A,D


For reflection

O = 30 cm

1 1 1
fm = 10 – 30
 fm = 15 cm  R = 30 cm
For lens
convex mirror
1  n 
For TIR =   C  sin  2 
 n1 
 r = 90° –  O 10 cm
 n (sin i) = n1 sin r = n1 cos 
 n sin im  n1 cos c v
m = –2 =  v = 24 = 60 cm
u
n22 1 1 1 1 1 1
 n1 1   n12  n22 – =+ f  f = +  f2 = 20
n12 v u 2 2 60 30
cm
1 2 1 1
NA = sin im = n1  n22  
n f2 = (n – 1)  R 
Now put values.
1  1 
 = (n – 1)  
41. D 20  30 
Which is lesser
3
n= +1
2
42. A  n = 2.5

44. A,B,C
(A) l is independent of n2.
(B) l is dependent on n (z) as the lateral
45° 90° 1
30° 45° displacement varies as z varies.
sin c =
45° 2 (C) This is always true
 2 n1 sin i = n2 sin f

45. C
1 sin 45° = 2 sin r
1 46. A
= sin r r = 30°
2
 + 120° + 45° = 180°
R d/2
 + 165° = 180° R- t t
 = 180° – 165° = 15°
R d/2

d2
R2 = (R – t)2 +
4
d2
R2 = R2 + t2 – 2 tR + (t2 is neglect)
4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Geometrical Optics | 43

d2 d2 1
2tR =  R= 1.6× = (1.6–m(0.1))1
4 8t 2
36 cm2 120 0.8 = 1.6 – 0.1m
R= = = 15 cm 0.1 m = 0.8 m = 8
8  0.3 cm 8
1 1 49. 130
= ( – 1)  
f R 
1    1 1 Area=A
= = Screen
f 15 30
f = 30
R
r Area=a
47. A,C,D
At minimum deviation
r1 = r2 = A/2 & i = e, m = A
sm = i + e – A = A  i = A = e 20cm 2cm

By similar triangles :
i e
r1 r2
r 2 1
= =
R 20 10

1 1 a
  A  m    Ratio of area = (10)2 = =
 sin  sin A
100 A
Also,  = 
  2 
= A = 2 cos A
A  sin 2 Let energy incident on the lens is E.
 sin  2
 2  E Energy
sin i =  sin r1 &  sin r2 = sin 90°  = 1.3 (Intensity =
A Area  Time
1 Hence, E = A × 1.30
1
 sin r 2 = = A & cos r 2 =
 2 cos a 1
2 Also =
A 100
1  sin2 r2 Average intensity of light 22 cm away from
E A  1.3
lens = = = 100 × 1.3
a a
i e=90°
r1 r2 = 130 kW/m 2

50. D
A As we can see from figure that the common
4 cos2  1
2 ray for all the points on the hypotenuse,
= A passes through focus. Thus the rays after
2 cos
2 reflection from mirror become parallel to
Then, sin i =  sin (A – r2) principal axis.
A On extending backwards, rays incident on
= 2 cos [sin A cos r2 – cos A sin r2]
2 pole meet the rays from focus on the straight
line always.
A
= sin A 4 cos2  1 – cos A
2

48. 8
45°
n  (m  1)n F
sin C 
n  mn
 n sin  = (n–mn) sin 90°

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
44 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic
WAVE OPTICS

Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. A 7. C
In monochromatic light, only one wave length Given I1 = I & I2 = 4I
is present.
Imax .   I1  I2 
2
= 9I

2. C 2

Amplitude depends upon intensity and phase Imin .   I1  I2  =I


difference.
8. C
3. C Frequency remains constant wave length
In transverse and longitudinal waves. decreases.

4. B 9. C

2 D
 x  ;
   
d

2 1  106
  7.692  10. A
5460  1010 10

5. B
Given y1 = A1 sin wt, f1 = 0

  Wave front.
y2 = A2 cos (wt + f) = A2 sin   t   
2 


f2 = +f
2
11. B
D f = f2 – f1
y 62 1D
    62   y
     x     1D d
2  2  d


Dx = × Df x 2D 62 1D 62  5893
2  4   67
d d 5461

  
Dx =    12. C
2  2 
 dy
x  2n  1 
6. D 2 D
In interferene there should be two coherent
D
sources and propagation of waves should be y  2n  1
2d
simultaneously and in same direction.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Wave Optics | 45

13. A 18. B
D xd d.y
x  D  (2   1) t  (  1).2t 
d L D

14. A d.y tD
t=  y 
D d
13
= 0.13
2 19. A
2 d.y 2
 = m
100  = 
D 

D 1
S
 y=
d

4

14  
  =  I’ = 4I cos2 = 2I
13 /2 2 2
20. B
v
 f=

8
3  10  100
 f= = 1.5 × 1010 Hz
2 d
8d
d

15. C

 d = ( – 1) A × 1
I’ = 4I cos2
2
2
8d .2
 1  1 no. of fringes =
 cos 2
=  cos =  D
2 4 2 2

16d2 16[(  1)A.1]2


2x dy .dy 1 = 
    cos  D 6000  1010  5
 D D 2
= 5.33
.dy  D
   y=
D 3 3d
21. B
16 – 4 = 12 cm
16. D
4 × 6300 = (4.5) 
22. B
4  6300
 =  2 = 5600 Å
9
23. C

17. D

S1
S
c.m. shift
S2 down

t changes more rapidly when we go outwards.


 path diff. changes more rapidly
D
= = remain same.
d  fringe width 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
46 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

24. A 31. C
If unpolarised light is passed through a polariod
25. C P1, its intensity will become half.

2 1
 =  + (2t). So I1 = I with vibrations parallel to the
 2 0
at top phase difference
axis of P1.
t  0 Now this light will pass through second
 =  polaroid P2 whose axis is inclined at an angle
o phase difference
Minima for all the of 30º to the axis of P1 and hence, vibrations
wave length. of I1. So in accordance with Malus law, the
Top position will intensity of light emerging from P2 will be
appear dark.
2
 As we move down violet Maxima will appear 1   3
  3
first. first colour will be violet. I2 = I1 cos 30º =   0 
2
 2  = 8 I0
2   

26. A
2 3
By Theory
 0 = 8 = 37.5 %

27. D
By Theory 32. D

28. B 33. B

29. A 34. C
Statement-I is true, Statement-II is true and
Statement-II is correct explanation of
Statement-I.

30. A


= .....(A)
a

x
= .....(B)
f
From eqs. (A) and (B)
Brewster angle is defined when reflected and
 x f refracted rays are at 90°
= ,x= .....(C)
a f a
According to question x = ?, f = 40 cm
 = 5896 × 10–8 cm
a = 0.5 × 10–1 cm .....(D)
From eqs. (C) and (D)

40  5896  10 8
x= 96 = 0.047 cm
5  10  2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Wave Optics | 47

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct

1. B 11. B
Wave nature
d
2   1  7
2. B  
Principle of Superposition.
12. B
3. B n  RD  D
Given I1 : I2 = 100 : 1  (n  1) B
d d
I1  n. 7800 = (n + 1) 5200
= 10 : 1  n = 2.
I2
2 13. C
I max =  I1  I2  = (10 + 1)2 = 121
C  the fringe next to the central will be
2 red.
Imin =  I1  I2  = (10 – 1)2 = 81
14. D
Imax

Imin = 121 : 81 x = (2n + 1)
2

4. D x = (1 + 3) – (2 + 4) = (2n + 1)
2
In coherent sources initial phase remains
constant.
15. C
4I0 = I
5. B
I0 = I/4
y1 = A1 sin3t, f1 = 0
  16. C
y2 = A2 cos  3t  
 6 dy 2
  
D 
   
y2 = A2 sin   3t   , f2 =  1
2 6 2 6  
 2I = 4I cos2  cos =
2 2 2
D f = f2 – f1
  d.y 2 
  3   4 2    . 
      2 4 D  2
2 6 6 6 3
3
1  10  y 1
 1
  y = 1.25 ×10–4 m
6. B 1  500  10 4

7. B 17. A

8. B d.d
 n
6D
 x  n max ima
2
d
 = [n = 1, 2, 3.....]
6nD
9. B
D 18. D

d
D
=
d
10. D
D = By using white light instead of single In water   so  
wavelength light.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
48 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

19. C 25. C
By Theory

2I = 4I cos2
2
26. B
 1
 cos = t 1.7  1 D t 1.4  1 D D
2 2 Shift S    5 
d d d
 
 =
2 4  t  8  10 3 mm  8  m

3 
  1 t 27. A
 2  2   

 2 4
 t = /2

20. C
As the D  position of first maxima t 1.33

 D  1.5
i.e., y   d 
 
 First decrease then increase. 4
2× t  600
3
21. C t = 225 nm.
I0 = 4I
Intensity due to one
28. D
d.y 2
 = 
D  29. A
2 5
0.25  10  4  10 2
= 2
 10 30. B
100  10 6000  10
 = /3 31. C

3 3I0 32. D
I’ = I0 cos2 =
2 4   D/d

22. C 33. A
0.3 ×10–3 × sin30º = n × 500 × 10–9 By Defination
 n = 300
 299 + 299 + 1 = 599 34. A

23. D 35. A


2A(  1)
x

36. A

D
2 23
3   5890
20
x 5
tan =  28
D 2 &  2
30
24. D
By Theory

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Wave Optics | 49

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.

1. BD
2  a ir
For coherent source x = 2  2 + x1 – x2
 frequency same
 constant phase difference x = 2 air + x1 – x2
3 > 2 > 1
 air
2. BCD  x1 = x2 =
2
The fringes next to central will be violet x = 2air = nair
and there will not be a complete dark Maxima at Interface (1)
fringe.
 1 < 2 > 3

x1 = , x2 = 0
3. AD 2
 air 
(1) x = 2air +  (2n  1)
2 2
Minima at (1) interface
2 =

(2) =t

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
50 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.

1. 81:1 9. x = n
(1.7 –1).t –(1.4 –1)t = 5
2. Bright A, C and Dark B, D
5  4800  1010
A Maxima  t
0.3
= 8 × 10–6 m
Minima
D B
D  3
10. 3I  4I cos2 , cos 
C 2 2 2
 A, C Bright   5 7
 B, D Dark  , ,
2 6 6 6
3. 60 dy 2  5 7
    , ,
[ . R >>2a] D  3 3 6
:

D  D 5 D 7
y . , , .
d 6 d 
6 d 6
a 2a min.Dis tan ce

7 D 5 D D
Minimum Distance =  =
 3a = n  n = 15 6 d 6 d 36
x = 15  Maxima 1.  600  109
 14 + 14 + 14 + 14 + 4 = 60 =  2  104 m
3  103
4. 2t = n 11. x = dsin = 
x
2  n ....(1) y
2500  d 
 d2y2 = 2(D2 + y2)
D  y2
2

  x'
2  (n  1) ....(2)
2500 103  1
 y (d –l )=  D = y =2 2 2 2 2  0.35m
(2) – (1) (32  1)106
2
 x ' x   
2500     x’ – x = 0.85 mm 12. Loyd’s mirror
fringwidth
D 600  109  1
120   {d=2mm} = 0.15 mm
no. of fringes =  141 2d 2  2  1  103
x'x

5. I
I = R2 = a12 + a22 + 2a1 a2 cos 
Relative Trensity)

= I + 4I + 4I cos 
I = 5I – 4I = I
13.
6. D
2 o 0.75 1 2 3
Imax .  Amax . 
  =9
Imin .  A min .  
x =d sin  = d. =
2
.D 600  109  1  520  103
  d.0.75  
7. 180 2
d 4 / 3  0.2  102
d = 1.98 × 10–2
  = 0.225 mm

9D 3D
x   7.5  103
8.  12   = 600  D 14.
 2d
 1
d
15D
x   7.5  103    5000Å
 18  2  400  D 2d
2 d

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Wave Optics | 51

15. 0.12 cm, 1.8 × 10-2 cm v = 30 cm


As one lens, the two halves will form a single v hi
image on the principal axis of a point source m 
located on the principal axis. As the two u h0
halves of the lens are separated, each half hi = 2h0 = 2(0.25) = 0.5 mm
will produce an image w.r.t. its own principal  d = (0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5) = 1.5 mm
axis. If the two halves are separated by a D = (130 – 30) = 100 cm
distance x, the principal axis of each half is  = 500 nm
now x/2 from the line joining the source S to
the point O on the screen. The source will 3D 3( 500  10 –9 )(100  10 –2 )
OA = =
then be at a distance x/2 off the principal d . )  10 –3
(15
axis of each half of the lens. Since the two OA = 1mm
images S1 and S2 are to be produced at a (ii) If 0.5 mm is reduced, then resultant d will reduce
distance of 20 cm from the source S, u = v =
20 cm. As the focal length of the lens 5 cm, 3D
hence OA  will 
the images S1 and S2 will be produced at 20 d
cm from the source, if u = v = 20/2 = 10 cm
i.e. the two halves should be placed at a 
distance of 10 cm from the source. As such, 18.
the image produced by each half of the lens 2(   1)
will be x/2 on the other side of its principal
axis. If d is distance between the two
images S1 and S2, then r
x d
d=4× = 2x
2 r
Here, d = 0.24 cm
 2 x = 0.24 cm a
or x = 0.12 cm D
(b) Now, width of the central maxima, d = 2a
D = 2a ( – 1)d
0 
d (a  D)  D
Here, D = 80 cm; d = 0.24 cm and = 1  
2a(  1)   a
 = 5.4 × 10-5 cm
a 
80  5.4  105
 0  = 1.8 × 10-2 cm 
0.24  =
2(  1)

1 2D 2 19. b/d


16. 2  
1 1 ,
2  ,  2 =  1
d 1 d
sin r = b
2.7  20 c i a
  6000 c
30  2 b
sin i =
2 = 5400Å c d
e
 isin i = u sin r r
1 1 1 b
17. (i) –   =
V u f d

1 1 1 20. 10-7 m
 
V 15 10

I1 A 21. d/6
0.5mm
d/2
2d
0.25mm –30cm d 3 x white spot
O O
S
0.25mm

15cm d 2d
0.5mm x=  = d/6
2 3
I2

130cm

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
52 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.

6. Path diff at centre



1. (  1)t2
6 x = 7.5 ×10–7     3


y1 = a1 cos (t–kx) = a1 sin (t–kx+ )  yd
2 I  I 0 cos2  0 , x   y  1.5m
2 D

y2 = a2 sin (t–kx+ )
3 1 n2
So, phase difference b/w these 7. (a)   n
2 1

 6900 1.33
equation is = 
6 2 1

2. 1:1 6300
2 
1.33
I  f2 A2 63  1.33
   = 0.63mm
I1
2
 f1   A1 
2 2 2 1.33  1  103
 f   2a 

I2 =  f2   A2  =  2f   a 
     1.58  
(b)   1 t 
 1.33  2
1 4
=  =1:1 6300  1.33  100
4 1  =1.575m
1.33  2  0.20

4 8. x = (–1)t
3. cos 1
d = (1.17–1)(1.5 ×10–7) = 0.255 × 10–7
P
Here path difference at Now for central maxima :
a point P on the circle dy 3  107
is given by  x   0.255 × 10–7 =  y
S1 d S2 D D
x = d cos ....(i) y = 0.085D
For maxima at P
x = n 9. When convex lens is introduced,
From equation (i) and (ii) v = 70 cm, u = – 30 cm
 n   4  v h 7 0.7 cm
n = d cos    = cos–1   = cos–1    i 
 d   d  u h0  3 h0
 h0 = 0.3 cm i.e. d = 0.3 cm
2  x
4. D
  0.0195 cm
d
2
 = .x = 2  x (100cm)
 /  .0195cm   = 5850 Å
0.3cm

D 10. /4
5. 1  ...(1)
103

.(D  5  102 ) rarer


b  ...(2)
103 air

 1 –  2 =3 × 10–5 ....(3)
denser
(1) – (2)

10–3( 1 –  2) = ×5×10–2
 
2ut   t=
 = 6000 Å 2 4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Wave Optics | 53

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main

1. A 9. B
I0 
Intersity of polorized light = I1 = 4I0 cos2
2 2
I0 I0 x=0 I1 = 4I0
Untransmitted light = I – =
2 2  2x  x
x=  = × =
y  y 2
2. C
x I1 2
2
 sin     ay  I2 = 4I0 cos2 = 2I0  I2 = 1
I  Io   and     4
    D 
For principal maximum y=0 10. D
=0 A1 = 2A2 Þ I1 = 4I2 = 4I0
Hence, intensity will remain same. 2 2
Imax =  I1  I2  =  I1  4I2  = 9I2
3. D = 9I0
By Theory
I = I1 + I2 I1  I2 cos
4. D
= I2 + 4I2 + 2 I2  4I2 cosf
2 6 
= × = = 5I2 + 4I2 cos
  3
Im
  = (5 + 4 cos)
I = I0 cos2 = I0 cos2 9
2 6
Im
I 3 = [1 + 4 (cos)]
9
I0 = 4
Im  2  
=  1  8 cos 
5. C 9  2  
31D 42D
= Þ 3l1 = 4l1 11. A
d d
Through A only component parallel to slit will
3 3 pass so intensity
2 =  = × 590 A B 45º
4 1 4 after passing through A
= 442.5 nm I0
will be .
2
6. D
After passing through B
Initiancity of parallel beam is cylindrical
therefore the wave front will be planar. I0 I0
I= cos2  =
2 4
7. B
Both statements I and II are correct but 12. B
statement II does not explain statement I. Path differnce on the circle of radius R around
O on the wall will be same hence concentric
8. B circle.
Constant + source

I1 = 4I0 cos2 = 4I0 B
2
R
For incomepent source
I2 = I0 + I0 = 2I0 O
S1 d S2
I1
=2
I2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
54 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

13. B 18. C
IA cos2 30° = IB cos2 60° d = 0.5 mm, D = 150 cm
IA 2 (1 / 2) 2 1 = 650 nm & 2 = 520 nm
cos 60  1/4
n1 bright fringe n2 bright fringe coincide
IB = cos2 30 = ( 3 / 2)2 = 3 / 4 = 1/3
n1D1 n 2 D 2

14. D  d
D 500  109  25  102 n1 1 = n2 2
y  1.22 
d 2  0.25  10 2 n1 520 4
 
 y  30m n 2 650 5

15. C n1D1 n D
 y or y 2 2
d d
R
t
d/2 4  1500  650  10 6
R- t = = 7.8 mm
0.5
R d/2
19. D
2 I = I0 cos2 
d
R2 = (R – t)2 + According to question
4
I I
d2 = (cos2 ) (cos2 )
R2 = R2 + t2 – 2 tR + (t2 is neglect) 8 2
4
I I
d2 d2 = cos4 
2tR =  R= 8 2
4 8t
1  1 
36 cm2 120 cos4  =  cos  =  
R= = = 15 cm 4  2
8  0.3 cm 8
 = 45°
1 1
= ( – 1)  
f R  20. B
1    1 1
= =
f 15 30
f = 30

16. B
We know that the fringe width in a 60°
diffraction pattern is given by ;
2D
w=
a
 checking options
2L
a= L  w = bmin = a sin  = 
L
a sin 30° = 
2L 1m 1
 bmin = = 2 L  = a/2 = = × 10–6 m
L 2 2
= a = 2
4L
D
=
17. B d
Bends upwards
 D 0.5  10 6  50  10 2
1 × 10–2 = =
d d
 d = 25 m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Wave Optics | 55

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.

1. B 4. A
 1  1 b
cos2 =  cos =±
2 4 2 2 d

a
c
f
e h
g

  2 4 5 Wavefronts are parallel in both media. Therefore,


= , , ,
2 3 3 3 3 light which is perpendicular to the wvefront
2.x 2 4 8 10 travels as a parallel beam in each medium.
 = = , , ,
 3 3 3 3
2 2 4 8 10 5. C
d sin . = , , , All points on a wavefront are at the same phase.
 3 3 3 3
   d = c and f = e
  = sin–1   d – f = c – e
 3d 
Hence, the correxct option is (C)
2. 60°
Let  be the angle of incidence at face AB, 6. B
then for total internal reflection at face AB In medium 2, wavefront bends away from
the normawl after refraction. Therefore, ray
of light which is perpendicular to wavefront
bends toward the normal in medium 2 during
refraction. So, medium 2 is denser or its speed
in medium 1 is more.

7. A,B
I1 = 4I I2 = I  Imax = 9I
Imin = I
(A) If d =   only central one maxima
1 2 (B)  < d < 2  one central and one more
sin   C1  
2 2 (C) I, I
1  Imax = 9I
 sin   or sin   sin 45 Imin = 0
2
(D) 4I, 4I
 > 45°
Imax = 16 I
For total internal reflection at face CD.
Imin = 0
3 3
sin   sin C1   8. (A)  (P,S) ; (B)  (Q) ; (C)  (T) ; (D)  (RST)
2 2

or sin > sin60° or  > 60° S1P0 = S2P0, S1P1 – S2P1 = ,
4
Therefore, for total internal reflection at both
the surfaces. 
S1P2 – S2P2 =
min = 60°. 2
(A) (P0) = 0 (P) , I (P0) > I(P1)  (S)
(B) (P1) = 0 (Q)
3. B (C) (P0) =  I (P0) = 0
r = f tan  I(P2) > I (P1)
or rf (D) (P1) =  , I (P2) = 0 (R) , I (P0) > I
 r2  f2 (P1) (S), I (P2) > I (P1) (T)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
56 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

9. C 14. 3
After Critical angle all the rays are Reflected
and so No transmition occurs. S1
x2 air
d d2
10. D
Fringe width
P 4/3 water
 as (R > G > b) so R >  G >  B 2
d d
2 d
x
11. B 
S2
 2
I  Imax cos ...(i) x = p2m22 – d2
2

2
4 
Imax   1 x 2  d2 = m = 9. m2 2 – d2
Given, I ...(ii)  3 
2
 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have p2 = 9 ; p=3
 3 5
 , , 15. B,D
2 2 2
(b) Fringes will be semi–circular.
  
or path difference, x    . d 0.6003  103
 2  Now, 
 600  109
 3 5  2n  1 
 x  , , .....   d 1
4 4 4  4   103 
 2
12. D So, the region very close to O is dark.
2dsin =  (d) Semi circular bright and dark fringes will be formed.

d= 16. B,D
2 sin 
d cos  = n
 cos ec cos  d n
dd = cos  =
2 d
dd  d. cot  d ( d  constant)
dd
 
d
dd =  3000th
S1 S2
dd
 fraction
d
dd = absolute error
for n = 0
13. A,B,C  = 90°
D As cos varies by same value, we can see
= 400 nm  1 = (400) that reperation between values of  increases.
d
D
= 600 nm  2 = (600)  2>1
d
y
no. of fringes =

B 
Angular separation :   
D d 90°
Hence 1  2
D D
Checking (C)  3×600× = 9 × 400 ×
d 2d
D D At p2 d cos = n  d = n
 1800 = 1800
d d
 The given option is true d
n= = 3000 (max order) bright frigne

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 57
ELECTROSTATICS PART-1
Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main
1. B 6. C
Charge is quantized Initially
q =  ne, one quanta of charge is = 1e

2. A
Charge is independent of speed
L L

3. D
Electrostatics is the study of charge at rest.
Q Q

4. C When whole setup is taken in satelite where


F1 F2
there is no gravity means state of
wightlessness
+Q -q +Q
X
The sitution like as
A C B
If charge -q slightly displaced towards A. The
force at -q due to +Q charge at A is F 1 1800
dominating. The force at -q due to +Q at B.
So -q charge will not oscillate. Kq1q2 Kq1q2
F F
(2L)2 (2L )2
-Q Q
 = 180º
+Q +Q
X 7. A
A C B Given r = 0.2 m, K = 5
If charge -q is slightly displace towards right. Force between two charges in air (say F1)
F2 is dominating over F 1. So -q will not
oscillate. kq1q2
F1 = 0.2 2 .........(1)
-Q  
If charges are placed in oil of relative
permitivity
Osillation K=5
A C B 1 q1q2
Then F2 = 4  K .........(2)
If -q charge slightly moved perpendicular AB. 0 r2
Then situation like above. Given F1 = F2
Fnet = -2F sin
2
qQ x r2 =
0.2 
= -2k 3 K
x
 l2 2 2

r = 8.94 × 10–2 m
If l >>>> x
2kqQ
Fnet = x 8. B
l3 Charge Q divided in two parts q & Q – q
Condition for oscillation.
Force between q & Q - q
5. D Kq(Q  q)
q1 q2 F
r2
r For maximum force dF/dq = 0
Then
Kq1q2 dF K
F .........(1)  [q(1)  (Q  q)1]  0
r2 dq r 2
q1 q2
q  Q  q  0
r/ 2
Kq1q2 Q  2q
F1  .........(2)
(r / 2)2
Q 2
From equation (1) & (2) 
F1 = 4F q 1

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
58 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

9. B 13. C
q Individual electric field at q place at origin
B
due to point A, B, C
a a
 Kq(iˆ  2j ˆ
ˆ  3k)
EA  3
600 q Kq2 ( 14)
C F
q a A a2  ˆ)
Kq(ˆi  ˆj  k
0
60
EB  3
Kq2 ( 13)
F
a2
The net force on any charge say at point A.
EA
Fnet  F 2  F 2  2F 2 cos 600 A )
2,3
Kq2 (1,
 3F 3 q EB
a2
(0,0,0)
10. D (2 ,
C
2,2
Direction of arrow shows magnitude of force ) EC
and Net resultant force shows by R which is
perpendicular to the side AB.  Kq(2 î  2 ĵ  2k̂ )
OR Ec 
( 12 )3
Resultant R is  to surface AB    
B C I. Now E A .EB = 0  E A  EB
+q –q
FOD
FOC II. E B  4 E C
R

FOA FOB 14. D


–2q +2q A P B
A D q q
x L-x
11. A Let at point P net Electric field is must be = 0
E1=E2
x (30-x) Kq Kq

4q P q x2 L  x 2
L
At equilibrium net field at point P is zero. x= Nature of curve shown below
E1 – E2 = 0 2
E
K(4q) Kq

x2 (30  x)2 L
x
x = ± 2 (30 – x) q q
L/2
x = 20 cm
x = 20 cm from 4q
10 cm away from q
15. B
12. D
 Force on charge = qE = qE0sin t

r = 8iˆ  5jˆ & r0 = 2iˆ  3j
ˆ qE0
 acceleration = sin t ...(1)
Electric field at point r due to charge 5 C m
 In SHM a = A2 sin t...(2)
at r0 electric field
Comare (1) & (2)
 kq
| E |  2 qE0 qE0
|r | A2   A
 m m2
r  (8  2)ˆi  (5  3)ˆj = 6i - 8j
16. C
r  10 Our aim is to found electric field at point P
9  10 9  50  10–6 dQ
x2 
Now E  E = 4500 v/m R2 dE
100 R
P
x
dE

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 59

Ep  2dE cos  L L
2kdQ x  T  2 g'  2
Ep  2 g2  (qE / m)2
x  R 2  x 2  R 2
21. C
2kx KQ.x
Ep   dQ ; Ep  Higher Lower
x 2
 R2 
3 /2
(R2  x2 )3 / 2 potential (v1) potential (v2)
For x >>R
KQx KQ
  U1  qV1 qE –q U2 = – qV2
(x2 )3 / 2 x2

Ep  x 2 U1 < U2

17. A
22. B
Electric field is cancel out for diametrially m v m
opposite element, only removed diametrially Q Q
Initially
opposite element gives field.
E u m u m
kdq d finally
So E  Q
d Q at closest
R2
distance
 Q  1 from Energy conservation
E k d 2
 2 R R 1 kq2
E 3
1 2

mv2  2 1 / 2 mu2 
d
...(1) 
R from Momentum conservation
dq
mv = 2mu  u = v/2 ...(2)
from (1) and (2)
18. D
1 mv2 kq2
mv2  
2 4 d
19. A 4kq2 1 4q2
d 2 = 4  mv 2
mv 0

23. D
-q -q
r Q r

Net potential energy of the given system
 KqQ Kq2 KQqo
U  
r 2r r
Given that U = 0

4k  
2k     2kˆi
2k  2KqQ Kq2
R R  R
E 
R r 2r
Electric field along vertical direction cencle Q 1

each other, net field along horizontal direction. q 4

Enet  2  R î 24. B
0 y

20. D q
q
The net force on the sphere is a 2

2 2
F  (mg)  (qE ) q
x x
The effective gravity is
z q
F q
g'   g2  (qE / m)2
m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
60 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Kq2 Kq2 Kq2 Kq2 30. A


U  2  2  2 C B
r2 r r r q q
2
a EA
r 2  x2 
2 ED
4kq2
U
x2  a2 / 2 EB EC
q q
25. A D A
q1 u q2
y EA = EB = EC = ED
X
m m
Resolving horizontal & vertical component
After long time y will move with velocity u
(Ex = 0, Ey = 0)
and vx = 0 becouse
Then
momentum is conserved
ENet = 0
26. B
: Net PE is zero. 31. B
Given me = 9.1 × 10–31 kg, e = 1.6 × 10–19 C
kq2 kqQ kQq
   0 The intensity of field required to balance the
a a 2a
weight of electron, so
2q qE = mg
Q  
2 2
mg 9.1  10 31  9.8
E 
q 1.6  10 19
27. C
q  5.6  10 11 N / C

32. A
Given q = 3 C, F = 3000 N, r = 1 cm = 0.01 m
-2q a -2q We know that
k V = Er
Ui = [(–2q)(–2q)+q(–2q)+q(–2q)] = 0
a V = 1000 × 1 × 10–2 = 10 Volt

k
Uf = [(–2q)(–2q)+q(–2q)+q(–2q)] = 0 33. C
2a q
 W = Uf – Ui = 0

28. A
Potential energy at height h O
q q
= – (Work done by gravity + work done by
From figure net electric field at center = 0
electric field)
3 3 kq
= – (-mg – qE) h = (mg + qE) h and net potential at center = volt
a
The graph is a straight line passing though
E=0&V0
origin.
34. B
29. B
Given Q = 2 C, F = 100 N 35. B
A
We know that E = F/Q

100 3
E  50N / C m
2 2
B 1 1 C
m O m
2 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 61

Net potential at O r2  r1 r3  r2 t1 t 2
   
VO = VA + VB + VC r1r2 r2r3 r1 r3
k(6  106 ) k(2  106 ) k(3  106 ) since, r1 < r3, we get t1< t2
VO   
3 /2 1/2 1/2
41. D
VO =  1.52  105 V From the figure, we can see that the distance
between two equipotential surfaces is
36. D d = 10 sin 30° = 5 cm

 100 V 40  20
y=3+x E = 2 î  ˆj    E 
d 5  102
 400N / C

dv = – 
100
2
  
î  ĵ . dx î  dyˆj 42. A

43. C
1 3 B
100   EB

=–  dx   dy 
2 3 1 
–q +q 2kp
v = 0 A EA 
r2

 
37. D EA = – 2 EB
line of force
44. C
+q qE

E
qE -q
equipotential surface
Angle between both = 90°
If an electric dipole placed in uniform field. It
Experience a tarque and rotates.
38. D
Electric field is perpendicular to equipotential 45. C
surface Given that q =  1 × 10-6 c
d = 2 cm = 0.02 m
Slope of given line is m = 2.
E = 10×105 N/C
1 We know that
Slope of perpendicular is = –
2  = PE sin 
Equation is x = -2y (if y = 4 then x = -8) P = qd
1 × 10-6 × 2 × 10-2 = 2×10-8
Now check option Ans - D
Maximum torque
39. C  = PE = 2×10-8 × 1×105 = 2×10-3Nm
Integrate partially one of the term
46. B
v=  4a xy z dx  const . We know that
x2 2KP KP
4ay z 2 = const. Eaxis  ; E 
r3 r3
const. Eaxis 2

z= E 1
x 4 y2
47. A
40. C
V 1 – V2 = V 2 – V 3
2q. 2 a q. 2 a
1 1  1 1
 kq     kq   
 r1 r2   r2 r3 
q. 2 a

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
62 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

After resolving horizontal and vertical 51. B


component Potential energy U = qdV
x - axis component will cancel out dV
= q  dr
Net dipole moment along y direction = 2qa ĵ  dr
dv
=  q  dr 
48. A dr
dV  V  2kp 2 cos  
= p1 ×  
49. A dr  r2 
We know that electric field at a point
 dV – 2p1kp 2 cos 
1 P cos  Pr cos  = P1 =
V = V= =
4 0 r2
dr r3
4 0 r2

Kp.r
V 3
r

50. A
qE
2
2m
m
1

qE
net = qE 2sin  +qE sin 

= 3qE sin 
net = 3qE 
I  = 3qE 

3qE 
= ...(1)
I

For angular SHM  = - 2 ...(2)


From (1) and (2)
3qE
=
I
3  1  10-6  20  103
=
6
K shm 3 1 10 – 6  20  10 – 3
= 
I 6
1
= = 0.1 rad /sec
100

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 63

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct

1. B 3. A
E1 E1 E2
Emax E2
4Q –Q
E (E1) (E2) P.E1
E2

x1 R/ 2 x2

As we displaced upward qE’ 


qE’ > mg So particle move upward
4. B
 Unstable equilibrium – ve charge may move opposite to line of
qE' force
P
R/ 2 5. A
x Negative charge is placed to achieve
mg
equilibrium.
4q –Q q
(b) As we displace upward qE’  x
mg > qE’ particle comes at point P again Net force on Q is zero
Now we displace down ward from x 2 qE’ > K4qQ kqQ
mg so particle comes at point P again  =
(  x)2 x2
 stable equilibrium  x = /3, =-x (abssured)
P qE' Net force on q is also zero
stable
eq.
kQq k4qq
 =
x2
( / 3)2 2
mg
R/ 2 4q
Q=
9

6. B
q
2. B dF F a
dF = dqE –Q
2k a
dF = Rd
R q
x
2k d
dF  Q Net force on –Q charge = 2F cos 
R 
dF 2F cos 
a=
m
a
2kqQx
a 2 2
m(a  x )
Due to symmetry
 
da x
Fnet =  dF sin  = 2kQ  sin d for amax , 0
R dx
0 0
Q
F= a
2  0R which gives x  
2

at x   a=0
x0 a=0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
64 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

7. B qE qE
At equilibrium
m
f = mgsin
Net  is also 0 Max. deacc. = –0.3 m/sec2
f So Vmax = 4+ 0.3  10
 2qE sin  R= f.R.
2 qE sin  = mgR sin = 7 m/sec.
V min = 4 – 0.3  10
mg qE = 1 m/sec.
E=
2q 1V7

8. A 12. D
To calculate the electric field on z-axis, we
shall first consider two charges placed at the
r1 = (4m,7m,2m) r 2 = (1m,3m,2m)
opposite corners of the square.
-8 r
q=10

r  r2  r1  3 î  4 ĵ
r 5 z
kq  90
V= = ....(1) q q
r2 r 5
kqr L/ 2 L/ 2
  90 The electric field due to these two charges is
E = r 3 = 25 ....(2)
kq 2kqz
Deviding (1) & (2) cos   2 
 2
Z  L /2 2 (z2  L2 / 2)3 / 2
r =5
The net electric field due to four charges is
V = 18 Volt
therefore,
9. B 4kqz
+q E
(z2  L2 / 2)3 / 2
P net E is zero at z = 0 and when z 
p
To find location of Emax, we shall put dE/dz = 0

dE (z2  L2 / 2)3 / 2  3z2(z2  L2 / 2)1/ 2


–q P  0
+q –q dz (z2  L2 / 2)3
(0, 0, L) is  to pnet
 component along z-direction is zero  z2 + L2/2 – 3 z2 = 0 or z = L/2
Therefore, E is maximum at L/2.
10. D Hence, (d) is the correct option.
(Fnet)Y = 0
(Fnet)X = -2F cos (0,a)
-q
KqQ 13. C
kqQ 2a F
a (a2+x2)
F y
a 2
 x2  a2  x2 x
Q

(2a,0) E1
KqQ E2
think !! x = 2a F
(a2+x2)
-q
x is not small (0,-a)

So F=-kx not x
P
satisfied so
excecute oscillatory
but not SHM.

11. A  


u Let E1 ad E2 be the electric fields
qE respectively due to +ve and -ve charges. By
a= symmetry. they have equal mangitudes and
m
1 106  300 are symmetrically inclined about Y-axis. their
Max. acc = = 0.3 m/sec2 resultant is along Y-axis.
10 3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 65

14. B Let –Q charge is placed at (0,y,z)


The force on the charge is along –ve Y-axis Now total potential energy of the system
and for the sphere to complete the circle, it
KQ2 KQ(-Q) KQ(-Q)
should be able to reach the position of +ve U= + + =0
Y-axis. a r r
Using the concept of effective gravity (here, a2
g'=qE0/m), the minimum speed required to r=  y2  z2
complete the circle from given position is 4
According to problem U = 0
3qE0a KQ 2 KQ2
3g'r  KQ 2 
m 
a a2 a2
 y 2  z2  y2  z 2
15. B 4 4
x y a2
 y 2  z 2  4a 2
v 4
Either y is fixed or not E is conserved but
when y is fixed Fnet  0 15a 2
y2  z 2 
 P not conserved 4
when y is free Fnet = 0
 P = conserved 20. D
When the extension in spring is maximum,
16. B the speed of both particles is zero.
If we displaced q lightly then  U spring +U electrostatic=0
F2' F1'
1 2 q2  1 1 
 kr   0
2 40  2r r 
x
 F21 > f11 k
q2
 stable equilibrium  40r3

17. B 21. A
EQq EQq 1 2 KQ KQ
from E.C. = = + mv  V or a 
r 2r 2 4a 4V
kQq 1 2 Energy conservation
 = mv
2r 2 between point P & A
Q P
KQq KQq 1 KQq
A
a 4a v
v  mv 2 
4v
mr 4a 2 a
kQqm
Impulse = mv = 1
r  qV  mv2  4qV
2
18. D
1 6qv
mv2  3qV  v 
v 2 m
q

h2 q 22. B
Movement is parallel to x-axis
Fe acom. = g
 w.d. by 2 is zero.
h1
1m B A

19. C
y 2m

1

Q Q x (W.D.)AB   E .dr
(–a/2,0,0) z (a/2,0,0) 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
66 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

1
2k(3)  1   Ex = –E sin   100 5  1 / 5 = –100 Vm-1
=  r
dr
= 3  2k ln 
 2


2 Ey  E cos   100 5 × 2 / 5  200 Vm-1
= 3k ln 2
(W.D.) due to wire  is kln (2)
28. D
 n (2) dE

 0 F= P
dr
kqx
23. C Electric field due to ring is E 
3 /2
q q -q q
r 2
 x2 
dE R
q q -q +q and = 0 at r =
dr 2
dv F = 0
E =–
dx
29. A
24. D
-v 30. A
Ex = dp2=
x
dp2
check slope

25. A
dp1
KQ
A) V =  0 b/w z = 0
r
B) Depends on distribution of charge .
C) Depends on distribution of charge . –q
D) Fnet is zero but net may be non zero

26. B q 2q
in y, Ey = 0 = =
E R / 2 R
v
Ex = E0 =  /2
x0 Ex
dP1=  dPcos 
0

+v
–v  /2

=   Rd R cos 
0

27. C
 /2
Y 2V /2
2
= R 2
E 4V
 cos  d =  R
0
sin  0

d
2q 2 2qR
= R 2 .1 = .R 
2
X R 
Slope of equipotential surface is tan  = 1/2
 /2
 sin = 1 / 5 and cos  = 2 / 5 2qR
Electric field is the direction shown and is dP2 =  dPsin  =
0 
given by
V 4 2 2
E   2 2qR
d 0.02 sin 0.02  1 / 5  100 5V / m
P=

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 67

31. B dx  mg    1  1 2

.dx q   mg 1 -   mv
x
20
 q  2  2 2
v 2g
v 2g ,   
R 

35. B
2 u
d = . xdx
2 0  v

R
l 2
 l Sin
x.dx =
=
 0  sin  0 20

32. C from AMC about point 0


 mvd = mvR
R 2R vd
u= ...(1)
qp R
(R 3 ,0,0) 1 2 1 2 kq1q2
from E.C. mv  mu 
2 2 R
1 2 1 v 2d2 Kq1q2
q  K2R  mv  m 2 
Energy at Point P = 4 + q   2 2 R R
0  2R 
1  d2  Kq q
q q q mv 2 1  2   1 2 ..(2)
= 4  4 = 2 2  R  R
0 0 0

qk(2R ) q from eq. (1) and (2)


Energy at point 0 = =
R 20
i.e. particle will reach just point 0. 1
9  109   10-12
1  0.25  9
 1  v 2 1  
33. A 2  1  10  3

Q 2
v2 m/sec.
P –q 3
R x
 kQx 
F  -qE  -q  2 2 3 /2 
 (R  x ) 
36. D
E
kqQx kqQx T
If x << R then F =   ma  
R3 R 3

kqQx 2 q,m F=qE/m


a= ; a = - x q,E
mR3
qQ mg
= 1 /2
4 0 mR 3  2
 qE  
geff  g2    
  m  
34. B

T  2
geff
E = mg/q
T 
T= 2 2
 qE 
g2   
mg m
(W.D)E + (W.D.)mg = K
1
qE(sin) + (–cos)mg  mv2
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
68 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.


1. C,D 4Q K 2

By properties of charges
16Q 2 K
= 2
x 2
 9  x
2. A,B,C 2(9–x) =x
Q –Q/4 18–2x =x
x r P x = 6 cm
A B

KQ KQ / 4 5. A,B,D
Vp = – =0
xr r Dimension theory
1 1
 – =0  4r –x – r = 0 6. A,C
x  r 4r
Fnet
x
r=
3
 KQ / 4 KQ u
vp = + In constant force field path may be straight
r x  r  = 0 line
Fnet 
1 1 x
  + =0  r= u  or Parabola
4r x  r 5
Q –Q/4 7. B,C,D
P To reduce potential energy
r
dU
KQ K Q / 4  F=–
dx
Ep = 2 – =0 ; r> 0
x  r  r2 F=0
4Q Q x 16Q

3. C,D
9cm
If we slightly displaced –Q charge towards B
16Q K 2 4Q2K
thus force on –Q due to B increses = 2
A Q x2 9  x
B 2(9–x) =x
a a +2q
+2q 18–2x =x
 –Q moves towards BC (unstable x = 6 cm
equillibrium)
If we displaced to wards y axis 8. A,D
higher density  Higher electric field

Fnet EA> EB
Electric field lines from higher potential to
(stable equilibrium) lower potential.
VB>VA
4. B,C
To reduce potential energy
9. A,C
dU Given VA = 3V, VB = 4V, q = -e
F=–
dx
F=0 3V 7V

4Q Q x 16Q A B

F = eE 
9cm k.E. = e (7–3) = 4ev

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 69

10. B,D 14. A,C


Q a. For the first equipotential

E
10
60(V)× (m) = 6Vm
E 100
Q E Q For the second equipotential
E
20
Q 30(V)× (m) = 6 Vm
100
4KQ For the third equipotential
vc=
r 60
At Z axis horizontal component of E cancelled 10(V)× (m) = 6 Vm
100
but vertical is added.
We can understand that the product of
potential (V)
11. A,C
and radial distances (r) of equipotential lines
[as in figure] is equal to 6 Vm-1. hence, general
relation of potential (V) and radial distance
(r) can be written as
A C 6
B V Vm1
r

Since E = –(V)/(r) r̂ , substituting V = 6/r,,
It is clear from figure at point A and C Net we have
electric field is zero. And point B Net electric    6
field towards slide. E     ˆ r Vm-1
r  r 
 6
12. B,C,D or r Vm-1
E  2ˆ
Electric field is from high to low potential. r
i.e., along –ve x-axis. 
b. Since E is directed in r̂ –direction and obeys
 (a) is incorrect. inverse square law, E must be outward [as
The force on electron is towards right. Work shown in figure]
done by electric field in moving electron from The above E-field must be caused by a
B to C is positive. positive point charge.
 (b) is correct.
V D – VC = V E – V D  WCD=WDE 15. A,B,C
 (c) is correct.
From E to A, the electron moves against the 16. B,C
electric force. So potential energy increases. F net = 2F sin 
 (d) is correct.
kqQ d
 2. 
13. A,C,D (r2  d2 ) (r2  d2 )1 / 2
A conductor has the same potential at all 2  kqQ KPQ
points.   3
r3 r
 (a) is correct.
When a conductor is earthed, to make its
potential zero, the charge may flow from
conductor to earth or vice versa.
 (b) is incorrect.
(c) and (d) are correct by properties of
conductor. r

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
70 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.

1. a = l(1 + 2 ), the equilibrium will be d


x
stable 2
–2q q Q
d d2 Fnet
at x= , 0
x 2 dx2
It is fundamental concept if charges are
opposite then equilibrium point lies outside 4kqQ
Then (Fnet)max =
of the smaller charge. 3 3d2
For equilibrium Fnet = 0 at Q
2KqQ KqQ qQ
 4.
  x 2
x2 8  2  0r 2
Q
2x    x 
2R
x =  ( 2 -1)
& equilibrium will be stable.
2
2. from charge 4e (If q is positive stable,
3 T
If q is negative unstable)
4e q e

x
dq = Rd
Q
For equilibrium net force at q will be zero. dq = R d
2R
K 4eq Kqe
 
x2  – x 2 kQ d
Q kdq
dq = d So E = 2 =
2 – x   x 2 r 2R 2
x = /3
at equilibrium condition
If we move charge q slightly along line joining
4e and e then equilibrium will be stable. kQ d
 2T sin d / 2
2R 2
d 4 Qq
3. , , d d
2 2 3 3 πε0d2 (for small angle sin  )
2 2
QA qQ
r F  T 
d 82 0r2
x
F 5. 1
Q
B Let us cnsider a ball say P. There are three
Let at x distance per pendicular to AB force forces acting on it :
is maximum then

KQq T
Fnet = 2Fcos  2x cos  (r2 = x2 + d2)
r2
2KQq P 60°
Fnet  x F Q
d
x 2

2 3 /2
50cm
for Maximum Fnet
mg
dFnet
0
dx (i) Tension T in the thread

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 71

(ii) Force of gravity mg 7. 9


(iii) Electric force F The force between two unlike charges in
vacuum is given by
Considering te equilibrium of the ball P.
T cos 60° = F (i) 1 q1q2
F (i)
T sin 60° = mg (ii) 40 d2

mg (0.866  103 )  10 If two charges are submerged in extended


or T    102 N dielectric medium, let same force arise when
sin 60° 0.866
From (i), they are separted by d1 in the medium.

1 q2 1 q1q2
T cos 60° = Then F  4   d2 (ii)
40 r 2 0 r 1

From (i) and (ii), we get


1 9  109  q2
102  
2 (0.5)2 d r d1
Solving we get, q = 1.4×10-6 C = 1 C. Thus 5 cm of dielectric medium is equivalent

6. 2 to q  5  15 cm of air or vacuum.
Therefore, effective separation is (10–5)+15
= 20 cm.
T
1 qq
F  1 22
40 d
P
F
(4  106 )  (10  106 )
 9  109 
(0.2)2
mg
9  109  40  1012
Initially, the forces actng on each ball are   9N
0.04
tension T, weight mg, and electric force F.
For the equilibrium of the spheres,
T cos  = mg 8. 0
T sin  = F E1 = 2Ecos
KQ
F E1  2
or tan  = (i)  x2  a2 
mg  
When the balls are suspended in a liquid of a
cos  
density  and dielectric cnstant K, the electric a2  x 2
F
force will become , while weight E
k
mg' = mg – V  g (T h = V  g) E1

  E
or mg' = mg  1   (ii)
  x
As  = ', according to the question, equating
(i) and (ii), we get –Q a +Q

F F

mg  
Kmg 1   120
o

 
o
120
o
 1.6 120
K  2
   1.6  0.8
or K = 2 Enet = 0.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
72 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

3/2
3 Y
9. –   3 × 10–9C
 11
 E
Kq r
E
r3
Electric field at (3,1,1) 13.
O z Z


K  10 9
3i  j  k   KQ i  j  k 
 11  3
( 3)3

Given x component is zero. Following two arguments shall lead us to the


y
right choice.
i. Electric field at the center of the ring is zero.
ii. Electric field is directed away from the ring.

–9
10 C
q (2,0,0) x
14. 6
T cos  + q B = mg
 K  3  10  9 KQ   T cos  = mg – q B
EX    i0 T sin  = q A

 11
3
  3 
3   
3 /2
 3 
Q  –  3  109 C qB
 11  T
Y component is
qA
K  10 9 KQ
Ey  
 11 
 3 3 3
mg

Dividing (i) and (ii), we get


K  3  3  10
3
9 9
K  10
 – qA
 11   11   3 
3 3 3
tan  
mg  qB

  2K  10 9 mg tan
Ey   q  6  102 C
 11  3
A+B tan 

(Y-component not equal to zero )


15. 5
1 1 putting the value of q in (ii),
10. W = Kqq0  r – r  = 1.2 J A mg sec
 B A T  5  102N
A  B tan 
kq
Potential at A VA 
r
9  109  8  10 3
  24  108 v
.03
Potential at B 2kQ 2
16.
9  109  8  10 3 mR
VB   18  108 v Q
.04
W.D. = –2×10–9 (18 × 108 – 24 × 108)
v=0
W.D. = 1.2 J
–Q

11. K/2qD
From energy conservation
12. 4d (K.E.)i + (P.E.)i = (K.E.)f + (P.E.)E

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 73

1 19. 1.8 × 105 sec


mv2  qv c q=
2
1  KQ 
mv 2  Q 
2  R 
1m 1m q
2KQ2
v
Rm q a/2 a/2 q

Qq q a=1m q
K
17. (a) 4  K (b) Kq2 Kq2 Kq2
0 m U1   
From energy conservation a a a
kqQ 3Kq2
K.E  ......(1) U1 
R a
KqQ Q q Kq2 Kq2 kq2
R min  R  U2   
K.E 40 K a /2 a a /2
5Kq2
U2 
Rmin a
Nucleus 2Kq2
1 KQq Change in P.E. 
K.E  mv2  a
2 2R 2  9  10 9  (0.1)2
from eq. .....(1)  = 18 × 107
1
KQq 1000 J Energy is supplied in 1 sec.
K
R 18  107
 18 × 107  
1 K.E 1000
 K.E  mv2 
2 2 = 1.8 × 105 sec.
K.E
v kq2
m 20. – (3 – 2 )
a
Ist Case for calculation of P.E. make pair with
Q2 each and every charge make sure no pair is
18.
m 0 V 2 repeated.
U0 = U12 + U23 + U13 + U14 + U24 + U34
u Q Q
Kq2 Kq2 Kq2 Kq2 Kq2 Kq2
m U0      
a a 2a a 2a a
rmin
4Kq2 2Kq2 Kq2
from M.C. 2mu = mv
U0 
a

2a

a
4 2  
v
u q
2

1 1  KQ2
from E.C.  mv 2  2 mv 2   2a
2 2  rmin
q q
1 mv 2 KQ 2
 mv 2  
2 4 rmin
q
Q2
rmin  IInd Case
m 0 v 2
4Kq2 2Kq2
U 
2a 2a
W.D. = –(U)
 Kq2 Kq2 4Kq2 Kq2 
 2 2    2 
 a a a a 
 Kq2

a

3 2 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
74 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

4Kq2  3 1  4a
22.
21. (i) 3    3
a  2 3
Given that a is the
2Kq2  3 1  radius of disk,  is the H
(ii) Wel  3    surface charge (m,q)
a  2 3 density and
q / m  40g / . The H
Kq2  3 1 
(iii) 3    kinetic energy of the
2ma  2 3 particle, when it
reaches the disk, can O a
2Kq2  3 1  be taken as zero.
(iv) 3    Potential due to a
ma  2 3
charged disk at any
axial point situated at
Kq2  3 1  a distance x from O
(v) 3   
ma  2 3 is

nU1   2
Total Energy = (n = no. of corner) V(x)  a  x 2  x
2 20  

8  3Kq2 3Kq2 Kq2    2 2 


 
2 a
   Hence, V(H)  2  a  H  H
2a 3a  0

a
4kq2  3 1  and V(O) 
Total energy  3    20
a  2 3
According to the law of conservation of
(W.D.)el = –(change in PE) = –(Uf – Ui)
(W.D.)el = energy, we have the loss of gravitation
potential energy is equal to the gain in
 4kq2  3 3 1  4kq2  3 3 1  electric potential energy.
        
 1  2a 2 2a 2 3a  1 a 2a 3a   mg H = q V= q[V(0)-V(H)]


=
4kq2  3

1  2a

3

1 

 q a 
  (a 2

 H2 )  H 
 2 (i)
2a 3a  0

We are given
 2kq2  3 1 
(ii) (W.D.)ext = 3    
a  2 3
20 =2mg
(iii) from previous question
change in potential energy = Increase in K.E. Putting this in Eq. (i), we get
2
2kq  3 1  1 2 mg H = 2 mg[a–{ (a2  H2 )  H }]
3     (8m)v
a  2 3 2
or H = 2[a+H– (a2  H2 ) ]
Kq2 3 1
v (3  
2ma 2 3 = 2a + 2H – 2 (a2  H2 )
1
(iv) mv2  q(VA  V ) or 2 (a2  H2 ) =H+2a
2
 4Kq  or 4a2+4H2 = H2 + 4a2 + 4aH
1 3 1 
mv2  q 3 
  
 or 3H2 = 4aH
2  a  2 3  
4a
2kq2 3 1  or H=
v 3    3
 a 
 2 3 (Since H = 0 is not valid)
(v) Similar to (vi)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 75

Second Method
23. x = a/ 3
+
The total potential energy of the particle at +
+
height x is + m
+
+ +q
q
U(x) = mgx+qV(x)=mgx+ 2 ( a2  x2  x ) +
0 +
+
+
+
= mgx + 2mg +  (a  x )  x 
2 2
+
+
20cm 20cm

= mg 2 (a  x )  x 
2 2
(ii)
From qE = 100N
For equilibrium  2K 
q   100N
 0.20 
U
dU Kq = 10
0
dx 2mga 2Kq 2Kq
Now F  a
r rm
This gives 3mga
dv 2  10
x = a/ 3 v 
dr (0.1)r
From Eq. (ii), graph
between U(x) and x X
O a/ 3 H=4a/3 v 0.40
can be plotted as 1
 vdv  200  dr
shown in figure. r
0 0.20

v2 = 400 (n 2)
 v  20 n2
24 0

 
2 2 0 2 0 7K K
2 0 A B 2 0 26. |E| = ,V= [where K = 1/4 0]
2 8 4
 2 0
2 0 
2 0 y

E net A
0
2
E net B

0
EA A
0 x
EB P1=1 E1
E2
2m
2 0 u 2m
25. z
q

2KP 2  1  K K
E1   
r3 8 4
x2
1 KP 3K
2 E2  3 
x1  E.dr  2 mv
x1
r 8

x2 7k
Enet 
8
KP1 K
Potential at v A  
r2 4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
76 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

kP
2qp
29. (– i – 2j )
27. 2 2y 3
4  0 r
KP
E1 
o
2y 3
90o 45
2KP
E2 
45o y3 2
P 
E
KP
2y 3
 î  2 ĵ  
Potential at point B due to dipole
E1 (0,y)
kp cos 45o k p
vB  
r2 2 r2 E2

Potential at point A due to dipole


Kp cos135o
kp o
VA   45
r2 2r2
Total W.D. = q (vB – vA) P

2kpq
 Joule
r2

30. (QL2/2m)1/.2
2KP0 Q KP0 Q 
28. (i) (– i ) (ii) j Ey
r3 r3 (0,L)
6KP0P  3KP0P Ex
(iii) i (iv) (  ĵ )
r4 r4 Ey
KQ
E 2 Ex
r
Q   45
-q0 +q 0 (L,0)
r As ring move downward Ex  Ey 
Force on P0 due to Q is –ve x direction and so at point where qEy sin  = qEx cos
dE 2KP0Q After wards ring com reach (L,0) easily
F P  (automotic)
dr r3
 2KP Q tan   x / y  x = y
0
F î x = y = L/2
r3
P0 Apply energy concervation between point A
P
q and B
-q0 q0 -q
1
mv2  qV
r 2
2KP V = E.dr
E (due to P)
r3 L /2 L /2
 x2 
L /2
 y2 
L /2

V  xdx   ydy     
F  P0
dE 6KP 6KPP0
 P0 4  0 0  2  0  2  0
dr r r4 L L 2
L2 2
V  
 6KPP 8 8 4
0
F (î ) 1  L2 
r4 2
mv  q 
2  4 
P0 P
1/2
2qL2  qL2 
r v  2
 v =  

4m  2m 
  KP q KP0 q  3KP0 q ˆ
F   0

 r  a 3

r  a
3

 
 ˆj 
r4
j
3 P1P2
  31. 
2 0 x 4 , attaractive

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 77

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.


kq1q2 W
1. (a) 60° (b) mg + 3. v
2 2(a  He )g
(c) 3 mg, mg. q1 & q2 should have
W
unlike charges for the beads to remain T cos + mg = B  +V Heg = Vag
2
stationaly & q2q2 = – mgl2/k
W
N1 cos 30 º  N2 cos 60 º  2Mg or v
2(a  He )g
and N1 cos 60º  N2 cos 30º
2Mg cos 30 º
 N1   3 Mg 1/ 2
(cos 2 30 º  cos 2 60 º )  40a3mg 
i.e., q  
4. 
3L
 on solving cos 2 30º  cos 2 60º  1   
N1
A N2
From figure, for the equilibrium of a particle
P  along a vertical line, we get
q1  q2 Q
T cos  = mg ...(i)
30º 60º While for equilibrium in the plane of equilateral
B C
Horizontol
triangle, we get
 kq q 
 T  12 2  cos   Mg sin 30 º T sin  = 2 F cos 30° ...(ii)
  
So from Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
 kq1q2 
and T   sin   Mg cos 30 º  N1
 2  3F
 tan   3    60 º tan   ....(iii)
mg
kq q
 T  12 2  Mg

For Beads remain in equilibrium
N1  3 Mg and N 2  Mg
 mg  2
and for, T = 0  q1q2 
k

2. q  8W tan 0x2 ,

a
D

2T cos  = W, T sin  = F Here,


tan  F tan  1 q2 OA OA
or  or F = W F tan   
2 W 2 2 and
40 a OP L  OA2
2

2
q W tan  Also from Figure (c), we get
or 
40 (2x)2 2 2 2 a
OA  AD  asin60 
or 2 3 3 3
q  8W tan 0x

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
78 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Therefore, we have
a 3 a
So, tan    (as L >>a)
L2(a2 / 3) ( 3)L

On substituting the above values of F and d


tan  in Eq. (iii) we get

a 3 q2

( 3)L mg 40a2 te me

tP mp
1/2
 40a3mg  As me<mp, so te<tp. Hence,
i.e., q   
 3L  electron will take less time. i.e., the electron
wins the race.

5. 9.30 (ii) Time to cross the paltes is t =  /u.


Deviation is
-12q
30º

-11q -1q 2
-10q -2q
30
º  1 2 1 eE   
30º
E y at 
-9q -3q  30º  2 2 m  u 
30º
-8q -4q 30º 
-7q -6q -5q (6 kq / r 2 )
2
ye mp  up 
By symmetry or    (i)
yP me  ue 
  6kq  6kq   6kq   6kq  
E   2  2  2  cos30º 2  2  cos 60º  2  2  cos 90º  ( ˆi)
 r  r   r   r   a. If up = ue, then
 6kq
E  2  (1  3  1) ˆi
r
  ye mp

4kq  yp me
6. – i
R 2 As mp > me, so
dE  2dE cos  (  î ) ye> yp. Hence, the deviation of the
k /2 k /2 electrron will be more.
E
R 2 
0
cos   R d 
R  0
cos  d

k  /2 k
 sin   0 
R  R ye
yp

b. From Eq. (i)


 k  q
E î &  2
ye  mpup 
R     1 (as given)
R yp  meue2 

 4
4k q
E î
 R2 Hence, the deviation of both the electron
and the proton will be the same.
7. Electron, ye> yp, ye= yp, ye< yp, c. From Eq. (i).

eE eE 1 2 2
(i) ae  m , aP  m ;d  2 at ye  mpup  me me
e P   
yp  meue  mp mp
2d 2md
t or t  As me < mp, so ye < yp. Hence, the deviation
a eE
of proton will be more.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 79

2 Where Q = total charge


 
8. H2 = h1 + h2 – g   dU
 V For Umin  0
dq

 v t    t 2q 2(Q  q) ( 1)
v 0   K (Q  q)  q
h  h 2 R1 R2
1  
 h  2 1 2
 g    from C.M. Say q = q1 and Q – q1 = q2
2 2 v 
  2q 2q q  q1
0 1 2  2
R1 R2 d
COM  d is very large
h 2 – h1
q1 q 2 q R
   1  1
h1 R1 R 2 q2 R 2
h=?
d/2 12. Wfirst

8 4  Kq2
= –  ,
g 2 step
3 5 r
 h  h1  h2 
v2 Wsecond step=0,
Wtotal=0
9. 4  0Ka Distance between charges 1 & 4 & 2 & 3 don’t change
k = k2 – k1
= p1 – p2  kq2 kq2  4 kq2 kq 2 8 4 
2 w 1st  U  2      
3

1 q  r
 (3 r )  5r r  5 
=
4  0 a 2 2
4 kq 4 kq
{Interaction energy between I st and II st WIInd  u2  u3   0
charge} 5 r 5 r
1

= q   k ( 4   0 ) a1/ 2 2
st
step I

10. 2.2×10-12C 3
 E x 4
E  0 î
 step IIIrd
E0
Incoming flux = (0 )  a 2 = 0

th
step IV

E0
Outgoing flux = (a )  a 2

q E0 Wfinal  ui  uf
  a3
0   kq2 kq2   2 2 
3  2    2  kq  kq   0
0  E0  a  r 3 r   r 3 r 
 q  

8.85  10 12  5  10 3 v
 2
[10 2 ]3 13.
3
2  10
3
 q  2.2  10 12 C ( Px )1  q1E x t  mv
4
q1 3
Q1 R1 ( Px ) 2  q2 E x t  mv  
11.  q2 4
Q 2 R2
3
k p y 1  mv and p y 2  mv
4
U
R
q dq
 3
kq 2
k (Q  q) 2 kq ( Q  q) mv
4 q v
U     1  v 
2 R1 2R 2 d mv q2 3
kq2 k ( Q  q) 2 kq (Q  q)  (  p y )1  q1 E y t 
    
2 R1 2R 2 d
(  p x )2  q2 E y t 
 d  R1
d  R 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
80 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

 r 0 Where x = R(1 – cos )


14. =
r – 1 df = E0  R d
fe d = df x
tan   ....(1)
mg 3 / 2 /2
  E  R 2 (1  cos ) d   E  R 2 (1  cos ) d
fe / r  0
Now tan   ....(2)
m1g
 3 3   
By (1) & (2)  E0  R 2     sin  sin    0  sin  0 
 2 2 2 2 
m' r  m
       
0 r
v (S  0 ) r  s v   S   1    E 0  R 2    1    1   2 E  R 2
r  2  2   0

Ip   2 E0  R 2
15.  R E0 i
2 E0  R 2
x = R sin   ....(2)
and dF = dq E Ip
= E(Rd) ×  By (1) & (2)
d = dFx
2E0 R2   f R 2E0 R2 

++
( I cm  MR 2 ) 2 MR 2
+
+ y
+
+ f R  E 0R 2 
 –– x
R –
x
f  E 0R  î
––
––

d = E0 × R2  sin  d 3 p1p2
16. 40 x 4 , Repulsive
/ 2
2
 = 2E0 R   sin  d
0
3 2Qp Q2 pQ
17. 3 (upward), U =
 2
0a 2 20a 20a
 [ cos ]0 / 2  2 E0 R 2   2E0 R 2 

 I CM   2E0 R 2   f R
2 E0 R 2   f R
 ...(1)
I CM

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 81

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main

1. A
Suppose that a point B, where net electric q 1 1 
   
field is zero due to the charges 8q and -2q. 2o R R 2
 d2 
 

3. D
+8q -2q
B
O
A
Electric field due to a charged conducting
x=a x=0 x=L
sheet of surface density is given by E =


 o r
 1 8q
EBO  . î
4 o a2 +
+
+
 1 2q +
+
EBA  . î +
4 o (a  L)2 +
+ F=QE
+ B
According to condition, +
+
  + mg
EBO  EBA  0 +

Where o is the permittivity in vacuum and r


1 8q 1 2q
  the relative permittivity of medium.
4 o a2 4o (a  L )2 Here, electrostatic force on B
2 1 Q
or  QE 
a aL  o r
or 2a+2L=a FBD of B is shown in figure,
or 2L = -a In equilibrium, T cos = mg
Thus, at distance 2 L from origin, net electric
field will be zero. Q
and T sin    
o r
2. B
VA= potential due to charge +q on ring A Q
thus, tan     mg
+ potential due to charge -q on ring B. o r

+q -q tan   
d2 d1
4. A
Since V2>V1 so electric field will point from
R R plate 2 to plate 1.
d The electron will experi- 0.1m
A B ence an electric force,
opposite to the direction
of electric field, and hence E
1 q q
=  4   , d1 R 2  d2 move towards the plate 2.
o  R d1 use work-energy theorem
to find speed of electron
1 q q 
    when it strikes the plate
4o R  ....(1)
 R  d2
2
 2.

1  q q  1 2
Similarly, VB=  4  
 R

 me v 2
o R  d2
2
  0  e(V2  V1 )
2
Potential difference, VA-VB Where v is the required speed.
1 q q  q  9.11x10 31 2
    1  
q   v  1.6x10 19 x20
4o R  4o  R  2
 R  d2
2
  R  d2
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
82 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Potential at B due to charge at O


1.6x10 19 x40
or v 1 (10 3 )
9.11x10 31 VB  .
4 o OB
= 2.65 x 10 ms-1.
6

1 (10 3 )
5. C  .
In a non-uniform electric field, the dipole may 4 o 2
experience both non-zero torque as well as
so, VA  VB  0
translational force.
for example as shown in figure,
9. C
Electric field at a distance r from A is
F2
+q 1
F1 -q E= ×
2r2 
 dV = – Edr 
a b l dr
Vc –VB = V = – 
a

2 r2
F1  F2 as E is non-uniform.
Torque would also be non-zero. l  1 1 
or V = 
2  a a  b 
6. D
 V V V 10. B
E î  ĵ  k̂
x y z Work done by conservative force does not
depend on the path. Electrostatic force is a
V d  20  conservative force.
 Ex   
x dx  x2  4 
11. D
40x W=QdV=Q(Vq-VP)

(x  4)2
2
=-100 x (1.6 x 10-19) x (-4-10)
= +100 x 1.6 x 10-19x 14
10
 Ex at x  4m  V / m = +2.24 x 10-16 J
9
and is along positive x-direction. 12. A
Three forces F41, F42 and F43 acting on Q as
7. D
 shown resultant of F41+F43.
Direction of E reverses while magnitude
remains same and V remains unchanged.  2Feach

1 Qq
8. B  2
4 o d2
Potential at A due to charge at O
y Resultant on Q becomes zero
only when q charges are F47
( 2, 2 ) F41
q
of negative nature. Q

1 QxQ F43
B F4.2 
X 4 o ( 2d)2
O (0,0) (2,0) Q q
3 dQ Q x Q
1 (10 )  2 2 
VA  d 2d2
4 o OA
QxQ
1 (103 )  2 xq 
 . 2
4 o ( 2 )2  ( 2 )2
Q
 q
3 2 2
1 (10 )
 . Q
4 o 2 or 2 2
q

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 83

13. C By conservation of energy


 q Gain in KE = loss in PE
Linear charge density  =  
 r  1 2qQ  1 
y K . 1  
4 o a  5

16. D
At any instant,
T cos = mg ...(i)
x 2
ka
T sin = Fe = ...(ii)
x2
K.dq
E
 dE sin  ( ĵ)   r 2
sin  ( ĵ)
K qr
E d sin ( ĵ)
r  r
2

K q  q T T
sin (ˆj)  (ˆj)

r2  
0 22 or 2 Fe Fe
x
mg mg
14. C
From F.B.D. of sphere, using Lami’s theorem From Eqs. (i) and (ii)

F ka2
 mg tan 
= tan  .....(i) x2
mg
When suspended in liquid, as  remains same, mg x 2  x
 q2  . .x  tan   
F' k 2l  2l 
 = tan  ....(ii)
 
mg1   mg 3
 d  q2  x ...(iii)
2kl
Using (i) and (ii)
mg 2 dx
F F' F  2q  3 x
= 2kl dt
mg    where, F’ = K
mg1   1/2
 d  mg 3  dq 3mg 2
2 x   x v
 2Kl  dt 2Kl
F F'
 =   1/2
mg   mg 3  
mgK1    q   x  
 d
  2kl  
1
or K = =2  vx1 / 2  cons tan t

1
d  v  x 1 / 2
15. A
17. A
2kqQ 2k(q)Q
Ui  
a 5a F F
q/2
1 2qQ  1 
 . 1  
4 o a  5
y
Uf = 0 q q
1Q x
q q a a

5a Fnet  2F cos θ
2a
kq(q / 2) y
2 .
(a2  y2 ) (a2  y2 )1 / 2
-q 2a -q

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
84 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

~ kq2.y ~ kq2.y 3V0


 2 2 3/2
 v , R1  0
(a  y ) a3 2
Fnet  y 5V0 KQ R
4

2R 3

3R 2  R 22   R2 
2
18. A
 r>R
dv =  E.dr 3V0 KQ 4KQ KQ  R R
 R3   
2 2
4 R3  3V0 3  KQ 3
2  x3 
VA – V0 =  30x dx = – 30 3 
 V0 KQ 4KQ 4KQ
  0
0
4

R4  R 4  V  KQ  R  4R
0
= – [10x3] = – 10 [8 – 0]
VA – V0 = –80 J On comparing we get
(A) or (B)
19. A or B
20. C
Tangent to the electrical field lines will give
3V0/2
us the direction at a given point.
V0
21. D
  
1  P  E1
1 = PE1sin
r=R
2 = PE2cos
E1sin = E2cos
3V0 5V0 3V0 V
R1  ; R2  ; R3 ; R4  0 E1
2 4 4 4  cot 
E2
KQ
 r R V
2R 3
3R 2  r2  tan  
E2
 3
E1
 = 60°

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-1 | 85

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.


1. C 1 /3
1

Both points are on perpendicular bisector.  q2   1  3


 a =   1  k 

v = 0 w  T   2 2  
So N=3
2. C
k2q / 3 2kq 7. A
E.f.  2
 2
(–î ) EQ = kx0
R 3R Mean Position shift but frequency remains
kq2 k2q2 2kq2 the same.
 U  q(2R) – –
qR
0
2 3R kx0 EQ
q/3
3R
  30° +Q
60
sin
2R
–2q/3 mp(1) x0 mp(2)
2R
60° 8. C
Fx
q/3 45°
kq1q2 k(q / 3) (2q / 3) 45°
 FCB  2
 2
r 3R
2kq 2
q 2 Fy
 F 2
 2 Fx = Fy  qE = mg
27R 54 0R
v mgd
3. A,D q = mg  V = = 10–9 v
d q
 Lines emerging from Q1  +ve
Lines terminate at Q2  – ve
9. D
no. of lines originate or terminate depends on mag-
nitude of charge Inside shell E = 0
& V = const.
Q1 13 and outside shell
 Q  9  Q1  Q2
2
1 1
E.f.=0 E &v
Now situation is r2 r
+Q1 +Q2
4. A 10. A,B,C

5. D
m = 4/3 r3
q = mg  6rv = mg
6. 3
L
2kq2  kq2 
2Ta = + 2  2 cos 45 
2  2a 
a  

2Ta

45° 45°
kq2 kq
2
kq
2
kq
2
Can be simplified to
2
2a a
2
a
2 2a
2

kq2  1 
Ta = 1  
 
a2  2 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
86 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

2q 12. B

KQ 1
(i) E  E 2
60° d2 d
4q
60° = 6q E (ii) Electric field due to dipole

2q 2kp
E 1  3cos 2 
d3
k(6q) 1 6q
E 2 = 4  L2 = 6 K
L 0 1
E for dipole
At O there are equidistant +ve & – ve charges. d3
Hence v = 0. At PR also +ve & – ve charges (iii) For line charge
are same and equidistant, so V = 0 at all
points. But at ST potential is +ve on left of 2k
E
O & – ve on right of O. d

11. A 1
E
d

2k 2K
(iv) E  –
d –  d 

d   – d  
 2K  
 d –
2 2
(P) All +ve  

2K  2 
E
(Q) Q1, Q2 +ve   2 
d 2 1 – 2 
 d 

1
E
d2
(v) Electric field due to thin sheet
Q3, Q4 –ve 

E
2 0 ( independent of v)

(R) Q1, Q3 –ve 

Q2, Q3 –ve

(S) Q1, Q3 +ve 

Q2, Q4 –ve

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 87
ELECTROSTATICS PART-2
Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. C 11. C
E depends on distribution of charge but 
doesn't depend on distribution qin. q in
2. C Electric flux  E.dS  
S 0
q in is the charge
Gauss law is valid for all distribution either
symmetric or not. enclosed by the Gaussian-surface which, in
3. B the present case, is the surface of given
y  ^
E = eE0x i sphere. As shown, length AB of the line lies
 inside the sphere.
E

E x
B
z
Incoming flux in = E0 (0) = 0
Out going flux out = E0 (a2) O' y
O
q q R
net =  out – in = A
0 0
q = 0 E0 a2
(y < R)
4. C
Area lying in X, Y plane means A = A k̂ In OO’A R2 = y2 + (O’A)2
 
A  100 k̂ , E  î  2 ĵ  3 k̂
   O’A = R 2  y2
 = E A
   

 = i  2 j  3 k  100k  and AB = 2 R 2  y 2
 = 100 3 = 173.2
5. D Charge on length AB = 2 R 2  y 2 × 
Incoming flux = Outgoing flux
6. C
2 R 2  y 2
Flux 
q  electric flux = 
S
E.dS 
0
0
q = a2dx
q = a2   dx dx 12. C
2
= a (area under curve) When the two conducting spheres are
 0 0 0  connected by a conducting wire, charge will
 
q = a2  8 2

8 
flow from one sphere (having higher potential)
to other (having lower potential) till both
3 2 acquire the same potential.
q= a 0
4 Therefore
3 / 4a2 0 3 V
= = E
0 4 r
7. A E1 r1 2
      2 :1
E2 r2 1

  E ds ,   R 2E

8. D
qin= 0 13. B
=0 From symmetry flux through each point of
9. B the sphere is same.
q
10. A Flux through whole sphere =
o

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
88 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

15. D
R
q q 5q
q   
6 0 24 0 240

16. C
1 The magnitude of electric field intensity due
Total surface area = 4R 2  4   4 m2 to each part of the hemisphorical surface
 at the centre 'O' is same. Suppose, It is
 flux through 0.2 m2 is E.

q / o q E E
=  0.2  E+ + = E0
4 20 o 2 2
2E = E0 30° 30°
 (B) E E
2 2
E0 E
14. A E E
Flux through the cube is maximum when the 2
charge inside it is maximum.

17. D
h
E =0
b q

l
18. C
Charge associated with wire Q  l   qin
 E • dA   0
 Q is maximum when l is maximum. 
E due to charge inside or outside charge.
So for maximum flux wire should be placed
along the diagonal of cuboid. 19. D
Radius of the cutting
R
Length of diagonal = L2  B 2  H 2 disc = R 2  x 2
charge on disc x
q = A
Q max  L2  B 2  H 2 q =  (R2 – x2)
 max   (1)
o o q (R 2  x2 )
Now  =  =
0 0
Similarly for minimum flux the wire should be
20. B
placed along height (h).
qin q2  q3
 h<b<l 
o

o = - 36  103

Qmin h 21. A
 min   (2)
o o Charge revolve only due to electric field of
inner shell.
From (1) and (2)  2k  q
 =   q, v= 2 0m
 r 
 max l 2  b2  h2

 min h 22. A
In a conductor given charge is distributed
 (A)
uniformly on the outer surface of sphere

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 89

23. B  Net potential at p


q 2Q
Depends on body either conductor or non- V  V1  V2  4 R  4 R
o o
conducting.

24. A
29. D
Remain in the car, which provide electrostatic
Let the spherical conductors B and C have
shielding. As we know that effect of external same charge as q. The electric force between
electric field inside conductor is zero. them is
1 q2
F
25. B 4 o r 2
F1 = F2 (inside Conductor E = 0) Here r, being the distance between them.
When third uncharged conductor A is brought
k qd (qb + qc ) in contact with B,then charge on each
F3 =
r2 conductor
F1  F2  F3 qA  qB 0q q
qA  qB   
2 2 2
26. C When this conductor A is now brought in
The dotted lines may be surface boundary of contanct with C, then charge on each
conductor
a conductor. Electric lines of force do not
enter a conductor. Potential of a conductor qA  qC (q / 2)  q 3q
qA  qC   
is constant but not necessarily zero. 2 2 4
Here, electric force acting between B and C
It may be zero also. So, Point P may be inside
is
a conductor (solid or hollow).
1 qB qC 1 (q / 2)(3q / 4)
F'  
4o r2 4 o r2
27. A
The distribution of charge on the outer 3  1 q2  3F
  
surface, depends only on the charges 8  4 o r 2  8
outside, and it distributes itself such that
30. D
the net electric field inside the outer surface
due to the charge on outer surface and all 31. A
the outer charges is zero. Similarly the KQ
distribution of charge on the inner surface, V'  V
a
depends only on the charges inside the inner
volume = 4a 2 t a
surface, and it distributes itself such that t
Now bubble of radius R then
the net, electric field outside the inner
kQ
surface due to the charge on inner surface V' ' 
R
and all the inner charges is zero.
Also the force on charge inside the cavity is 4
Volume is const.  R 3  4 a 3 t
3
due to the charge on the inner surface. Hence
1/3
answer is option (A). Va  a
R = (3a2t)1/3  V ''   V
(3a2 t)1 / 3  3t 
28. C
At p due to shell, potential
q
P
V1 
4 oR R/2 q R
At P due to Q, potential RO
Q
V2  2Q
R 
4o 4 oR
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
90 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

32. C 37. A
Electrostatic shielding.
q1 So VA – VB doesn't change.

38. C
From concept of uniformly charged solid
q sphere
3 kQ
VC =
2 R
Potential at distance r is V
The net potential on the surface of earthed Vc
conductor is zero. Now V =
2
q1 q kQ 3 kQ 4R
V = 4 r  4 d  0 = r=
0 0 r 4 R 3
4R R
q1 q Distance from surface = R =
– 3 3
4 0 r 4 0d
39. A
40µC 20µC
qr
 q1 = –
d

33. B
k(40)(20)
+Q F1 =
–Q d2
+Q –q After touching the charge on sphere = 10µC
–Q Will force
aQ 10µC 10µC
k(10)(10)
b F2 =
d2
From distribution of charge
F1 : F2 = 8 : 1
Charge on inner surface of outer shell = –Q
and outer surface = Q – q 40. D
Radius of single drop = r
34. D 4
Potential at every point inside then total volume = n r3
3
= potential at surface Now radius of big drop = R
k(Q  q) 4
VS = Volume = R3
b 3
4 4
 n r3 = R3
35. B 3 3
v = const.
R = n1/3r .... (i)
rV
k
Q
Charge on single drop q =
= 10V  vin = 10V K
R
m
5c

nrV
Total charge = nq =
k
Final potential of big drop
36. C knq knrV
– + Vfinal = = = n2/3 V
– R kn1/3r
+
+ ++ – C +
++
+ –– 41. D
++ ++ Use above formula in Q.26
V' = n2/3 V
= (1000)2/3 (1)
V' = 100 V
VC = +VC (due to charge body)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 91

42. A 47. D
As we connect A and B through wire with C.
43. A Then all the charge on A and B move towards
From notes electric + + C so qA = 0, qB = 0
+
field in a cavity 3 + + + qC = Q + q1 + q2
c/m +
  + 48. D
+
E = 3 
0 + +  It is clear from figure q' charge given to earth
 + +
q + + + surface and also Vc = 0
F = qE = + + b = 2a, c = 3a, d = 4a
30
kq kq kq'
44. A Vc =   0
3a 4a 3a
Given potential at A is 5V
q
10V and potential at B is 10V q' =–
5V Now potential at 4
a
centre is 10V because kq kq kq'
b Now vA =  
in hollow sphere 2a 4a 3a
potential is constant kq
from centre of surface. VA =
6a

45. B –q
q1 –q2
R q q'
R
a
r = 0.5 m b
kq1q2 c
Given = 0.108 .... (i)
r2
d
Now after connecting through a conducting
wire the final charge gets half
q1  q2 q1  q2 kq kq
V A – VC = –0=
2 2 6a 6a

49. C
Electric field lines enter and exit perpendicular
r = 0.5m to the conductor body.
k(q1  q2 )2
Given = 0.036 .... (2) 50. D
4r 2
After solving equation (1) & (2) will get the   dV
answer. E=  
2 0 x 2 0 3a  x  = dx
46. C  dx dx
Potential of shell A is    dV  2   x  3a  x
kQ A kQB kQC 0
= + + ...(i)
a b c 
Now QA = –4a2 =
2 0

ln x2a a  ln 3a  x 2a a 
QB = 4b2
C
B
A –
+

a 

C
b

= ln 2  ln 2 =  ·2 ln 2 = VA– VB
QC = –4c2 2 0 2 0
1
k= q0 ln 2
40  work = (VA – VB) q0 =
Put QA, QB, QC and k in equation (i)  0

VA = b  a  c 
0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
92 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct


1. C q in a
  and   …(1)
=   . ds   
which is answer (A).
N
=   m2
C
= volt – m

2. D
Since field is uniform, the net flux for the a a a
closed surface is zero.
(A) (B) (C)
 (D)
In case the string is kept parallel to the
3. B diagonal of a face, as shown in Fig. (B), the
length of string inside will be
Qenc
From Gauss’s law E  
0 a2  a2  2 a

4. D Therefore, the flux will be


Qenc = 100 × s
q in 2 a
σ   …(2)
E= Þ s = 200 × 2Î0  
2 0
= 4 × 104 Î0 = 35.4 × 10–8 C which is answer (B).
However, if the string is kept along a
diagonal of the cube, as shown in Fig. (C),
5. A
the length of the string inside becomes
Body diagonal of a cube
= HB = DF = a 3 a2  a2  a 2  3 a
a 3 This is the maximum length that can fit in
FN =
2 the cube. Hence,
The Gaussian surface will be a cylinder of
q in 3 a
a 3   …(3)
radius and length .  
2
a 3  which is answer (D).
E.2  2   
  0 Obviously, out of (1), (2) and (3), the flux in
(3) is maximum. Hence answer (D) is

E= correct.
3a0

6. D 7. C
As per Gauss’ law, the total flux through a Electric field at any point on the surface of
closed surface equals the net charge Gaussian surface is due to enclosed charge
as well as charge placed outside it.
enclosed by the surface divided by e0,
q in 8. A

    4 xˆi  6 yˆj
If the string is kept parallel to one edge, as
qin
shown in the length of string inside the cube .dA  4  6  2 
0
will be a. So,
qin  20
qin = la
 = 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 93

9. B 17. B
1  2 1  cos 60  =  1 1
E  times
r2 4
2  2(1  cos 90) = 2
q1 18. D
Flux from q1 = 4
0

q2 kq
v1 
Flux from q2 = 2 r1 v1 r2
0
kq  v = r
Outward = inward v2  2 2 1
r
q1 2

q2 1
19. D
V' = (n)–2/3V
10. A
20. B
11. A
 = E. ds Conversion of volume
= EdS × cos  4 3 4
= 20 × 8 × cos 60° = 80 8 r  R 3
3 3
12. A 1
R  r  8 3
 2r
Since qen = 0; =0
Conversion of charge
Q = 8q
13. C
Electric flux due to outside charge will be kq KQ K  8q
zero. But elecric field will be due to all the Vi  ; Vf  
r R 2r
charges.
4kq
14. D Vf 
r
KQr
E= Vf = 4 v i
R3

15. D 21. B

–5Q +2Q 22. D


+4Q –2Q –5Q Electric field inside the conductor will be zero.
–2Q –4Q Either external electric field is present or not.
4Q –2Q
Hence potential at every point must be same.
4Q Charge distribution depends on external field
1
and  (when no electric field)
r

23. D
Charge on inner surface of outer shell = –2Q
+Q +++
++ +

Enet = 0
+

16. C
+ ++

v=0 Q
–Q
k3Q
Electric field at point P = +
r2 + ++

–Q 24. D
b 3Q
P
a

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
94 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

25. C +q 28. A
Balancing occur only when –ve charge occur
–q in inside conductor.
a q
F
++
b ++ +
+
F

++++

+
– – –

++++
(W.D.)ext = Uf – Ui

–––
––
Ui = 0 (at )


––
kQ2

+
Self energy of a conducting sphere = +
2R ++ ++
+
kq2 kq2 kq2 kq2
 Uf = –  W.D. = –
2b 2a 2b 2a 2
Pelec. =
20
26. A
In the charge reach at point B then it will
automatically reach at point C. 2
F= A
2 0
A B C
R/2 at equilibrium

2 
+Q 2 2 
 4 R 
(4R2) =  4 
20 20 
 Energy Conservation between A & B
1 ' = 2 (–ve)
qvA + mv2 = qvB
2
2
kQ  2 R  11kQ 29. D
VB = 3R 
2R 3  4  = 8R

1 11kQ kQ  +Q –3Q
Now mv2 = q  
2  8R R  R R

6kQ A B
v= ...(i)
8Rm
KQ   kQ kQ  3
4 1 EB = 2  Enet = EA  EB = 
Now put Q =  × R3 and k = 4 r r2 r2
3 0
4 4
Put value of Q and k in equation (i) we get

R 2 30. A
v=
4m 0
Kq RV
V= ;q=
27. B R K

A Kq K  RV RV
R r E= = = 2
 r2 Kr 2 r
C d

d cos  = r
kp kp cos 2 
vA = vC = 2 =
d r2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 95

31. B 33. A
Q Q

10d – d/2
R R 10d
kqQ
Net force on charge q =
(10d  d / 2)2
Kq 4Kq qQ
E= = 2 
(r / 2)2 r 361  0 d2

2Kq 2  Er2 34. C


Vtotal = = = Er P1 P2 P3
r /2 4r / 2 E.F. between P1 and
P2 is zero
V = Er q0 0 –q q q

32. B

v
35. B

r1 r2 Vcos
+ + + +

E1 = E2 u
E
– – – –
2 u cos 
Kq1 Kq2 q1  r1 
2 = 2 or q =   Since, No force acts along horizontal
r1 r2 2  r2 
direction.
2  Horizontal comp. of velocity remains same,
V1 Kq1 r2  r1   r2 
 
V2 = Kq2 × r1 =  r2  ×  r  u cos  = V cos 
 1
u cos 
V1 r1 V=
cos 
V2 = r2

mu2
K.Ei 2 u2
K.Ef = 1 = 2
mv 2 2 cos 
2 u
cos2 
2
K.Ei  cos  
=  
K.Ef  cos  

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
96 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.

1. A,B,C 12. AC
E = 100 r qin = 0
 q
E . dA  in E A Circle is perpendicular
0
qin bisector to dipole.
EdA cos 180° =  –q +q
0
 qin = –ve
|qin| = EdA 0 = 3 × 10–13 C

2. A,B,C
 qin
Q2
 E . dA  0 Q1 13. A,C,D
Flux electric 100V 75V
field due to A B
charge lie inside R 5cm
or out side the surface. But  is only due to R + 10
charge lie inside the surface.
kQ
Given 100 = ..... (1)
3. A, C R  0.05
kQ
4. ABCD 75 = ..... (2)
Gauss law R  0.10
from (1) & (2) R = 10 cm
5. A,D 5
Flux due to charge which is outside will be zero. Q= × 10–9 C
  q 3
 . dA  in
0 KQ
electric field due to all the charges.
Again VS = = 150 V
R
6. A,B 3 kQ
In conductor given charge inside is spread VC = = 225 V
2 R
its outer surface
1 kQ
 r  Potential will be same E= = 1500 V/m
c R2

Electric field near the surface =  14. A,C,D
0
Where  = Local charge density 2Q
+Q+Q=2Q =
1
 4R 2
r
Q
7. ABC Q A =
Charge is distributed over the surface of B 2R 2
conductor in such a way that net field due
to this charge and outside charge q is zero 1
EA only due to inside charge 
inside. Field due to only q is non-zero. r2
EB due to charge (inside + outside)
8. BC

9. ACD 15. A,C,D


B
Opposite charge of rod is induced on water
and it gets attracted.
+ + +
Q=0
++ ++

+
+ ++

10. A,B,C A
+
+ ++

11. C,D

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 97

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.


1. There is a positive charge in the close 5. –8.85 × 10–7C
surface. Incoming flux = –
qen
Outgoing flux = + = 
0
q qen = 105 × 8.86 × 10–12
2. 24 0 = –8.86 × 10–7

R
3. a= 6. 40 V-m
3  3
E = 2 × 10 k̂

a  = E. ds
 cos  =
R  a2
2
= 2 × 103 k̂ .0 × 20 × 10–4 × k̂
So solid angle = 2 (1 – cos ) = 4 × 10 = 40 V – m
 a 
 = 2 1   7. /2
 2 2
a  R 
q
Let flux from 4 solid angle =  = 
then from flux in  0

   a   q
 2 1  
=   (Halved) (halved)
4  a  R   2 2

 a 
  = 
Now given 2 1  2 2
4  a  R  4 8. 3 /0
3a2 = R2
qmax  3
R max =  0 = 0
4. 2 0
+
+ 9. q / 20
+
+ x dx
10. q / 20
+ R

dx 11. E
Flux passing through the area 2 × dx
Kq 1 q
k E=
= (2 × dx) 2 = 4 × 2
x R 0 R
R

Now compute flux  = 2k dx  E=  E
0 0
R
 = 2kR = 2 Since  = const.
0
 E = const.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
98 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

12. – Q, non-uniformly distributed Q 


16. K  R
R 4 0
qR Due to presence of charged sheet, the charge
13. 
 distribution on sphere would be non-uniform.
As in electrostatics potential of conductor is
1 Q
14. same at every point so,
4 0 r
When a conductor is placed in an external
electric field (here in the electric field A Q
produced by point charges –q and +q) then
the free charges will redistribute within the
conducting medium. Here potential at center O
is due to charge on sphere and due to point
charges.
1 Q
V = 4 because resultant potential due
0 r Q
Vconductor = V0 = 4  R + V’0
to –q and +q would be zero. 0
Where V’0 is potential at O due to electric
field of plate.
Q
15. charge on one side is – EA0 and other Due to electric field of plate alone the potential
2 difference between A & O is.
Q  R
side + EA0
2 V’0 – V’A = – 2  × R cos 0 = – 4 
0 0
Let there is x charge on left side of plate and
Potential at A = Potential at O
Q – x charge on right side of plate.
 V’A + potential at A due to charge on sphere
Q
= 4  R + V’0
0

 Potential at A due to charge on sphere


x Q–x Q
Qx x = 4  R + V’0 – V’A
E 0
2A0 P 2A 0
Q R
= 4  R – 4 
0 0

Q
17. 4 0 R
EP = 0 Applying generator principle, total charge of
inner conductor transfers to outer one on
x Qx
Q
2A0 + E = 2A0 connection and hence VB = 4  R
0
x Q
 A = 2A – E
0 0
18. –2C
Q Q
x= – EA0 and Q – x = + EA0 Kq kq1
2 2 Potential at the inner sphere, V = +
3r r
Q
So charge on one side is – EA0 and other
2 q
Q
side + EA0 q1
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 99

q kqQ mR 3
Now, V = 0  q1 = = –2C F  qE   x, T  2
3 R3 KQq
kqQ
ma =  3 x
q Qq R
19. (Non Uniform), (Uniform) kqQ
4R12 4R 22 =
+ + mR 3
+ 1 kqQ
+ Q+q n=
+
+ 2 mR 3
+ – – ––
–q –
– q – +
+ – 23. 9V0
– –
– – Let us assume radius of smaller drop is r and
+ – – –– +
bigger drop is R.
+ + 4 3 4
+ + +  27 r = R3
3 3
Due to induction, –q will induce on inner R = 3r ....(1)
surface of shell. As the total charge of shell is kq V0r
Now = V0  q 0 =
Q so charge on outer surface in electrostatic r k
27V0r
equilibrium condition is Q + q. Total charge Q = 27q0 =
k
The charge distribution on inner surface of shell
kQ
would be NU, because electric field at any Now potential of bigger drop V =
R
outside point, (r > R1) due to inside charges k  27V0r
V= = 9V0
(q & –q) has to be zero which is possible only 3r k
when –q is distributed non - uniformly.  r1 
24. (i)  r q
 2
 q2  1 1 
20. A    r 
 8  a b  (ii) Charge on inner shell = –  1  q and
 0   r2 
charge on the outer shell = q
Q r 
21. 2 0 (iii) Charge flown in to the earth =  1  q
 r2 
q + q'
–q'
q'
/2
r1
r2
Flux minimum when length minimum.
half length of rod inside the cube so it contain
we know that potential of grounded sphere
Q/2 charge
is zero.
qin Q Potential of inner sphere = 0
=    = 2
0 0 q' charge redistribute exact distribution shown
in figure
1 qQ kq kq'  r1 
 
22. 2 4 0mR 3
 r2 + r1 = 0 , q' = –q  r2 
+++ (i) charge on inner surface of outer shell =
+++++
r 
+++ + q 1 
 r2 
x
+++ ++
++++
r 
kQr (ii) charge on inner shall = – q  1 
EF inside the sphere =  r2 
R3
r 
force at distance x from centre is (iii) charge flow into the earth = – q  1 
 r2 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
100 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

kq kq1 b kq1
25. v VQ = –
r r a r

+q aV
27.
b
O –q
q Let charge on inner conductor is Q, then V =
P
Q
K . Using generator principle, the entire
a
charge Q transfers to outer sphere, then
kq kq kq kq potential of outer sphere is given by,
VP = – + , VP =
r r r r Q Va
V’ = k =
b b
b
26. (i) q2  – q1 ; (ii)
a
28. 1.125 q
 q1  1 1  Spheres are identical then after touching
 Vr   –  ; ar b
charge on each sphere is same.
 4  0 r a
 q  1 1 6q  3q 3q
 Vb  1  –  ; r  b Ist A & B then q1 = =
4  0  b a  2 2

 nd
3q / 2  0 3q
II A & C then q2 = =
 Vr  1  q1  q2  ; r  b 2 4
 4  0  r r  3 q / 4  3q / 2 9
IIIrd C & B then q3 = = q
2 8
Charge given = Q
Q + q1 29. zero
–q1

q1 30. Q/4 & 3Q/4


a
31. –Q/3
b

Potential of inner sphere = 0


kQ kq1
 + =0
b a
b
Q= q
a 1

q1  b q1
q1 a
–q 1

a P
r

b r
Q

 bq 
k  q1  1 
kq1 kq1  a 
VP = – +
r b b
kq1 kq1
VP = –
r a
 b 
k q1  q1 
kq1 kq1  a 
VQ = – +
r r r

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 101

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.

1. 2 5. 105 NC–1 m2
When net electric field is zero. Electric field strength at a point in plane of
Kq a K(2 / 5) qa 3 / 2 ring depends upon its distance from centre
  of the ring. Magnitude of electric field is same
(a  a2 )3 / 2
2
(b2  a2 )3 / 2
at all those points which are equidistant from
1 1 the centre and co-planer with the ring.
= Therefore, consider a coplanar and concentric
(2a2 )3 / 2 2
3/2
2 2 3 /2
 5  (b  a ) ring of radius x and radial thickness dx as
 
shown in Fig.

1 53 / 2 E
 
2 3 /2 3
a 3 /2
2 (b2  a2 )3 / 2 r
x
q 
(b2 + a2)3/2 = 53/2 a3 R
b2 + a2 = 5a2
b = 2a
a

Its area is dS = 2x dx


2. E0r 2
Distance of every point of this ring from point
Effective area = A = r2
Change is r = a 2  x 2
  = E0A = E0r2
Electric field strength at circumference of
this
3. E 2R
The flux passing through curved surface = 1 q
ring is E =
flux through the plane ABCD = E 2R 4  0 r 2

Inclination  of 
E with the normal to surface
4. 40aR.
of the ring
In accordance with the Gauss theorem, the
a
required charge is equal to the flux of E considered is given by cos  =
r
through this sphere, divided by 0. In our case,
Flux passing through this ring is
we can determine the flux as follows. Since
the field E is axisymmetric (as the field of a d =  
E dS
uniformly charged filament), we arrive at the or d = E dS cos 
conclusion that the flux through the sphere  
 1 q    a
of radius R is equal to the flux through the =  4  (2x dx)
2 2  
2 2
 0 (a  x )   a x

lateral surface of a cylinder having the same
radius and the height 2R, and arranged as Hence, total flux passing through the given
shown in Fig. Then ring is

x  R aq x dx qa  1 1 
q = 0  E dS =  0
ErS,

= x 0 2 2 2 3/ 2
0 (a  x )
= 2  0  a

a  R2
2


where Er = a/R and S = 2R•2R = 4R2.
= 105 NC–1 m2 Ans.
Finally, we get
q = 40aR.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
102 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

2K 1000 e
6. 0, ,0  v (velocity of one electron)
r m
for r < a
q ne ne
  qin Given i
 t=
  E.ds 
0
t t i
Now Impulse = change in momentum
F.t = n mv
a nmv nm i 1000 e
b  F= =
t ne m
Gaussian surface of  F = 7.5 × 10–9 N.
radius r < a

Qq
qin = 0 8. 2 0 L
E=0
dq =  2  r dx
for b > r > a
  K2rdx
dv 
 E.ds  qin 0 (r 2  x 2 )1/ 2

l r R xR
2r.E     r
0 x n h

 cb / m
Gaussian surface of L
radius r < a R dx
r
r x
– cb / m

h
2k
E
r
K  2 xRdx 2 KRdx
(small part of length l of long cyclinder) dv   dv 
for r > b x R2 2

1/ 2 (R 2  h 2 )1/ 2
n 2  x 2 
 cb / m  n 
Gaussian after integration
surface
2 KRL
v
r (R2  h2 )1/2
– cb / m
Q
  & R2 + h2 = L2
R(R   h 2 )1/ 2
qin = 0 (because equal & opposite charge on
Q
cyclinder) v
E=0 2 0L
qQ
7. 7.5 × 10–9 N So now energy required = qv = 2 L
0
v 500
E= =
d d
qE 500e 9. [3, 19.6 ms–2 downward, 5.7 × 10–5 ms–1.]
a= 
m dm
from v – u2 = 2ad
2
10. [10(1/4)1/3 cm]
1000e
v2 
m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 103

1/ 2
 2KQq  r – R 3   6 2mr 0
11.     13.
 mR  r 8  ea

kQ kQ R  r  a e a
vA – vB = – = kQ   F  e  ae 
r R  rR  3 0 3 0 m
kQ d  2r
 vC – vB = (R 2  r 2 )
2R 3 1
{in derivation}  from d = ae t 2
2
kQ  2 R 2  3kQ
 vC  vB  R   F=qE
2R 3  4  8R d Cavity
conservation of energy r r e
45°
1 2
Now q(vc – vA) = mv
2
 3kQ kQ(R  r )  1 2
 q    2 mv
 8R rR 
1/ 2 1 ea 2
2qkQ  r  R 3  2r  t
 v   2 3  0m
mR  r 8
6 2 r 0 m
12. Proof  t
e a
r
(a) dq = (4 r2 dr)  0
R
 3
Q R
r a    b    
2
14.   (r  a)
(1) 3 ,(2)a. 3 r   r  a
 
0 0

dq  4r dr  0
R 0 
0    
r
  0 3 3
R   R    b    
  (r  a)
b. 3  r  r   r  a
dr  
0    
r (i) The electric field within the cavity or outside
is the superposition of the electric field due
to the original uncut sphere, plus the electric
R field due to a sphere of the size of the cavity
R
but with a uniform negative charge density.
40 3 4 the effective charge distribution is composed
r dr  Q  40 . R =   R3...(1)
Q
R 0  R 4 0 of a uniformly charged sphere of radius R,
charge density , superposed on it is a charge
density – filling the cavity. An electric field
 qin 
(b)  E.ds   0
is E1 is caused by the charge distribution +

qin r
at a point r inside the spherical cavity..
2 0r  0 r 4
 dq   (4r dr ) R
0
in
0
 qin =
R

Gaussian P
surface s E1

r O' E2
r
a
P P P
s s
r
O r
a
 0 r 4 0 r 2 O O O
 E(4r2) =  E ...(2)
R 0 4R0
from eq. (1) and (2)
k Qr 2
E
R4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
104 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

  (b) Electric field at points outside the large


r r
E1  ˆ
r sphere,
30 30
4 3 
where r̂ is a unit vector in radial direction.  R  
 Qtotal   3  r  R  r
3
E1  r
Similarly, the electric field E2 formed by the 40r 3
40r 3
30r3
charge density – inside the cavity is
  4 
(s)    b3 
E2  Qtotal   3   
30 E2  3
s   3 (r  a)
40 s 40 ( r  a)

Here, s is the radius vector from the cavity
center to the point P. From vector triangle b3  
         (r  a)
r  a  s or s  r  a 30( r  a)3
   The resultant electric field is
(r  a)
 E 2 
30    3 3
  R    b    
E  E1  E2    r      (r  a)
The resultant electric field inside the cavity 30  r   r  a 
is, therefore, given by the superposition of
 
E1 and E2 , So

     a
    r  (r  a)  a Electric field inside
E  E1  E2     costant 
30  30  30  30 the cavity

    3 Electric field outside
a       
 E2 

E(r)   r    b   (r  a) the cavity but inside
30  r a
 30 
   
 the large cavity
(ii) (a) Electric field at points inside the large 
sphere but outside the cavity :   R   b     Electric field
3 3
    r      (r  a) outside the
   3  r a
r  r    
E1   0   larg e sphere
30 and

4 3  
   b  (r  a)
1 q(s)  3 
E2    3 Section D - Plates
40 s3 40 r  a
The resultant electric field is
15. 3Q and 4Q
      b    
3

E  E1  E2  r      (r  a)
30  r  a 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 105

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main


1. C 7. C
When the two conducting spheres are Electric field inside the uniformly charged
connected by a conducting wire, charge will
flow from one sphere (having higher potential) kQ
sphere varies linearly, E  3 .r , (r  R ) ,
to other (having lower potential) till both R
acquire the same potential. while outside the sphere, it varies as
Therefore kQ
inverse square of distance, E  2 ;(r  R)
V E r 2 r
E  1  1   2 :1 Which is correctly represented in option(c).
r E 2 r2 1
8. B
2. A
KQ
For uniformly charged spherical shell, Formula v= n2
L
Q
E=0, r<R = 4 r2 r  R
o
3. C r1
Q P dx
 4
r4r2dr x
R
E4r12  0 r K  dQ  KQ
o dv = =  dx
Qr12 x x L
R
E  2L
4 oR 4 KQ dx KQ
v=  = n2
L L x L
4. B
Apply shell theorem, the total charge upto 9. D
distance r can be calculated as followed
dq = 4r2.dr.
P
5 r  5 r3  Q
 4r 2.dr.o     4 o  r2dr  dr 
4 2 4 R 
r 3
5 2 r  r r r
dq  q  4o  r dr  dr  1 A A r 2 
 
0
4 R 
2
E(r ) =   r2dr ; E (r2) =
0  rdr =  
0  2  a
0 a a
3 4
5 r 1r 
 4o    A A kQ
4 3 R 4  E (r2) = 2  [r2 – a2] ; E = 2  r2 (r2 – a2) + 2
0 0 r
kq 1 1  5  r3  r 4   2

E 2  .4o      A a kQ
r 4o r 2
 4  3  4R  E = 2  1  r2  + 2
0   r
 r 5 r  a2 A
E o    dE
4 o  4 R  =0; 2 0
= kQ
dr
5. C 2kQ 0 2 Q0 Q
A= ; = 4 =
d a2 0 a2 2a2
Electric field, E = -  2ar
dt
By Gauss's theorem 10. C
q
E (4r2) =   q   8oar3
o

dq dq dr  (24  ar 2 ) 1  B
  x o  2
 = -6 a c
dV dr dV  4r  0
b

6. A
Statement I is dimensionally wrong while from Writing potential at B
Gauss' law, K4a2  K4b2 () K4c2.
4 VB = + +
. r3 r b b c
2
E(4r )  3  E
o 3 o   a2  b2 
=   b  c
gives statement II is correct. 0  

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
106 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.

1. C 4. A

 / 2 0
+ –+ +–+
 / 2 0 + –+ +–+
+ –+ +–+
+ –+ +–+
+ –+ +–+
2 –+
2 / 2 0 E net   + +–+
0 + –+ +–+
+ –+ +–+
KQ + –+ +–+
2. V'  V = potential of bubble ....(1)
a
kQ=Va Potential difference occur when charge is
volume of bubble = 4 a 2 t given to inner cylinder.

bubble 5. D

+ + + +
a
t q

consider drop of radius R then


+

drop
Net charge on sphere = 0
R
6. B

kQ
potential of drop = V' '  .....(2)
R 

4 3 3
Volume is const. so  R  4 a t
3
R = (3a2t)1/3
 Put R and kQ from above into equation (2)
1/3 
Va  a  
V ''   V E
(3a2 t)1 / 3  3t  3 0

3. A,B,C,D 7. B
for practical purposes earthing part of
electrical curcuit have zero potential
+ + + +
+
+
+ + +

v=const
+ ++

kq/r=V
r
+

+
+ + +

O a R r

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 107

8. A from II, III


Total charge on the nucleus = Ze
9(Q2  Q1 )
1
4(Q2  Q1  Q3 )
r from eq. (1) Q2 = 3Q1

R Q3
then 5 ...(2)
Q1
kZe from (1) & (2)
electric field at distance r = Q1 : Q2 : Q3 = 1 : 3 : 5
r2
12. 2
K(Ze)
E.F at surface = (independent of a) Given  = Kra
R2
r
4kr 3 a
qin = k 4 x 2  a dx 
9. B
for a = 0

0
3a
  qin
 (r) = –
d r
 d  dq = 4r2 (r) dr
Now  E.ds   0
R
R R
d
Q  4 r 2 (r ) dr  4  r2   r  d  dr
0
 0  R 
dx
x
(r )
d
R

r 4 kr 3  a kra1
E(4r2) = , E
0 (3  a) 0 (3  a)
O R r dr
According to given condition
R 3 R
dr 1 k R a 1 k R a 1
dr  4 dr 2 dr  Ze
4 

0
R 0
 
8 0 (3  a) 0 (3  a)2a 1
2a + 1 = 8 a=2
  dR 3 dR 3  3Ze
 4     Ze = d
 4 3  R 3 13. A
10. C qin
=
r 0
In a non-conductor if  is uniform then E 
30 qin =charge on half disc + charge of point
We make the nucleus uniformly charge
distributed then a = R in which  = d (uniform) a a 
 ,  , 0
We make the nucleus uniformly charge  4 4 
distributed then a = R in which  = d (uniform)
+ charge of rod in the cubical surface
11. B
Q1 Q 2  Q1 Q  Q1  Q 3 6 8 a a
   2   (  7)     = – 2C   =
4R 2 16 R 2 36 R 2 2  5a a   2 4 
  
 4 4
4Q1 Q 2  Q1 –2C
from I, II 1 1
Q2  Q1  4Q1 0

Q2 14. A
3 ...(1)
Q1 2 2R 2
F = Pelec. A  F  R2  F 
Q2+Q 1 + Q3 20 0
Q1 Q2+Q1

R 2R 3R

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
108 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

15. C 19. A,C,D


From the given figure For the charge distribution
 a a2
| A | a. 
2 2
 2 2
 
A  a î  a k̂ flux = E.A = E0a2

16. A,B,C,D
Initially
Q Q
VA VB for x = +a/2 and x = -a/2
flux is symmetric & same
RB also flux is same through
RA y = +a/2 and y = -a/2
qin 3q  q  q
for net flux     q / 0
Fig - 1 0 0
RA > RB
VA < V B z = +a/2 and x = +a/2 are
Q+q Q–q similar so same flux.
V
V
20. 6
RA RB
For cylinder  =

M R 2
 = R2
 
Fig - 2
(A) In conductor Enet = 0 at
(B) from fig : 2 QA > QB (To make the E = Ecylinder + Esphere
potential same)  =  × R2
KQ A KQB
(C) R  4 R3
A R B (after connecting) 2k kQ 2 k  
 2kR  3 8
= 2R 2 = –
K A 4R 2A KB 4R B2 A B 2R  2R 2R 
2

=  R  R
RA RB A B

  1  R 23 23R
(D) Use E = =  kR  1 – = 4  24  16  6 ...(2)
0
  24  0 0

17. C,D
23 R
Also E = 16 K .....(1)
18. A,C,D 0

For the charge distribution From equatio (1) and (2) K= 6

21. C
KQ 2KQ
E1 = E2 =
R2 R2
4KQ.R KQ
E3 = (2R)3 =  E2 > E1 > E3
2R 2

22. C
for x = +a/2 and x = -a/2
flux is symmetric & same  r  KQ 4KQ
E1  0   2
 2
also flux is same through  2   r0  r0
y = +a/2 and y = -a/2 2
 
qin 3q  q  q 4K 8K
for net flux      q / 0   2r0  
0 0 r02 r0
z = +a/2 and x = +a/2 are
similar so same flux.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electrostatics Part-2 | 109

23. C j(t)
 r  KQ 4KQ
E1  0   2
 2
2
   r0  r0
2
  (0, 0) t
It is discharging of cylindrical capacitor.
4K 8K
 2  2r0  
r0 r0
28. A,D
24. D (A) As distance of energy point is same from
the charge
R2
KQ
(B) E =
a (R sec )2
R1
Now, component  to the flat surface,

Q

E is uniform & both its magnitude & direction
 
depends on a due to the vector nature of E .
R
25. C

(1) (2) (1) (2)

F1 F2
2k  E
d d KQ
–q
+q (R sec )2

d E1 = E cos 
KQ KQ
= cos  = 2 cos3 
(R sec )2 R
Right  d  Right  d 
 force due to (2)  force due to (2) qen
Total flux =  = 0 (as qen = 0)
 & due to (1)   while due to (1) . 0
Thus Fnet is leftwards. This Fnet is rightwards Flux through flat surface
 SHM  No SHM
 1 
= 2 (1 – cos )   = 2 1  
26. 6  2
2n So, flux through flat surface,
2n
360 
r
; 60  r  60 qQ
360 1 = 4 × 
0
R 

3r 40  3r
n=6 R
Since angle is 60° hence total flux will be
1/6th of total flux.
R

Q 21  1  Q 
1 
1 

27. A 1 =     1 = 2
4   2  0  2
+ +  flux through curved surface

Q  1 
t 2 = – 2 1   [1 + 2 = 0]
I  I0e

RC 0  2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
110 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

29. AB
Field due to straight wire is perpendicular to
the wire and
radially outward. Hence EZ = 0 Length, PQ =

2R sin 60 = 3R

P z-axis
R
60°
120°
O

according to Gauss's law

 qin   PQ 3R
Total flux =  E.ds =  = 
0 0
=
0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 111
CURRENT

Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. D
1 1 1
 Vd   
2. B A d2 d2
4
3RT
v v T
m
Vd1 (d / 2)2 1
 
3. C Vd 2 d2 4

i
j current density inversely proportional Vd2  4V
A
to area of cross section
9. D
4. C R = AB × 10C ± x %
In series circuit current is same
colour - code
n1 Vd2 4 brown – 1
i = n1eA Vd1 , i = n2eA Vd2 , n = V =
2 d1 1 black – 0
green – 5
5. C
 R = 10 × 105 ± 5 % 
Given that vd' = 2vd
I = neAvd , A = r2
10. B
r 2
I' = neA'vd' , A' =
4 R  (Resistance decreases which increase
r 2 of temperature)
I' = ne v'
4 d
11. B
r2
I' = ne . 2Vd Given that l = 5 m, d = 10 cm. = 0.1 m.
4
I' = I/2
l 17  108  5
R   5.7  105 
6. D A   0.0952
i1 = neAV , i2 = n(2e) Av/4 4
3neAV
i = i1 + i2 =
4
12. B
During stretching volume remains constant
7. C
i = neAVd 
R
i is same so  A
A
A Vd
x x

A'
8. C

Given that v d1 = v,, v d2 = ? A'


x
(0.5  x)
We know that
I = neAvd
1.5

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
112 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

R'= 4R
Ax = A'(0.5 + x) 3.5  10 5  50  10 2
Rsquare =
(10 2 )2
Ax
A' = ....(1) 35
0.5  x =  102 
2
4 (  x) (0.5  x)
 = + ....(2) 3.5  10 5  2[1  10 2 ]
A A A' Rrectangle =
(50  10 4 )
Put value of A' in equation (2) from equation
= 7 × 10–5
(1)
17. B
4 (  x) (0.5  x)2 2
 = + Q
O
O
A A Ax 4V
3
2V 2V
 4x = x – x2 + (0.5)2 + x + x2 = 4V 1A
2 1A 3  2A 5
After solving x = (1/8) P
1 2A –2V 4V –1V 1V
1V

13. D Now Vp = + 2 – 4 + VQ
l VP – VQ = 2V
We know that R =
A

4a 2  18. B
x 
2a2 a  A
 2 x
a    B
y   From R 
8a2 8a  A
8 25 
(2a)  
z 
4a2 2a  y y

x>z>y 50  50 

x
14. D
A 2 x
B'coz copper is a conductor
But germanium & Si are semi conductors.
= 25 50 50

8
15. B
y
B
V I 1
R=  = 25 45
I V R T1 Req. = 2 + +8= 
2 2
tan = 1/R= w +  T2
 1 > 2 1 19. B
 R1 < R2 2
V V
R1 R1
 T1 < T2 2 4
A
v
 T R
R2 R2
16. A
R

R=
A
V V V
2R1 = 2R 2 + 4R1

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 113

24. A
1 1 1 R2
R1 = R 2 + 2R1  R1 = 2 4
i= = 1 Amp
4

20. D V = E + ir = 2 + 1 × 3 = 5V

2
R 25. B
3
In b V = E + ir
R
R 2
R
3 26. D
R
From graph I = 0  Open ckt.
A
B V=y =E
When V = 0 . Imax
11R
Req. = E = ir
18
y = xr

21. C r = y/x
E + ir = 12.5 Volt
E + (0.5 × 1) = 12.5 27. D
E = 12 volt
E – ir = V
22. D
E
E – ir = 0 V=E– .r
R r
E – ir = V (Discharging)
E + ir = V (Charging) at R = 0
E r
V= 0
23. A
L 28. C
2A R=
A 2L 2A
R=
A O
1V –4V
8V
0.8
2L L 0.8 i2
i1

8V 2.4V x
4V 0.8 i3
1V
junction
R R/4 i1 + i2 + i3 = 0
Let I be the current flow
x4 x x4
8 – IR – IR/4 = 1 + + =0
0.8 0 .8 0 .8
28 x= 0
I=
5R i.e. there is no curent in 0.8  resistor

28 4
8– × R = Vj i1 = i3 = i = = 5A
5R 0. 8
Vj = 2.4V  V = E – ir = 1 – (5) (0.2) = 0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
114 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

29. C
4R
a b R
4
R PQ  3  R
4R 7
3V 1 15V 2 R
3
i
Given R PQ  4

R
4
From circuit analysis we get R 4
7

18 R = 7
i=
R3
move in the circuit from point b to a 31. A

18
Vb = – (1) + 3 + Va
R3
Vb – Va = 0 = – 18 + 3R + 9
 3R = 9 2
i A
R = 3 3

30. A

32. C

33. C

V2 240  240
P   115 .2KW
R 0 .5

115.2  15
  100  89%
115.2

34. C
R i = 10A

+
120V –

– +
1
100V
20
= = 10
R 1
= R = 1

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 115

35. A 39. C
R P=V.i, P = E.  . JA

P
= EJ
A

V r
40. A
V
i= dQ
Rr i= = 2 – 16t
dt
36. B
R 1/ 8
2 R
v2
Heat = R  (2  16 t) .dt ,
6
Initially H = 0
R
Now after cutting
41. B
Power in one branch V
V2 
V2 nV 2 P= R=
A
= = R
R/n R
Total power R/n V2 (   0.1 )
P' = R' =
0.9R A
nV2 nV2
= + + ... R/n
R R 1.11V 2  0 .9  
P' = , R' = 0.9 =
R A A
n2 V 2
=
R V  11 
P' = 1  P
 100 
37. B
P' increses by 11 %.
v2 
H= t, & R =
R A
42. D
AV2
H t V2
 We know that P 
R
A
H
 (200 )2 RA RB
Then RA =
300
r2
H

Heat is doubled only when r,  doubled (200 )2
RB =
600 200 V D.C.
38. C
In series
2
Vrated
R= 2
 R  Vrated ( 200 )2
Prated Req = RA + RB, P =
( 200 )2 ( 200 )2

 In series I is same. 300 600

2
Power = I2R  Vrated P = 200 Watt

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
116 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

43. C High resistance in series 46. D


Voltmeter O
RV
A i=0


R 12 O
12

44. C From circuit diagram voltmeter reading will


be 12V
1volt
V 47. A
R1 × 60 = R2 × 40 ....(1)

x y R 2  10
R1 × 50 = R  10 × 50 ....(2)
2
50R1 10R 2  50
Devide (2) by (1) 60R  R  10
1 2
r
R 2  40
E 10 
=1 ...(1) R2 = 5 ,R1 =
r xy 3

10 volt 48. A
O 6
x Potential gradient x =
1
2
6 = 4   = m
3
r
49. B
E.r case 1
E = 10 volt 12 × (100 – x) = 18 × x
xr
1200 – 12x = 18x
Ex 30x = 1200
= 10 volt ...(2)
xr x = 40 cm
case 2
E
= 1 volt ...(3) 12 × (100 – x) = 8 x
rxy 1200 – 12x = 8x
 x = 1  x = 60cm
Do 20 cm distance will J have to be moved
12  1 to obtain balance.
= 10
1 r
 r = 0.2 50. A

45. A R
R
Net current A A
60  I0 I0
I1 V
120
I= = 1.2A I 60  I2 P
60  40 V
Voltmeter
Rv  120  Potentiometer (finite Resistance)
1 1
I1 : I2 = : In case of voltmeter Req < R hence
60 120
=2:1 I > I0
2 As voltmeter always take some current
I1 = × 1.2 = 0.8 Amp..
3 from the circuit V < V0
hence Reading V = 0.8 × 60 = 48 V

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 117

51. C 53. A

0 R  8 From V : IR
1.5
– +
0.5A 12V  E 
8 6 7.5 3E
When S1 is closed V1 =   3R = = 0.75E
A
N O  4R  4
8V B
1 r1
3V
6 2 E 6E
2V G When S2 is closed V2 = . 6R = = 0.85E
8 7R 7
 2 12 r2
=4V
6 When both S1 & S2 are closed

8  4m E 2E
V3 = × 2R = = 0.6E
1m  2 Volt 3R 3
1 Volt  0.5 m V2> V1 > V3
0.5 volt  25 cm

52. B

1

11 volt
V = 1volt
R  10

V
I
r R

11
I= = 1 Amp,,
10  1

11 1 1 volt
Potential gradient = x = =
10 m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
118 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct

1. C 8. C
Given that l1 = 20 cm, R1 = 5  ,
2. C l2 = 40 cm, R2 = ?
Due to random motion During stretching volume of wire is constant
-
of e , vmean = 0 20A  40A'  A'  A / 2

3. D l
We know that R 
A
i = neAVd
V = iR
R 2 l2 A 40 A
   
R 1 l1 A' 20 A
4. B 2
we no that I = neAvd
R 2  20
I I
Vd   2
neA r
9. C
2 2 y :  = 0 (1 + T)
Vd1  I  r   4  2 
  1  2       16  is –ve for semi conductor
Vd2 I
  
2 r1  1  1 
z : temp    Hence rate of collision 

5. B 10. A
in this question n p
 
A  s, e q R1 = B B (1 + BT)
A
i = neAVd
 
i R2 = C C (1 + CT)
= Vd A
nAe
Req. = R1 + R2

6. D        
Req. = B B + B B BT + C C + C C CT
A A A A

F = –e E Net resistance is independent of temp.

So e moves randomly but slowly drift
B BB T    T
opposite to E.  + C C C =0
A A

7. B B C C
Given that l = 15 m, A = 6.0 × 10-7 m2.   C = B B
R = 5 ,  = ?

RA 5  6  107
   0.2  106 m
l 15

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 119

11. D 19. B
Apply current density concept
 
I  j . dA

x dx

Folding symmetry

 x 
J0   1  for 0  x  R /2
 R 

I=  x R
J0 R for
2
xR

R /2 R
x  x
i= 
0
J0   1 2xdx +
R 
 J R 2xdx
R /2
0

R R R 7R
R eq    
5 3 3 2 6
i= J0R2
12
20. B
12. D

13. D B i/3 C
i/6
14. D 2i
A D 3
i/3 i=0
15. A
i/6 i/3
i/2
16. C G
F
i/3 i/6
17. C i/2
H
i/6 E
18. D

A 1 B
V
1 21. A
1 1
5 3 3

E 2A 1A 1A 0.5
D (1 – x) V x C
10 10 4
28V
( 2  x )1 2
x= , x – 4x + 2 = 0
3x
4 2 3
x=2± 2
After circuit Analysis we get Req = 14 
CE 2 2
= 28
ED 2 1 I= = 2 amp..
14
CE ( 2  2 )( 2  1) 2 2 22 2
= =
ED ( 2  1)( 2  1) 1
CE
= 2
ED

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
120 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

22. C So for E2 – ir2 < 0 (for increasing i)


In parallel combination equivalent resistance
 E1  E2 
Req is less then the minimum value of any of E2 –  R  r  r  r2 < 0
resistance R1< R  1 2
 E2 (R2 + r1) < E1r2
In series Req is greater than maximum of
resistance. R2 > R. 26. D

(E + ir)A B
23. A
2R 2R n–2
2R

P r r Q Eneq = (n – 4) . E rneq = nr
From circuit analysis we get
2R 2R
V = E + ir ....(1)
Due to mirror symmetry circuit becomes as like
(n  4 )E E  (n  4)E .r  2
2R 2R i= ,
nr  = 2E 1  n 
nr    

P r Q
27. B
r

r1 1
2R 2R

Req = 2rR/r+R
R x r2 2 O
A B
24. B
R r3 3
L R
2L  2R
Q' = 2Q x  1 x  2 x  3
to raise T r1 + r2 + r
3
=0
2R
temperature in
x = 2 volt
same time t.
I'2 R't = 2I2 RT
28. C
I'2 (2R) T = 2I2RT
In series V = V1 + V2 = 20V
 I' = I

nE 3E 29. B
= n=6
2R R Let potential of junction is x , then current
shown in circuit
25. B
E1 6V
r1 E2 r2
O

E2 – ir2 20
i1 x i2
10V 10 i3
30
R
E1  E2
i 5V
R  r1  r2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 121

x  10 x6 x5 In series combination


Now + + =0
10 20 30
200 2 200 2 200 2  160
10  8 R eq  R 1  R 2   
x = 8V, i1 = = 0.2A 60 100 60  100
10
200 2  160
30. A P  37.5 W
60  100
V = E – ir
 v = -ir + E 35. A
V R = (120)2 /60
 r
i +
40
– +
40
– +
40

2
10 ( 40 )
r r  5 P= × 60 ,
2 (120 )2
120
31. C In parallel resistance   i  = 6.7 Watt

E nE 36. D
32. A i= =
r /n r
R

33. A 2i/3
For power maximum
i 3R
2R
 rmax
P = i2r i/3

Current through each network is same

i2r V2 4I2R
r P1   I2R 
In first case Req = , P1 = R 9
3 3
In second case Req = 3r, P2 = i23r
P 2  I2  3R
3r i2 3r
In third case Req = , P3 =
2 2 P1 4

2r i2 2r P2 27
In forth case Req = , P4 =
3 3
From above four cases P2 > P3 > P4 > P1
37. A
34. A I2R is maximum for R1 resistance As I > I1 &
I2
V2
Situation shown in diagram P =
R 50 I2

Case I Case II I I1
3V 50 20

(200)2 (200)2
R1  R2 
60 100 maximum power dissipation in R1.

38. B
P = V.I V  I2

200 V

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
122 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

39. B 42. C
As Req decreases Inet increases hence current
through X increases but as Inet will now be
distributed in Y & Z, current in Y decreases.

40. A
i = At B
at t= T, i = 0 R
 0 = AT + B
 AT = –B
For balanced condition
T T R1R3 = R4R2

q=  dq =  ( t  AT ) dt (A) No effect of emf of battery


0 0
(B) (R1 + 10) (R3 + 10)  (R2 +10) (R4 + 10)
Incorrect
AT 2
 q= – BT2 (C) (5R1) (5R3) = (5R2) (5R4)
2
R1R3 = R2R4 correct.

AT 2 2q (D) Balanced


 q=– A=
2 T 2
R1 R4
T T 2
2  2qt 2q 
Heat =  i R.dt    T
0 0
2

T  Rdt
G

R2 R3
T 2
4q2  t 
=
T 2  1  T  .R.dt
0 43. B
S2 is open
3 2
4q T  ( T )  2( T ) 
2
4q2R 6V
= 2  2 2  T R=
T  3( T )  3T

G
41. D 
A B
All resistances are parallel so potential is L/2 /2
same
()
V = 0.3 × 20 = 6V O
According to diagram
1 1 1
i1 : i1 : i3 = R : :
1 20 15 
= 6V  = 12V
= 60 : 3R1 : 4R1 2
L  12V
3R1
 0.3 = 60  7R × (0.8) 7L
1
 7 volt
12
 R1 = 60 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 123

10 47. A
We can observer that 10, 10 and 20 are
6V r shorted and bypassed, so no current will flow
12 7 Volt
5L/12 G 45V
12 O in then and I = = 0.5 A.
90
7L/12
O
+
12V 90
45V 10
6 – ir = 5 A 10

6 20
6– r= 5
10  r
Alternative :
 6r = 10 + r r = 2

44. D 90 I
+ A
r = ig (R + rg) – –
10 –
– 10
45. C
20
45V
V I  0.5A
R= 90
i i1
4A
i1 < 4A
20 = i1R 4A
i2
20 A
R = i > 5
1 20V

46. A

D R
+ –

J
A
B
r
C G

(A) Zero deflection does not depend on r


(B) If R > R0 then drop across potentiometer
is negligible
 We will not get zero deflection
(C) Notes
(D) Notes

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
124 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.


1. A,D
i = neAVd , R  l
i = neAVd  dq = neAVd . dt A
 V i.R i..dx
E1 = = =
is fixed. dx dx A.dx
i. 1
2. ABCD = constant E1 
A A1

   E1 A 2

R= = = same E2 A1
t t
V = iR = same dx
i same P = i2R  i2
A
i2R same.
6. A,C
3. A,B,C
Current should be maximum in 2
A B
O 8
E+ir

R
4. A,C,D Should be minimum
1V 2V
A 3  R = 0 (power should be maximum
1 –1 when r = 0)
i3
O Power = 72 watt.
D x
i1 B
7. A,C
2

3 4 i2 V 10 V 
3V 1V R1    1k 
I 10mA
220V   (A) and (C)
Let potention of point B is x then from
R2   4 .4 k  
kirchhoff's first law 50mA 
i1+i2+i3 = 0 8. A,D
To ensure maximum current through
x x2 x 1
+ + =0 ammeter its resistance should be small.
2 4 3 To ensure minimum current through
6x  3x  6  4x  4 voltmeter its resistance must be very large.
= 0
12
9. B,C
 13x = 2
Given R = 100 , ig =50 A
2
x= volt  rg 
13 i = ig  1  R 
 
5. A,B,C,D V = ig (r + Rg)

E2 10. A,B
E1
As emf of E1 is distributed over the wire AB.
(1) dr (2) Hence A is correct E2 is balanced by fraction
dx of length of wire E1 > E2.
We only balance potential difference hence
B is correct.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 125

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.

1. 1.5625 × 1019 v1  v2


Net charge per second = i = icu + iSo4 v1 = v2
so A1 1  A2  2
icu = iSo  = i1
4
A1 
0. 5  2
i = 2i1 = 0.5  i1 = A2 1
2
i1t 0.5 5 1 A r 2 1
So total Cu++ = =  10 = × 1019   2  
ze 2e 3.2 2 A1  (2r)2 4

2. i  neAvd R 
A
5  5  1026  1.6  1019  4  10 6  v d R1 1 A2
 
R2  2 A1
Vd = 1.56×10-2m/s
R1 1 r 2 1
  
2 R2 4  2r 2 16
3. 1.25 × 1017, (b) × 106 A/m2
 34 1
  R 2  544
e i V R2 16
No. of = =
sec e Re
20 2 8. 84.5°C
= =  1017 The temp. at which the resistance be
1000  1.6  10 19 1 .6
equal = T
i V 2 6
J  =  10 Amp/m2 R  R 0 (1  T)
A Rr 2 
 T  T  20
4. 25 V/m
V = IR = 10 × 5 = 50 Volt R Fe '  R Fe 1  Fe (T  20)

V 50 R cu '  R cu 1   cu(T  20)


E= = = 25 V/m
 2
R Fe '  R cu '
5. R/9 
3.9 1  5  103  T  20 
l l
R  here l' = , A' = 3A
A 3  4.1 1  4  103  T  20 
 (T-20) = 64.5
l' 3  R T = 84.5°C
R'     
A' 3A 9A 9
9. 0 I | 1 – 2 |
6. Ratio of their resistance R1 : R2 : R3
I
2 2 2 E1 = 1
 1 : 2 : 3 A
m1 m2 m3
I
9 4 1 E2 = 2
 : : A
1 2 3
= 54 : 12 : 2  I
E0 + = 1
= 27 : 6 : 1 2 0 A
 I
 – E0 + 
7. R  2 0 = – A 2
A
 I
mass = ( – 2)
Density  0 A 1
volume
A = I0 (1 – 2)
ma ss 1
 mass2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
126 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

10. 1127 K
RF  Ri 1  T 


2  1 1  0.00125  T2  300 
T2  300  800
T2 = 1100K 22
RAB = 
35
11. 1
A
3r
2 14.
5
O 1
1 1 1 FD & EC will be removed due to symmetry
x x
because D & F are symmetric to E & C.
1 RAB = 3r/5
2 2
y 1 y

15. zero
Due to folding symmetry circuit is as like
A x

2 3 6 10
4.5 3
1 1
4.5V
1 1 3V
D O

2 2 Apply kirchhoff's first law


x  4 .5 x0 x3
1 1 1 1 4 + + =0x=3
    3 6 10
R AD 4 2 4 4
33
RAD = 1 So iacross 10 = =0A
10

12. (a) 7.5 V, (b) 24 mA(c) greater than 12 V 16. 19 V


Discharging condition Using KVL
V = E – ir = 12 – 90 × 5 × 10–2 30 – 2 – 1 – V1 – 3 – 5 = 0
V = 7.5 volt  V1 = 19V
E
(b) i = 17. (a) 3.7 V (b) 3.7 V
r R 2 X b
For imax R=0
4V
E 12 – +
3 5
So imax = = = 24 mA 3 –
r 500 + 2V
4V 4
i i
(c) greater then 12 V, V = E + ir 8
2 a y
i=
5
22 2 4
13.  Vx + 3 × +4–3× = Vy
35 5 8
6 3
Vx + +4– = Vy
5 2
Vx – Vy = 3.7 V
No current in branch ab so there is no change
in Vx – Vy.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 127

18. 1
21. R1 R 2
4 R x 4

6 2 2
2
     
  . R . t =   . R . t
4V R r  R2  r 
10  1 2
 1 
10
0 0 0
  R2
R1  r = R2  r . R1
19. 1V
For imin Rmax . So S1 is open,
 r= R1R 2
S2 is open & S3 is open

22. 90 watt
6 3 2A
a
6
1A 1A 2
1 9 10  E  E2
1 1 =   R = (when in series)
2A 3  3R  9R
24V b
O O O E2
 = 30 ...(1)
R
From circuit analysis we get
E2
Req = 12 In Parallel = 30
R
I = 24/12 = 2 A
So total 3 × 30 = 90 watt
Va – V b = 1 V

20. (a) 12 W (b) 4W(c) 8 W


23. 12A, – 20 W
(d) 4 (e) 4W
25 25 25 25
2 1
10V 5V 20V 30V
25V
 Req = 3 15 30 5V 55
12A
E 5 10 5 11
6
i= R = = 2A 3A 3A 1 5A
eq 3
O O O
1 1 1
i1 : i2 : i3 :: : :
8 4 8
50 22  11
 1: 2: 1 24. (a)  4.55 A (b)  48 .4 
11 5

1 (c) 1000 W (d) 240 cal s–1


 i1 = i3 = × i = 0.5 A
4 (e) 80/3 gm min-1
(a) P = VI
2
i2 = i = 1A  1000 = 220 × I
4
P1 = i2 R = 0.25 × 8 = 2W 50
 I= A = 4.55 A
P2 = 4W 11
P3 = 16W
V2 220  220 22  11
(a) 12W (b) 4W (c) 8W (b) R = = =  = 48.4
P 1000 5
(d) 4 (e) 4W
(c) P = 1 kWatt

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
128 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

= 1 Watt = 1Watt
P 1000 cal 240cal
(d) Joule/sec. = _
~
4 .2 4.2 sec . sec (F) EI = 10 × 1 = 10 (in ech case)
(G) (A) 10 – ir – V = 0
dm
(e) P = L V = 10 – 1
dt
= 9 volt
dm dm 12
240 = 540 ×  = gm / sec (B) 10 + ir – V = 0
dt dt 27
V = 11 volt
12 80 (H) (A) P = – [Vbox I] (B) Vbox I
× 60 gm/minute = gm / min ute
27 3
= – [9 × 1] = 11 × 1
= – 9 Watt = 11 Watt
25. 90%

iR 27. 4
60 = × 100  3 (R + r) = 5R
i(R  r )
i3 5 i4 5
3r = 2R 6

i2 4
i(6R) 6R i5
now  = × 100 = × 100 i 1 2
i(6R  r ) 2R
6R  i
3
= 90 V

1 1 1
26. (a) E = 10 V each i1 : i2 : i3 = : : = 15 : 5 : 6
2 6 5
(b) (A) act as a source and
15 5 6 4
(B) act as load i1 = × i, i2 = × i, i3 = × i, i4 = ×
26 26 26 9
(c) VA = 9V, VB = 11 V i
(d) PA = 9 W, PB = 11 W
5
(e) Heat rate = 1 W each i5 = check i2R for all
9
(f) 10 watt.
(g) 9V, 11 V 28. 600
(h) –9W, 11 W
(a) E = 10V in each case 100
A
(b) (A) as source (B) as load
(C) (A) E – ir = 10 –1 = 9V
R 50
(B) E + ir
= 10 + 1 = 11 volt + –
300 1.5 V
(D) (A) output (B) Output
P = VI P = VI
When both switches open then
= 9 × 1 = 9 watt = 11 × 1
1 .5 1
= 11 watt i= i= Amp..
450 300
(E) (A) i2R (B) i2R
When closed

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 129

1 5
volt A O 7
3 1/300 60 V
1 R
volt O
3
1 I 0.4
volt O 41 7
3 300 20V V
1.5V 4 8
2 10
1 1
×R=  R = 600
6  300 3
From circuit analysis we get
1
= 1.5 – i × 300 12  48
3 Req = + 0.4 + 6 = 16 
12  48

7
 i= 60  20
6  300 I= = 2.5 Amp
16

1
3 3  5 .5 I1 = × 2.5 = 0.5 Amp..
29.  0.15 A ,  0.83 A 5
20 20
V = 7 × 0.5 = 3.5 Volt

5.5V 25 5
31. V  2.78 V, A  0. 278 A
9 18

x
A i4 i3 i2 i1
5 10  2 1 5A
10A
10  20 20 r

20  10 3

i1 + i2 + i3 + i4 + 5 = 10

x x x x
For imax (rmin = 0) + + + + 5 = 10
1 2 10 5
E 5 .5
imax = = = 0.825 A 50 25  50  1 5
20 20
 rmin 0 x= = V, i10 =   = A
3 3 18 9  18  10 18

For imin (rmax = 30)


32. 20 ohm
E 5 .5 5A 24/5
imin = = = 0.15 A
20 20 96 1
 rmax  30 i= = Ampere
3 3 480 5

96 480 O
24
30. I = 2.5 A, V = 3.5 volts  +R = 96
5
 R = 20

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
130 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

36. 7.5 m, 8.75 m


50
33. A
73 480
i2 2V

V
i= R G
eq i 20 i1
10m
O
2volt
20 30
i= 20V G
10  20  480
500 1 1.5 volt

20  500 10m  2volt


= ,
5000  9600
1 volt  5 meter
50 A 1.5 volt  7.5 meter
i = (Reading of Ammeter)
73

(a) 2V 5
34. 46.67 cm
2
 0  10V 10 35
10m
O 30
2
 30
35
2V 12 G
5V  volt
1 O 7
3V 3
V G
+ – B
2V
1 12 70
A volt  10m, 1 volt  m
3 7 12
4V 5
70
1.5 V  × 1.5 m = 8.75m
12
35. 4 ohm

10V
10 O
(b)

40 cm
10
O
G
5V
– +
10
5 1 G
5
5  1  6Volt
R 1 R
5

5
5+ × 1 = 6 Volt
1 R
5 = 1 + R  R = 4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 131

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.

1. 5×1028/m3, 2×10-3 m/s


V V0 A  e 
 i   
R  0L  e  1 
2. (a) J0A/3; (b) 2J0 A/3
A (b) V(x) = I R (x)

(a) from I = JA vx x
v 0 A  e  0 x / L

I R
r
 dv   L  e  1  A  e
0
dx
 v0 0
0 dI  0 J0 1  R  2rdr r dr

v0  e    L  x /L
2
 vx  v0    e
L  e  1  1 
 
x
0
J0R
I
3
v 0e
vx  v0  [e  x / L  1]
J0 A (1  e)
I
3
 (e  x / L  1) 
I R  vx  v0  1
 1
J0 r  (1  e ) 
(b)  dI   R .2rdr
0 0

 e  x / L  e 1 
 v x  v0  1 
 1 e
3
2J0 R  2 2J0 A 
I    J0R 2  I
R  3  3 3
 

5
4.  eff  
 0L  1 V0 A  e  4
3. R 1   ; I   ;
A  e 0L  e  1
1 1 1
 
 x /L 1 R eq R1 R 2
V0 ( e e )
V 1
1 e
1 1 1
Given  = 0 e–x/L   
R eq (1   eff ) R (1  t ) 3R (1  2t )

 0 e  x / L dx
(a) dR  3R
A  R eq 
4
L
1
 0 e  x / L dx = L  0 [ e  x / L ]L0 4 1 1
R
A0  A  
3(1  eff t) (1  t) 3(1  2t)

4 1
(1   eff t)1  (1  t)1  (1  2t)1
3 3
V0 0
x (using binomial theorm
dx
4 1
 (1  eff t)  (1  t)  (1  2t)
3 3
 0L  1
R 1
A  e 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
132 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Case - II
4 3  3t  1  2t
(1  eff t) 
3 3 r
r r r r
5 r
 4 – 4 eff t= 4 – 5 t, eff = 
4 r

Wheat stone bridge valid


5. 300%

R 2  r  2r 2r  r  3r 
6. (3/11) (with the help of W.S.B)

1 3 1 R2 3
Now Re q     
  x  5  x R1 5

d  1 
 0 for (Req )max
dx  R eq  8. 7/5 times the length of any side of the square

Given circuit is

A Applying KVL : in closed loop ABEFA


A
2r I1 + I3 r – I2 r = 0
3  3
  /3  2I1 + I3 – I2 = 0 ...(1)
 /3
Applying KVL in closed loop BCDEB
D C
2 (I1 – I3) r – ( I2 + I3) 2r – I3 r = 0
B C
x 2  x

r
r
1 1 r
  0 A i1 2r B i 1–i3 C
r r
(5  x)2 (  x)2 i3 r
i I
r
 x= 2 r r
i2 r
F E 2r i 2+i3 D r
3
Now circuit is R eq    
 11 

 I1 – 2 I2 – 4 I3 = 0 ...(2)

R2 3 Solving (1) & (2), we get


7. 
R1 5
I2 = – 3 I3 , 4I1 = – 2I3
Case-I
i = i1 + i2 = – 3.5i3

r r r r i3 1 2
  
i 3.5 7

R1 = 5r

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 133

(k  1) 2
;
k (k  1) /k  V
2
0
9. (i) (ii)
k (k  1) R3

 1  V0 V0 V0  1 
(i) 1  K  R  KR  KR 1  K 
  1 2 1  

K 1 1 K 1 vb – va = 12 V
 
R1 R 2 KR 1

K  1 1 1
1  (ii)
R1  K  R 2
V0 R1 R1 R1
V0/k V0/k2 V0/kn–2 V0/kn–1 V0/kn

V 0/k[1 – 1/k]
V 0/R 1K[1 – 1/k]

V0/KR2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R3

R1 (K  1)2

R2 K
36
Now from again apply KCL i= = 9A
4

 V0 V0  1 V0 V0 R
 k n  2  K n 1  R  k n 1R  k nR
  1 2 3

I1
11.  E = I1R
k2  k k 1
  
R1 R 2 R3 E

R2 R R
K(K  1)  K  2
R1 R3
I2  2E = I2R
R2 K
 
R3 K  1
E E
V V (K  1) V0 K  1 R
(ii) i 0  0 2 = R 2
KR 2 K R3 3 K

I3
10. (i) Vab = –12 V, (ii) 3 amp from b to a E  E = I3R
(i) When switch is open
E
36
i  8A
9/2 6E 2 6E 2
36 V Now 3I3I2 = 2 ,
2I1(I2  I3 )  2
R R

6 3 22
12.  Volt
9
KCL at point P, Q, R, S then find out
3 6
4
9x = 4  x=
9
0V

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
134 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

4 15. 11  6 2
 vB – 1 – 1 – = vA
9 Let us assume each wire have cross sec-
tional area is A and square of length  then
x+4 1V x+3 1V x+2 1V x+1 1V x R
i2 i1 S  D C
P i3 Q R R=
A

V2 R R
PAB 
1V 1V 1V 1V 0 R

for power in DC
22 A B
vA – vB = – volt R
9
 R 2 
v 
 2  1
   V 2 v 12
13. (i) 10.52 ; (ii) 0.3125  v1 
R 2 3 2  2 , PDC  R
(a) 0.44 = 0.2 V5/2  2R
2 1
 V5/2 = 2.2 ...(1)
6 – V = 0.44 R ...(2)
R
Solving (1) & (2), we get D C
R R
0.2V5/2 R
V
2R
V1
6V

PAB ( 3 2  2) 2
  11  6 2
R = 10.52  PDC 2
Prod = 2 Presistance
(VI)rod = 2 (I2R)resistance
16. 7.2 m
(b) 0.2 V5/2 × V = 2 × (0.2 V5/2)2 R
Resistane of potentiometer wire
0.2 V7/2 = 0.08 V5 R
= 11.5 × 10 = 115
1 = 0.4 V3/2 R
6 – V = 0.2 V5/2 R 2
Current in the circuit i = A
6 = V(1.5) 115

 V = 4V Now cell is balanced at 6.9 m

1
 R=  0.3125 2V
3 .2

14. 4/9 kg/sec, 450 sec 2V 0


Power given to turbines is x G
 90% of x = 40 W V

400 400 4
x= W , mgh = m= kg/sec. So i (6.9 × 11.5) = V,
9 9 9
2
200 V  6.9  11 .5   1.38 V
t =  9 = 450 sec. 115
4
after 5  is also connected then

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 135

2V 5 current through galvanometer


2
i
120
 
At Balanced l 10 I 10  E 
2 0 ig    
condt. (10  r ) (10  r )  10 r 
G 100 
 10  r 
i ( × 11.5)
V
= 1.38,  = 7.2 m In this situation ig = 9 × 6 = 54 mA

10 E
17. 233.3, 144V  54 × 10–3 = ...(1)
 10 r 
(10  r )100 
300  10  r 
Current sensitivity = = 6 mA/div..
50
Similarly
 
 E  50 E ...(2)
I  Amp. 30  6  10  3 
 100  10 r   50 r 
10  r (50  r )100 
 
 50  r 
(effective resistance of circuit
from eq. (1) & (2)
= 100 + (10r/10+r))
r = 233.33 
s  10
E = 144 V
90 
G
ig rg=r
I
18. RA=8/3R, RV=8R

10

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
136 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main


1. B 5. D
X Y
The galvanometer shows G The internal resistance of the cell
zero deflection ie, current
through XY is zero R 2V  l1  l2  240  120
12V r =  l R  x 2  2
As a result potential drop  2  120
across R is 2V. Circuit can
be redrawn as 6. A
Y V2
12 p=
I R
500  R I
R 2V V2 200 x 200
Voltage across R, V=IR 12V R hot    400 
P 100
12 400
2  xR R cold   40
500  R 10
or 1000 + 2R = 12R
7. C
or R = 100
V2
Rsistance of electric bulb R = , where
2. B P
Req = R1+R2+R R1 R2 subscripts denote for rated parameters.
A B
2E (220)2
I  R=
R1  R 2  R E E 100

According to the Power consumed at 110 V,


R
question,
V2
- (VA-VB) = E - IR2 Pconsumed =
R
 0 = E - IR2
or E = IR2 (110)2
Pconsumed =  25W
2E (220)2 / 100
or E = R  R  R R2
1 2

or R1  R 2  R  2R 2 8. B
or R = R2-R1 Let resistance of bulb filament is R0 at 00C
then from expression
3. A
R = R0(1+)
V2 V2
H1  t and H2  t
R (R / 2) we have, 100 = R0[1+0.005 x 100]
H2 and 200 = R0[1+0.05x]
 2 or H2 = 2H1
H1 0
where x is temperature in C at which

4. C resistance become 200.


E Dividing the above two equations
I=
R r
E 200 1  0.005 x
I=  cons tan t   x  4000 C
R 100 1  0.005 x 100
Where, R = external resistance
r = internal resistance = 0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 137

9. B
30 15  10
For balanced wheatstone's bridge
P R
 I
Q S I

S1S2 P R(S1  S2 )
here S  S1 S2    + - + -
S1  S2 Q S1S2 5V

10. D V 5
So, I    0.5A
Kirchhoff's 1st law or KCL states that the R 10
algebraic sum of current meeting at any
junction is equal to zero. In other words, we 12. C
can say that "the sum of all the currents From Rt = R0 (1+t)
directed towards a junction in a circuit is
 5 = Ro (1+50) ...(i)
equal to the sum of all the currents directed
away from that junction." Thus, no charge and 6 = R0(1+100) ...(ii)
has been accumulated at any junction ie,
5 1  50
charge is conserved, and hence, we can say  
6 1  100
that KCL (  i  0) is based on conservation
1
of charge. or 
200
Kirchhoff's IInd law or KVL states that
algebraic sum of changes in potential around putting value of  in Eq. (i) we get
any closed resistor loop must be zero. In
 1 
other words, "around any closed loop, 5  R o 1  50  
voltage drops are equal to voltages rises".  200 
No energy is gained or lost in circulating a or R0 = 4 .
charge around a loop, thus, we can say that
KVL is based on conservation of energy. 13. D

11. B Let (A, lA, rA, AA) and (B, lB, rB, AB) are specific
The given circuit can be redrawn as resistances, lengths, radii and areas of wires
A and B rspectively.
 A lA  A lA
Resistance of A = RA= A  r2
A A

B lB B lB
Resistance of B = RB= A  r2
B B
I
From given information,
+ - B = 2A
5V rB = 2rA and RA = RB
Which is a balanced Wheatstone's bridge and  A lA B lB
hence, no current flows in the middle  
rA2 rB2
resistor, so equivalent circuit would be as
shown below. A lA 2A  lB
or 
rA2 (2rA )2

lB 2
or   2 :1
lA 1

I
14. B
From balanced Wheatstone bridge concept,
+ - 55 20
 or R = 220 
R 80

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
138 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

15. C for parallel combination,


Let potential at P1 is 0 V and potential at P2 R 1R 2
R 
is V0. Now apply KCL at P2. R1  R 2

P1 R 0 (1  1)R o (1  2 )
RPo (1  p ) 
R o (1  1 )  R o (1  2 )
Where,
5V -2V
5V R oR o R
2V R PO   o
P2 Ro  Ro 2

Vo  5 Vo  0 Vo  (2) Ro R 2 (1  1  2   1 2 2 )
  0 (1  p )  0
2 10 1 2 R o (2  1  2 )
5 as 1 and 2 are small quantities
or Vo 
16
 1 2 is negligible
V 1  2
Sox, current through 10 resistor is o or P  2  (   )
10 1 2

from P2 to P1.
1  2   1   2  
 1    
2   2  
16. C
As (1  2 )2 is negligible
Choosing A as origin,
1   2
1  P 
E  j   2
2r 2
(a  b) 20. B
1 1 l  1 1
VC  VB    dr   at t = 0 Inductor behaves as open circuit.
2 a
r2 2   (a  b) a 
so, I = V/R2 at t = 0
1  1 1 
VB  VC    21. B
2   a (a  b) 
Resistance of combination Re = 4R
R e R 5 x 100
17. C     5%
Re R 100

18. D 22. D
Potential gradient of a potentiometer,
7
19. D I  0.2 x 4 x 10
K 7 = 0.1 V/m
A 8 x 10
let R 0 be the initial resistance of both
23. A
conductors
At temperture  their resistances will be, Sl Sl 2
R   (V  volume)
A V
R1 = R0 (1+1)
R l
and R2 = R0 (1+2)  2  0.2 %
R l
For series combination,
Rs = R1+R2 24. C
As the rated power of 25 W is less than 100
Rso (1+s) = Ro (1+1)+Ro (1+2)
W, it implies that 25 W bulb has higher
Where Rso = Ro +Ro =2Ro resistance. As in series connection, current
 2R0(1+s)=2Ro+Ro(1+2) through both the bulbs is same but heating
in 25 W bulb is more than that of 100W
1  2 bulb. So, 25 W bulb will get fused.
or  s 
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 139

25. A 29. B
From Ohm's law, i = neAVd
V V l
R  ln R  ln V  ln i  = neAV
Vd {R  }
i R A
R V i VA
    3%  3%  6%  = neAV
Vd
R V i 

5
26. B + – 
  0.1

120 = 8 × 1028 × 1.6 × 10–19 × 2.5 × 10–4


v1 =  240 = 117.07
246   = 1.56 × 10–5 m
120 v
–5
  1.6 × 10 m
~
120
v2 =  48 = 106.67
54
30. A
v = v1 – v2 1
= 117.073 – 106.67
6V P0
= 10.4 120 v

27. B 9V

Statement-I  (False)
x
Q
 G
I = Ig 1  
 R x 9 x 6 x
+ + =0
If R  More 5 3 1
I  Less
3x  27  5x  30  15x
Statement-II  (True)  =0
15
Addition shunt in parallel decreases the
resistance. 3
 x= A
23

28. A from Q to P

V2 31. D
P=
R
S
(200)2
R1 = i-ig
40
Total current
G
V V V V i ig
= R × 15 + R × 5 + R × 5 + R × 1
1 2 3 4 G = 100, ig = 1 mA
R = V /P2 i = 10

40  15 100  5 80  5 1000 Gig 100  10 3


= + + + 100  1  103
220 220 220 220 Sc = i  i = =
g 10  103 (104  1)10 3
= 11.3626 A
Minimum value is 12 A. 100
= = 10–2 = 0.01 
104

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
140 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

32. B 37. C
For cu, resistance increases linearly 13V
For Si, resistance decreases exponentially

12V
33. A 0 x

i–i1 A
0
2V i1 i
From junction law we can write
x  12 x  13 x 0
+ + =0
2V i1 1 2 0
i i–i1
10x – 120 + 5x – 65 + x = 0
B 16 x = 186
185
+2 – 2 – i1R = 0 x=
16
–2 + i (1) + 2
 11.5625
–2 – (i – i1) 1 + 2 + i1 = 0
Which is lies in between 11.5 V and 11.6 V
–i + i1 + i1 = 0
i 38. D
i = 2i1 i1 =
2 R1 x
0 – 2 – i1 (1) + 2 = 0 R 2 = (100  x) ....(1)
i1 = 0 , i = 0
R2 x  10
R 1 = (110  x) ....(2)

34. 4 R1 + R2 = 1000
On solving we get
E
I= r r
2 39. C
40cm
Er2
V= r r
2
E r
q = CV
C Er2
= r r
2

35. 3
E = 52k
is wrong
v = 40 k

36. D t 
Potential barrier due to a silicon diode in the r =   1 R
 v 
given condition = 0.7 V
 In this forward biased diode  52k 
=5   1
v 3  0.7 203  40k 
i= = = = 0.0115 A = 11.5
R 200 200
 26 
mA =5   1
 20 
= 1.5

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 141

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.

1. D x 2

 100    rg  G
i =100×10–6  1   i  ig 1  
 0 .1    R (y + 20)
(80 – y)
= 100.1 mA x > 2
2(100 – y) = xy ...(i)
2. Error Ka sawal hai.
x (80 – y) = 2(y + 20) ...(ii)
x. 1 = R × 2
After solving we get x = 3
x 1 R 2
R=  x= 
2 1 5. A - 's, q' or 's' alone
B - 'q'
R.d 2 R.d 1. 2 C - 'p, q' or 'p' alone
dx =  –
1 12 D - 'q, r' or 'r' alone
For error
6. C
dx d 2 d 1
=  +  For R1
x 2 1
Wheat stone Bridge valid
for minimum error 1 = 2 R1 = 1
for R2 = 0.5 (Wheat stone Bridge valid)
3. A for R3 = 2(from simple circuit annalysis)

R= V2
A R1 R2 Power P =
R
 P2 > P1 > P3
R1 =
2( 2r )2
7. D
 R1
R2 = = x
2r 2 4 R.B.

P1 = i2 R1 ...(i) G n.d.
P2 = i2R2 = i2 R1/4 ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii) P1 = 4 P2 If x & null deflection remains same R.B.
should increase.
4. A
2 x 8. A,D

a 6  1.5
Rtotal = 2 + = 3.2 k
6  1.5
y (100 – y)
24 V
(A) I = = 7.5 mA = IR1
3.2k 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
142 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

RL
IR 2 =
RL  R2 I = 1.5 mA 11. C

IRL = 6mA V R1
V = G1
A
(B) VRL = ( IRL ) (RL) = 9V RT
A = G2

2 R2
PR1 IR R1 V
1 25
(C) P = 2 =
R2 IR R 2 3
2

(D) When R1 & R2 are interchanged 12. 4


,1
R 2RL 6
R 2  RL = 7 k ,1

Earlier it was 9V
P  V2 R

Since Pot. difference decreases three times


therefore, power dissipated will decreases 9
times.

9. C  2 
2

J1   R
 R  2 
L
R=
A
2
  
J2    R
L  R  1 /2 
R=
Lt
L J1
t  = 2.25  R = 4
J2
 L
R=
t
13. B
10. D  = 52 + 1 = 53
 = 48 + 2 = 50
V2
P= & 100 W > 60 W > 40 W
R
X 10

V2 V2 V2
> >
R100 R 60 R 40

1 1 1 52 48
 R100 > R 60 > R 40
x  530
  x = = 10.6 ohm
10  ' 50

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Current | 143

V2
14. 5 Since P =
R

6v 6v 0v R
Series : Req = time  half
2
A B
1A R 1
Parallel : Req = time  times
8 8
6v 3v 3v 1V

18. 5
vA–6–i–2i+3 = vA
i = –1A
vA –vB= 5 V

15. A,B,C,D
By symmetry the 1 resistances don't get ig = 0.006 Amp.
any current so circuit reduces to
6
30 = [4990+ Rg]
1000

 4990 + Rg = 5000
 Rg = 10

s 0.006 6
 
10 1.494 1494

60 10
s=  
1494 249

12  n= 5
I1 
6  12 = 3A
6  12 19. B
The connection is in parallel
16. A,B,D
 A  A  A 
VA = V B RA = A =
A (49  10  4  106 )
6

V1 = iR1 .....(i)
V2 = iR3 .....(ii)
2.7  10 8  50  10 3
(i)/(ii) = = 3 × 10–5
45  10  6
V1 R1
 Fe  Fe F 
V2 R 3 10 7  50  10 3
RFe = = 6 =
AFe (4  10 ) 4  10 6

17. B,D 25 25
= × 10–7–3+6 = × 10–4
2 2

25
3  10 5   10  4
R A R Fe 2
R= =
R A  FFe 25
3  10 5   10  4
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
144 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

24. A,B,C,D
3  10 5  12.5  10 4
=
3  105  12.5  10  4 0V

9
12.5  3  10 25k
=
128  10 5
5 – 0
375 375 V
 × 10–10+5  × 10–5 +
128 128
50F
3750 1875
 × 10–6   A
128 64 (a) 5V 

20. 1 Amp. + –
(Using two times wheatstone bridge) Key 5V

21. A 5V

at t = 0 25k

+ + –
5 0
V
+

50F
t

RC A
I  I0e 0V

j(t) + –
Key 5V

(0, 0) t

It is discharging of cylindrical capacitor.


(b)

22. C,D
As the temperature increases, m decreases.
So frequency of radiation increases with
increase in temperature and resistance
increases. So current decreases and hence
power consumed (P = Vi) decreases (V is
constant given)

V = 5 (1 – e–t/RC)
23. A,C RC = 1
V = Ig (Rg + S) V = 5 (1 – e–ln(2))
if Rg and S is large V  V = 2.5 V
 Potential difference is zero.
 Rg  (c) I = I 0(e–t/RC)
I  Ig  1   RC = 1
 s 
at t = 1 sec.
if s  Rg  I = I0/e
Then I  (d) at = 
I= 0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 145
CAPACITANCE
Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. A are required.
C = 4oR
8 8 8 8
C
R = 4  = 1 × 10–6 × 9 × 109 = 9 km
0

8 section Total : 32
2. D
Charge / Current flows from higher to lower
potential or Q/C ratio.
8. B
Solving the circuit using following steps
3. A V C
C
x
Charge / Current flows from higher to lower
C C C
potential or Q/C ratio.
KQ KQ 0 0
VA  , VB   VA > VB 0
R 2R A
AB C C/2
C C

4. B
B
0 A C
Given C = A
d
If separation is halved d' = d/2 3C/2
C
0 A  2 
C' = 0A/d' = = 2C
d B
A
1 .5C
5. C C 2.5
Q1  900C Q2  2500C 

When the two capacitors are connected B


together let the common potential is V. Resultant capacitance of the circuit = 1.6C

3400 9. C
900  2500  (3  5)V V  425V
8 1
U CV2
2
6. C 1
Ci = 40r = × 4 × 10–6 × (1 × 103)2
2
Cf = 40R = 2 Joules.
The volume of the n drops is equal to the bigger
drop.
10. A
4 3 4
N r = R3 Initially
3 3
R = N1/3r 1 1
Ui  CV2   0.5  106  104  0.25  10 2 J
Cf = N1/3 40r 2 2
When the 0.5 F capacitor is connected to an
7. D uncharged capacitor let the common potential
To form a composite of 1000 V we need 4 is V.
capacitance in series. 0.5 × 100 = 0.7 V
0.5  100 500
4 capacitance in series means in each branch V  Volt
0 .7 7
capacitance is 2 F. So 8 branches are needed 1 500 500
Uf = × 0.7 × 10–6 × ×
in parallel. So a total of 8 × 4 = 32 capacitors 2 7 7

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
146 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

= 1.78 × 10–3 J 14. A


Loss = Uf – Ui = 0.72 × 10–3 J A10V

11. B
1 1 O
Ui = CV2 + 2C × (2V)2 V
2 2
When the two capacitors are connected D
B
together let the common potential is Vf.
CV –CV From junction law
3CV (V – 10)1 + (V – 20)3 + (V – 25)2 = 0
q q
= Vf 6V = 120
3C
–4CV +4CV V = 20 Volt

In final situation 15. B


Let q be the charge on all the capacitor
–CV CV
–q +q –q +q –q +q
–V + 1 M
Uf = 3C × V2
2
–2CV 2CV
7V 31V
N
+q –q +q –q
12. B
+ 10V –
Apply KVL
+ –

+ – q q q q q
+ – 31 – – – –7– – =0
– 6
+ – 4 2 4 12

C = 2µF

– +  3  6  3  2  10 
– + 24 =  q

– +  12 
– +
– 4µF + q = 12 µC

20V q q
Before connection Now VN + +7+ = VM
6 4
Q1 = 2 × 10 = 20, Q2 = 4 × 20 = 80
VM – VN = 12 V
1 1
Ui = 2(10)2 + 4 (20)2 = 900 J
2 2 16. D
2V 0 –2V
Since connected as shown
After Qnet = – 20 + 80
2F
Connection =60
60
V= = 10 Volt 2F x 2F
24
Applying junction law
1 (x – 2)2 + (x – 0)2 + [x – (–2)]2 = 0
Uf = 6(10)2 = 300 J
2 x=0
Heat generated = –Uf + Ui = 600 J 6V 4F

0 12V 2F x
13. D
24V 1F
b 2 2 5µF 4µF
Applying junction law
a c d e
2µF 3µF (x – 6)4 + (x – 12)2 + (x – 24)1 = 0
72
7x = 72  x = volt
7
100V 72
Since potential of point d & e is same. No charge So, Va – Vb = 0 – x = – Volt
will be stored on 5µF capacitor. 7

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 147

17. (i) B (ii) A 20. A


(i) Charge is constant 1 1
V1 : V2  :
q C1 C2 = C2:C1
E = 2S
0 V1 C2 1
 
V2 C1 4
q2
So, F = qE =
2S0
21. C
So, W.D. = F [x2 – x1]
2
For charge in 5F capacitor
q
= (x – x1) C1 : C2 = 2 : 5
2S0 2
q1 C1
S
q2 = C2

(ii) 5  18
q2 =
10
 0S charge on 5F capacitor is 9C
C=
x
charge on 4F capacitor is 24C
1 1  0 S  2
U = CV2 =  V Ratio of charges = 9 : 24 = 3 : 8
2 2  x 
2
dU 1 0 SV 2µF
F=– = 2 3µF
dx 2 x 6V O
x
x2
1  1 2 5µF
W=  F .dx =  SV2   x  x1
6 O
x1
2 0  4µF

1 1 1  6V
W=  SV2  x  x 
2 0  1 2

22. D
18. A Q Q2
–q1 q1
Q1
5µF 3µF 60V C C/2
–20µC –q2 q2
+20µC
4µF 3
Q= C × 60 = 90C
q1 : q2 = 3 : 4 2
Q1 : Q2 = C1 : C2 = 2 : 1
3 1
q1 = × 20µC = 8.57c Q2 = × 90 = 30 C
7 3
30C
19. C Potential difference across C = = 30 V
C
1 1
V1 : V 2 = : =2:1
3 6 23. B
1 7µF
V2 = × 24 = 8
3
35µF
0
1 A B
E= (1) (8)2 = 32µJ x y
2µF
2

10µF
As the resulting circuit is a Wheat stone bridge
hence current in 13F capacitor is zero. Hence
the circuit now reduces to

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
148 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

21 = 2

2Q1 = Q2

A B Q1 + Q2 = 2Q
 3Q1 = 2Q

2Q 4Q
 Q1 = and Q2 =
3 3
35 10 45
The resultant capacitance is + =
6 6 6
15 –4Q/3 2Q/3
= F 1.5Q 1.5Q
2 4Q/3 –2Q/3

24. B
Initial charge on third plate = 0
C1C2
For capacitors in series Ceq  C  C 3Q 2Q 5Q
1 2 Final Charge = – =
2 3 6
As C1 = C2 .................. = Cn hence
5Q
C  Charge flown =
Ceq  6
n
For capacitors in parallel
26. B
Ceq  C1  C2  C3  .................Cn
E
1 1 1 1 B
Ceq  1     ............ A
2 4 8 16 4 5
1 2 3 C
4
1
  2F C
1
1 1
2 2 3
C

25. A
2C  C 2 0 A
Initially Ceq  =
3C 3d
Q 2Q 2 0 A
-Q Q 3Q -3Q 3Q
2 2
Q= × ×E
3Q
2 2 2 3 d
d 2d
2

K 27. B
10V
After closing key first and third plate come at
same potential. 10V O
A
V V1 V B –20 20 0V
-Q2 Q2 Q1 -Q1 3Q 10V 20 –20
2 C
3Q d 2d 20 –20
2 D –20 20 0V
10V E
0
Total charge on plate C = 40 C

E1 × 2d = E2 × d
1 1 2
E1 =  , V1 – V =  2d =  d
0 0 0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 149

28. (i) A (ii) B (iii) C (iv) C 30. B


Initial (when S is open)
2µF 3µF 5µF
C/2 C/2
+ – + – 3V 2V 1V
Max charge 6µC 6µC 5µC

Hence maximum charge that the series can with



31
Finally (When S is closed) stand is 5 C. So break down voltage = 5 ×
30
31
C C = volt
6
–C O O
+ C

31. C

For metal k = 
So charge flown = [charge finally – charge Hence from formula.
initially]
oA
=  C –  C/2 Ceq =
=  C/2 d  t  t /k

C 2 C 0 A
Work done by battery =    C
2 2 (d  t)
(iii) Initial energy
32. B
1 Q2 1 Q2
Ui  
2 C 2 C 0 A
Initially Ci =
d
2
 C  1 1 Finally after plate is inserted
   C 2
 2  C 4
oA
1 Cf = for metals K = and t = d/2
Uf  C 2 d  t  t /k
2
1 o A
Change = C 2 C'   2C
4 d/2
(iv) Heat = Work done by battery - (Uf-Ui)
1 1  1 33. B
= C 2   C 2   C 2
2 4  4 Electric field between two plates of capacitor is

given by
K 0
29. A
Q1max = 3 C × 103 C. 
When K = 1 then E = 
Q2max = 4 C × 103 C. 0
Qmax for first branch 3 C × 103 C 
then K = K then E = K 
3 0
3C  10  5C
5
Vmax  = KV = 2.5 KV When K=  then E = 0. From the formula
1
6C2 2 V = E.d.
Similarly for second branch
Now positive plate at x = 0 is at higher potential
Q3 = 7C ×103 C Q4max = 6C × 103C and potential drops linearly as E is constant.
max

3 But as E is the slope of potential v/s distance


6C  10 20
Vmax =  10C =
kV ~ 3 KV curve hence inside the dielectric as E decreases
2 2 7
21C
The two branches are in parallel. So in order to hence slope of v v/s x curve for the interval
find max value of voltage for which no capacitor x = 3d to x = 4d also decreases.
breaks down Vmax < Vmax .
1 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
150 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

  38. B
C
Initially Ceq =
2
C
So, Q1 = Ceq V = E
2
V O C(KC) KC
Finally Ceq = =
34. A C  CK 1K
Electric field between two plates of capacitor is KCE
 So, Q2 = C'eq E =
1K
given by K 
0 So, change flow throw battery = Q2 – Q1

When K = 1 then E =   K 1
q = C E   
0 1  K 2 

then K = K then E = CE(K  1)
K 0
q =
On increasing dielectric constant electric field 2(1  K)
decreases.
39. A
K=2 0 A
Charge on capacitor Q = CV = V
K=4 d


0 .2 1 0 A 2
0.4 Initial energy = CV2 = V
2 2d
(d,0) (3d,0)
Q2 C2V 2 1 CV 2
Final energy = = =
35. C 2CK 2CK 2 K
 So,
Vi = Eid =  d = 3000 work done = [Final energy – Initial energy]
0
 1 1 
Vf = Efd = d = 1000 = CV 2   1
 2 K 

  = 3   = 30 = 27 × 10–12 C2/Nm2 0 AV2  1  1
0 = K 
2d  
36. B
40. D
0 A Initially Finally
C=
t E E
dt  + – + –
k
0 A 3 0 A
Now =
t 2 d
d t
k
 t 2d t 2 C C C CK
d   =  = C CK
 2 3 d 3 n
C = C n
=
eq eq
2 K 1
37. A CE CEK
qi = qf =
Vmax = Emax dmax = 4000 2 K 1
4000 CEK CE
d= qf – qi = qflown = –
18  106 K 1 2
0 KAmin
Now, C = = 7 × 10–2 µf CE(K  1)
dmax =
2(K  1)
7  10 2  10 6  4000
A= = 0.62 m-2 CE CEK
8.85  10 12  2.8  18  106 <
2 K 1
So charge flows from C to B.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 151

41. C 45. C
 q
Initially E =  = A  B
0 0
= 200 × 102 V/m 6µf 2µf

Q Q 100V 0V
C= =
V E.d 1µf
i=0
Q
C= ....... (1) A 0V
200  102  0.05 100V 30
In final situation By dividing protential across 6F & 2F
charge remains uncharged
100
Q VA – VB = V6µf = ×2
C' = ....... (2) (6  2)
V'
From (1) & (2) VA – VB = V6µf = 25V
0 A 0 A Now, VB – VC = V2µf = 100 – 25 = 75 Volt
2 V = × 200 × 102 × 0.05
3  10 5  102
V = 3 × 10–2 × 200 × 102 = 600 V
46. D
After steady state capacitor acts as an open
circuit.

47. C
After steady state capacitor acts as an open
V – + O
x 2cmy circuit.

42. B t= 12
In the Presence of dielectric: c1=K0 1A
 Cf = 5C0
Capacitor is charges & battery is not 2A 9 3A
3A
U0
connected  Uf  15V
K
W0 W Req = 5
 Uf   0
K 5 15
i= = 3A
K  5 5
W0 Hence potential across capacitor is 12 volt.
Answer is 5c0 ,
5

43. C 48. (i) A (ii) A


If battery connected  U' = KU0 In steady state i1 = 0
U1 5V0 2 1
K  K5 So i2 = i3 = = Amp.
V0 U0 10  20 15

44. D 2
So VC = i2 × 10 = Volt = Q/c
Inside a charged capacitor if dielectric is 3
filled then charge Remains same.
2
Q= × 6 = 4µC
3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
152 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

49. D
To calculate charge on capacitor consider 52. D
that capacitor acts as open circuit when Initally the capacitor acts a closed circuit
completely charged and calculate drop across 2
i= = 2 mA
it which comes out to be 3V. 1000
When s is opened i.e. discharging circuit After steady state capacitor acts as an open
2
3A circuit i = = 1 mA
3V 0 2000
3A at t = 0, I = 2mA and at t =  I = 1mA

9V 6A
300µC 53. B
The energy dissipated in the 10 resistor is
equal to initial energy stored is capacitor

Q2
1/2 3.6 × 10–3 =
  R eqC 2  2  10  6
1 Q = 120 µC
=  100  10  6  103 = 50  10 3 = 50 ms.
2

50. C 54 C
Steps to calculate time constant. Vc= v = 5V
After long time capacitor behave like open
Replace battery by simple wire to find Req.
circuit.
Apply formula   = ReqC.

3R 7R
+R= = Req
4 4

51. B Voltage across capacitor VC = 5V


Charge on capacitor
V -t/RC V -t/RC2
i1 = 1 , i e Q = cv
R e 2 = R
= 2F × 5
i1  t /R 
 1
 
1  = 10c
 C1 C2 
e
i2
 1 
 t / R   55. D
= 
 2C2 
e At the steady state, Capacitor works as an
t open circuit.
 e 2RC2  2 & 3 are in Parallel with 2.8 series.
With increase in time i1/i2 also increases.
23
 R eq   2.8  4
23

6
I  1.5A
4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 153

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct

1. D 7. B
The curve shown is for a function xy = constant
Q = CV 10

30 2
2. D 0
A x B
k 0 A y
C=
d
where k = dielectric constant of medium 6
between the plates
A = Area, d = distance between the plates As the resulting circuit is a Wheat stone bridge
hence current in 5F capacitor is zero. Hence
3. C the circuit now reduces to
1 1
V1 : V2  :  C2 : C2
C1 C2
C2
V1  V
C2  C1
A B
4. B
2 0
C=
nb / a

2 0 2 0
= +
n 2R / R 2 2 V
n R 30 6
2R V 0 The resultant capacitance is + = 9F
4 4
2 0 6  0
= [1 + 2] = Parallel
n 2 n 2 8. (i) A (ii) B (iii) C

V V V V
5. A
V C2 C3
Maximum charge on first capacitor q1max = 160C C1

Maximum charge on second capacitor 0 0 0 0

q2 =1280 C. (i) Q1 = C1V = 2 × 10 = 20µF


max

As capacitors are connected in series. Hence Q2 = C2V = 4 × 10 = 40µF


maximum charge they can store is 160C.
Q3 = C3V = 6 × 10 = 60µF
6. D (ii)Total charge flown = Q1 + Q2 + Q3 = 120µC
Maximum charge on 1st capacitor = 6×10–3C.
So W.D. = (120 × 10–6) × 10 = 1200 µJ
Maximum charge on 2nd capacitor = 8 × 10–3C.
In series the maximum charge they can have is 1
(iii) Total energy stored = (C1 + C2 + C3)V2
6 × 10–3C 2
1µF 2µF 1
= (2 + 4 + 6) × 10–6 × 102
–3 –3
2
6 × 10 C 6 × 10 C
= 600 µJ
Hence maximum voltage =
6  10 3 6  10 3
V= + = 9KV
1  10  6 2  10  6

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
154 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

9. B
Q1  Q2
10V  Q0 =
A 2
0V
B
C 10V 10V 1
Initial energy U0 = CV2 = U1 = U2
0 A 8.85  10  0.1m 12 2 2
C=  1×10-9F But U1 + U2  U0
d 0.885  103
1 2 U1 + U2 = CV2
Energy stored =  C1  C2  V
2
= 10-9×100 = 10-1 Joule
1 1 13. C
Ceq. V2 = 2CV2 CV –CV
2 2
CV –CV
Q Q Q Q
10. B Q 2
CV+
2
–CV–
2 2
1
V
2 O Q
O C V
A 3 2C
4 O
14. B
1,4 2,3
C CV 2CV
V 0 CV –CV
20 A 3CV
Ceq = 2C =
d
2V
11. B
12V 1 2 1 2
O Heat = 6CV2 –  C(2V)  CV 
12
2 2 
–q +q
C1 C2
+q –q 15. D
The two capacitance C1 & C2 behave as a series
6V
In series charge will be same arrangment as both the capacitors have equal
q q charge on them
12 – +6– =0
8 4 AK1
C1 = 0
q = 48 µC d/2

48 AK2
VC2  = 6V C2 = 0
8 d/2

C1C2
48 Ceq 
VC1  = 12 V C1  C2
4
 o AK1  o AK 2
12. D 
d/2 d/2 2 A  K K 
  o  1 2 
 o AK1    o AK 2  d  K1  K2 
  
C2  d / 2   d / 2 
V C 1 Q0
V0
Correct statement 16. B
C1 and C2 are parallel So, V1 = V2
Negative W.D. by external agent
C1 = C2 and V1 = V2  Q1 = Q2
Initial change Q0 = CV Q2
Energy = 
Now, Q1 = CV, Q2 = CV 2C

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 155

17. B 20. C
Initially C KC
o A K
C  2 .5  Q1
d =K
Q2
The two capacitanes act as a paralllel connection
E
 A / 2 K o A / 2 C C
C'  o 
d d
 o A K o A KC
5F   C eq 
2d 2d K 1
2 .5 2.5 E
5 K KCE
2 2 Q2 = CeqV = , Q2' = EC/2
10 K 1
 K 1  K  3
2.5 Q'2 EC
= = (K + 1)/2K
Q2  KCE 
2 
18. B K  1
We can express this arrangement as circuit
C 2C 21. C
2
(1,4) 3 As the potential difference is constant hence
we can say that
Q1 = 60 C = V × C ....(1)
C Now there is already 60 C on the capacitor.
When equivalent capacitance is calculated
More 120 C charge flows from battery. Hence
between 1 & 3 then
net charge on capacitor is
C 2C
2 Q2 = 180 C = V × KC ....(2)
(1,4) 3
Equation (2) / (1)  3 = K

22. C
C
2
2C 5C
C1 =
3
+C=
3 Ui =

1 60  10
6

When equivalent capacitance calculated 2 2  106
between 2 & 4. = 900 × 10–6 J
C 2C 2

(1,4)
2
3 Uf =

1 180  10
6

C 2 3  2  106
180  180  106
Ceq= 5C/3 = = 2700 × 10–6 J
62
2C 5C V = 30 volts
Hence C2 = +C=
3 3 Heat produced = 1800 × 10–6 J = 1800J
So C1 : C2 equal to 1 : 1.

19. C 23. C
The charge stored in the capacitor before and Energy in the capacitor increases.
after the dielectric is inserted is same so
Qi = CV 24. C
V A0
Qf = (KC)   C0  , KDielectric Const.
8 d
Qi = Qf Cnew = 3C0
KCV
Hence CV = KA A
8 3  KK  6
2d d
K=8
25. C
Cnew = KC0 = 3×1F
Cnew = 3F

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
156 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

26. B 2.2 2.2 2.2


Ln(3)   R 
R 
E0
Eectric field : E  Ln(3) 1.09
K R = 2.00
1
E times of initial  E 
2 30. A
c = 5F
27. A
Charge on the capacitor at time : t = 4
t
  
q  q  1  e RC 
 
4
  
q  600  106  1  e 2010 10010 
3 6

 


q0  600  106 1  e 2  q = q0 e t RC
 dq q0 RC
i  
t
e 

 dt Rc 
After connectedd the wire charge Remains
on the capacitor P =i2 R
dE = i2 R dt
 q=600×10-6 1  e 2 e2   Rq20 2 t RC
dE = e dt
q = 70c R2C2
 2t
q20
28. D V0  dE  Rc  e
2
RC
dt
2
2t 50 
-q20 R  C  RC 
V0 E= 2 e 
RC 2   25
= 4.7 J

31. A
q = cv
32. B
q q0  t Rc Just after switch S is closed capacitor act
 e
c c as conducting wire.
v = v0 e t Rc 6
i1 = = 3A
v0 t 2
 v0 e 100.1 i3 = i2 = 0
2
After long time capacitor act as open circuit
1
= e-t I1 = I3 = 0.6 A
2
1 33. A
Ln   = Lne(–t) = (-t) At t = 0, capacitor work as l
2
t = Ln (2) = 0.693sec

29. B
V
3 q
I  2mA
1000

34. A
Time Constant of the circuit.
 = Res.C = RC

R
v = v0 e t RC
1 t
 e RC = e–2.2
3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 157

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.

1. BD 3. BCD C
(5–q) + – (–5+q) Q1 = CV1
Q2 = CV2
q q Net charge = const. C
[B correct]
(q–15) – + (15–q) 2CV = C(V1 + V2)
C1V1  C2 V2 (1  3)5 V1  V2
V = C1  C 2 = = 2.5V (common V= [C correct]
4 2
potential) As charge flows energy will certainly be lost.
[D correct]
1 1 2 1 2
H = (C1 + C2)V2 –  C1 V  C2 V  Net charge on the connected plates is equal
2  2 2 
sum of initial charges because charge is
1 1 2
conserved.
= (1 + 3) (2.5)2 –  (1  3)(5) 
2  2 
4. ABC
1
= × 4 [6.25 – 25] 1.5µf
2 q -q q
= 2 × 18.75 = 37.5 {W.D. by battery = 0} (300+q) - +
V1 q
+ - -(360+q)
150V V
2. ABCD q– 2 + 120V
–2µf V3
Initially –(300+q) 360+q
Q -Q q
0 A V1 + V2 + V 3 = 0
 C 0 Q -Q 0
d Q1 Q2 Q3
C1 + C2 + C3 = 0
Q
V
C 300  q q 360  q
d + + =0
2 1.5 3
Qd

0 A 900  3q  4q  720  2q
Finally 0
6
Q +Q –Q
9q = –1620
C1 C2 q = –180
Q1 = 120C
Q/2 Q/2 –Q/2 3Q/2 Q2 = 180C
–3Q/2 Q/2
Flow of charge from right to left through A

V1 V2 5. ABCD
A C B
2 0 A kQ kQ
C1  C2  (a) Vi = V0 =
A 3R 3R
Qd (b) Earthing means V = 0
V1 
2.2 0 A kq' kq
(c)   0  q' = –q/3
3Q d R 3R
V2 
2.2 0 A (d) energy between the spheres increases.
d
V  V1  V2 
0 A
Vf  Vi

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
158 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

6. AD = 4(20 – 12) + 2 (8 – 12)


As the capactitance are in series hence charge = 32 – 8 = 24 = 2VB
on both of them will be same.
(C) 2(VA – VD) + 2(VB – VD)
Q2 = 2(20 – 8) + 2(12 – 8)
E= E1 = 50, E2 = 25
2C
= 24 + 8 = 32 = 4VD
1 1 2 (D) VB + VD = 12 + 8 = 20 = VA
V1 : V 2 = : , V1 = × 15 = 10V
1 2 3
V2 = 5V
10. BC
7. BCD VB = 12 VD = 8
From the diagram
Q=78+42=120µC 11. C
20 20
q1 = 4(20 – 12) = 32µC
12µF V = 6V
V=Q/C=10V 7µF q2 = 2(20 – 8) = 24µC
Q = CV = 42µC
E 3.9µF q3 = 2(12 – 8) = 8µC
Q=CV Q = 42
=78µC 3µF
V = Q/C = 14Volt
12. AC
0 0 0 4 × 500 – 2 × 500 = 6 × V
8. BC
Let us assume potential at B to be x & D to be y.
4µF 2µF 13. AD
Bx 2C
Ci = Cf = 2C
3
2µF
Capacitance increases so charge increases and
A D
0 hence charge is supplied from battery to circuit.
20 y
2µF 4µF Qi = 2CE/3 , Qf = 2CE
+ – Charge flowing is = (2 – 2/3) × CE = 4/3 CE.
20V
14. AC
(x – 20)4 + (x – y)2 + 2x = 0 Charge will be stored but some energy will be
4x – y = 40 .......(1) lost in form of heat.
2(y – x) + (y – 20)2 + y(4) = 0
Q
 4y – x = 20 .......(2) A  Correct, V= Increase rapidly initially
C
Solving (1) and (2)
C  Correct
x = 12 ; y = 8
4µF 2µF 15. BCD
Bx=12
32 –32 x Z
– +
2µF
A D 32 –32
0
20 y=8 + –
2µF 4µF y
V V
+ –
1 1 1
20V = CV2  = CV2 = CV2
2 2 2
VB – VD = 12 – 8 = 4 > 0

9. ABCD
(A) As from figure VA = 20V
(B) 4(VA – VB) + 2(VD – VB)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 159

(B) In XWY charge increases 19. ABCD


F R1= 2 E D

R3= 1
R2= 2
 = 10V
In XYW

CV –CV A B C
Just afterclosing switch DC will act as wire
i = 10 A
Q = const. After t =  DC will be open circuit
t =  1 i
CV
5V
2
Q Q max=5 × 0.1
(C) = 5V 1V
2C 10V

k 2C2 V 2 1 i = 10
= = KCV2
2KC 2
20. BD

CV –CV
1 2 3
Q2 C2V 2 1 CV 2
= = = 100 60
2C 2KC 2 K i1
120 0
Now insert dielectric i2
–CV
CV 80 60

Req = 3
16. ABD i = 40 A
i1 = i2 = 20A
CKE CE At t =  capacitor acts as open circuit
Charge stored in C1 = VC1
= 20 × 2c
= 40 c
CE (k – 1)
21. AC
C2V1 = C2V2
17. ACD
q
1 qmax
V = const. Ui = CV2
2
1
2
1 1
Energy = C'V2 = kCV2 = k(Ui)
2 2 t
O
Qf = CV = kQi
As qmax for both is same hence A is corrent
18. BC As C1V1 = C2V2 Hence EMF's of the cells may
30C0 = (C0 + KVC0).V be different

22. D
R2C2 > R1C2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
160 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.

5. 60 c, A to B
8
1. F
3 24µC
1 120 120
1
A C B Qf =120
1 y 60V 144µC
x
60µC 2µC
60 60
2
36µC
60V Qf =180 144µC
Ceq in ACB = 2/3 F
Ceq between x & y = 2/3 + 2 = 8/3 F
O O

2. 3Q/2C 6. 150 J

After connecting 2µF


3Q/2
Q Q 10V 3µF
Before connecting
Q –3Q Q –3Q/2
3Q/2 5V
3Q

–3Q/2
V = 3Q\2C 4µF
After closing switch only change in charge is at 3µF
1
 × 3 × 102 = 150 µJ
3. 0.05 Nt 2
Force between the plates is given by
2 A 7. 10 C
or
2 0 10 10 0
E 1  106  105
F= q 
2 2
10
E
[ as electric field is due to charges on a
2
0.1 10 0
single plate is to be written] N  0.05Nt
2
10µC

4. (a) 20 C, (b) 0.3 mJ, (c) 0.6 mJ. (d) 60 C


2C Q = CV = 1 F × 10 V = 10 C
Ci = Cf = C
3
2CV CV 100
Qi = Qf = CV [flown = = 20µC] 8. (a) volts ; (b) 28.56 C, 42.84 C,
3 3 7
71.4 C, 22.88 C
1 2 1 2C 2 
Heat = 30 × 20 –  CV   V 
2 2 3 
60
 CV 2  10
3
= 30 × 20 –  6  = (600 – 300) µJ
  x
2 (x–20) 4
(d) 40 due to discharging (220 due to extra 5 50
charge flown)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 161

2x + 3x + 5x + 4(x – 20) = 120 39


C 32
14x = 200  9 =1C=
32 23
C
100 9
x= Volt
7
A 0 V 2 A 0 V
9. 30 V 12. , –
d d
O O
CV
O CV CV CV –
3C O V
b –CV –CV –CV –CV +
a V V
C V

P q
1 1 1 q2 d
V1 : V 2 = : 13.
3C C 2 0 A
V1 : V 2 = 1 : 3
1 2Q 2Q
V1 = V'  V' = 8V q –q
4
4 1 8 4
V3 : V 4 = :  V =
15C C 4 15
V4 = 30V q2
Energy =
2C
10. C
1 1 1 1 14. 9J
 C  C  2C  4C ...... Energy in the capacitor is Released as
eq

1 1 (20  10 6 )2
heat = × (0.1)
=  1  2 4 0 (0.2  0.1)
C 1  ....
 2 
1 9  10 9  4  10 10
1 C = = 9 Joule
C eq =  1
 Ceq =
2
6 .4
C 1  
 2
15. yes
C/2 0 A 0 A C
Ci = = C, Cf = =
d 2d 2
During pulling charge remains same.
C/2
Ceq = C 25  0 A
16.
24 d
C 3C
32
11. F
23

C
A 2C 4C
8/3 8/9 0A
Let =C {Area = A/2}
2d
B
C  32/9 3C2 (2C)(4C)
Ceq = +
A C  3C 2C  4C

3 4 25  0 A
B = C+ C=
4 3 24 d

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
162 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

17. Proof 21. 800 volt


+q –q Charge on 15 F capacitor A = 1500 C.

d
Charge on capacitor B = 100 C.
i When they are connected with dielectric
removed from A the capacitor.
Capacitance of A now becomes 1 F.
d
R 
A  0 A.15
Ci = = 15C = 15µF,, 1500 + – –1500
d
q/C qAd q
i= = d  Ak =   K 0A
R 0 0 Cf = C = 1µF
d
Q remains constant
100V + –
Qnet = Ceq × Vcommon 1µF
18. Yes,Yes
dielectric slab 1500 + 100 = 2V
V = 800 Volt

22. C is increases

V –t/RC logI (2)


V = const. i = e
R
(1)
 0kA
C= C  Q = CV V t
d
log I = log –
R RC t
V
e= = const. at t = 0, log I = const.
d
For both only one quantity is changed V, R are
constant and C changes from 1 to 2. Slope
19. Yes increases magnitude wise and hence C increases.
0 A
C= 23. R1 is smallest
d  t  t /K V = RI
Independent of Position 1
I
R

20. 0 A/2d Q 1



t R
dy
y from graph, it is clear that R1 is smallest.

0 A sec(y / 2d)
dc = 24. 0.2 A, 20 c
dy
All the elements are in series V 10
I=  = 0.2A
R 50
d
1 dy  y  Q = CV
Hence C n =
eq

0 0 A
cos  
 2d  Q = (2F) × 10
Q = 20C
d
2d   y 
=  A sin 
0   2d  0 25.  = 3 RC
Req = 3R
0 A  = 3RC
Ceq =
2d

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 163

26. 30. 0
i 70 = 7 × Vf
Vf = 10V
 1 2 1  (50)2 1 
2
Heat =  2  2 (20)  2  5  2  7  (10)  = 0
 
L

27. 10 31 = 80.5 × 10–6 J ,10 W


Q = Q0 e-t/RC Since, in steady state no current flows
through capacitors, therefore, current
63 5  103 through 1  resistor becomes zero.
q0  e
100 RC
t 3 3
63 I
=  e2Rc A C
100 I I
5  103 t G H
 t  10 m sec. I 2µF 2µF I
RC 2RC I
F +q – E +q – D
1 2
28. 2 2
q = cv = 40×10-6×100 = 4 × 10–3 C
I + 1 + 2
q = q0 (1  et /RC ) q
10V – – 3
1µF
1 q2
E= M
2 c I L K I J
1 2t
E= 2 = k ×10-1 (1-e-125f)
2C q0(1  e )
RC
Current through resistors and charges on
capacitors will be as shown in Fig. Applying
q20
= k× 10-1 KVL on mesh ABCHJMGA,
2C
3I + 3I + 2I – 10 + 2I = 0
4  10 3  4  10 3 I = 1 A
= K × 10–1
2  40  10  6  q1 
k=2 Mesh GFELMG, +   + (1 × 0) – 10
 2  10 6 
29. 2 +2I=0 q1 = 16 µC
q = q0 (1-e-t/RC)  q2 
Mesh EDHJLE, +   + 2 I + (1 × 0)
dq  2  10 6 
i=
dt = 0 q2 = – 4 µC
q0 -t/RC q3
i= e Mesh BCHJKB, 3I+2I – =0 q3= 5 µC
RC (1 10 6 )
q02 -2t/RC
i2 = e q2
R 2C2 Energy stored in capacitors, U = 
2C
q02 -2t/RC
P = i2R = e q12 q 22 q 32
RC2 = + +
2  (2  10 6 ) 2  (2  10 6 ) 2  (1  10  6 )
q02 = RC2 × 360 –6
= 80.5 × 10 J Ans.
q0 = 3600  C2 Rate of supply of energy by battery is P = EI
q0 = 60×C = 10 × 1 watt = 10 W Ans.
2
 105
RC
C = 2×10-6
q0 = 60×2×10-6 C
K=2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
164 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.

1. Proof
C12V(C2  C3 ) C1C2C3V
For Ist contact 3. q 1= q =q 3
C1C2  C2C3  C1C3 2 C1C2  C2C3  C3C1
Qq q

C1 C2 –q
C2 +q
–C1V –
Q qmax C1
Potential of plate  V0   +C1V
+
C1V – q –q
C1 C2
C3 +q

C2 Qq Final
 qmax  Q .  Initial
C1 Q q
q q C Vq q
  1 V
C3 C2 C1 C1
5  0 A   1
2. (i)   ; 1 1  V
3 d  q   V  q
 C1 C 2 C 3  1

1

1
C1 C 2 C 3
4  0 AV  2  0 AV 
(ii) Q3 = , Q5 = 
3  d  3  d 
4. Proof
Equivalent circuit
2 k
(i)  Eb . (E will be maximum at the surface
a
1 2 V 5 4
+ – + – of inner cylinder)
C
V0 2 – b b
O Vab  2 k   n  a Eb  n
3 + a a
3 4 for V  max
+ –
dV b
0  a
da e
V0
dx

2C C
5 4 m
x

C 5C
3 3

V0  V V0  V V 2 k
   2V0  3 V (ii) E b 
C C C a

2 dv  2x dx  1
 V V0 b
3 1 2

q3  C( V0  V )  ( V0 – 0) C
 E 2
a
0E dv

b 2
0  a Eb  2 2
 2  4
 C ( 2V0  V )  C  2 V0  V0   CV0     2x dx  2   0 a Eb  b
2 x  n
 3  3 a 2 a
dE b
2 0  a
q5  C V  CV0 da 2
3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 165

5. 69 C
3kq12 4q
x x x x 6. UI = where q 1 = – ; U II =
10 r 25
10V
3 F
3 F
(y – 5) 6 F 2K(q  q1)2 / 35 r
5V
3 F
k q kq1 k q3
y –5   0
O 5V r2 r1 r3
6 F 6 F

2q q1 2 q 3
  0
10 O O 5r r 7r
10V

 (x  y  5)  3  (x  y)  3  (x  10)3  (x  5)6  0 14 q  35 q1  10 q3  0 ...(1)

 5x  2y   5 ...(1)

( y  5  x ) 3  ( y  x )  3  ( y  10 ) 6  0

4 y  2x  25 ...(2)
r3 q3
q
from eq. (1) & (2) q1
r2
r1
10x – 2x = – 10 + 25
8x = 15  x = 15/8, and

4 y  15 / 4  25

115
y
16 k q1 k q k q3
  0
After Connection r3 r3 r3
x x x x
q1  q  q3  0
3
3 F 10V
–5 (x –10) 6 F 4
 q1  q
5
3 F
25 21
– q  q  q1
25
–5 1
O (3.5r  2.5r)
O O 5V CII  40   21
q
6 F 6 F
 3.5r  2.5r  3.5r
2.5r
25

35 r

10 O O 4k
10V

(q1  q)2 2k(q1  q)2


UII  
x  5 3  3x  (x  10 )  3  ( x  5)  6  0 2C 35r
5x = – 5
 r  2 .5 r  5 r
x = – 1 volt C I  4  0   
 2 .5 r  r  3 k
Now you can calculate charge flown with the help of
x and y q12 3 k q12
UI  
2C 10 r

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
166 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

C1 C2
400
7. – C
7
Equivalent Circuit :
5 F 5 F 5 F

300V
Q  Ceff  V0

20V C eff V0 kp 2
V1   V0   300  75 V
C1 k g  kp 8
5
Ceq  C eff V0 6
3 V2    300  225 V
C2 8
Charge distribution
– + – + – +
V1 75
100/3 C 100/3 C 100/3 C
E1    15000 V / m
d 0.5  10  2

V2 225
E2    45000 V / m
20V
d 0.5  10 2

Q
5 1   2 
A

5
5  0 (12)
 × 300 = 9000 0  8  10 7 c / m2
8  0.5  10 2
5 5

1  1
9. W= C0 V02  1 – 
2 K

20V
25 1 (CV )2 1  1
 C eq  WE  CV 2   CV 2 1  
7 2 2 KC 2  K
Charge distribution :

q 10. 12 volt
Q = CV0
– + – + – +
– + + – Qq q
200 200 500
  V [V is the final voltage]
100 100 C CV
7 7 7 7 7

 (Q  q) V  q  (CV0  CV 2 ) V  CV 2

20V  V V0  V 3  V 2  V 2  V  V0  0

400  1  1  4 V0 1 25
q  C 
7  V = 12 V
2 2
4 4
8. (i) 1.5 × 10 V/m, 4.5 × 10 V/m, (ii) 75 V,
225 V, (iii) 8 × 10– 7 C/m2 3 1 1
A 0k g A 0k p 11. (i) CV 2 ; (ii) – CV 2 (K – 1) ; (K + 2)
C1  C2  2 2 6
,
d d
(K – 1) CV2 ;
2
 A 0 
  kg kp 1 n 2
C1 C 2 d  A 0 (k g  k p )  C eq V  Heat
C eff     2
C1  C 2 A 0 d (k g  k p )
(k g  k p )
d

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 167

1 0SK1
3CV 2  Heat 12. C
2 2d

All the capacitor having capacitance dC are in series.


2 1 2 1 2
Heat  (K  1) CV   KCV  CV 
 2 2 
1 dx

1 1 dC   
 KCV 2  CV 2  CV 2  KCV 2 0 sk1 1  sin   .x 
2 2   d 

1
KCV 2 1
2 CV 2
C 2 1 1 dx
V O
 dC   sk  0 1   
1  cos  2  d  . x 
   
1
 CV 2 K  1
2

2C  
 0 . s.k 1[1  sin  x [
(K–1).CV dc   d
dx
dx
1
 CV 2  K  1  W.D. x
2
Slowly means. Heat loss is zero
1
Initial  ( 2C  KC) .V 2 1 dx
2 
 0 sk1    x 
KC 2 cos 2   
KCV  4 2a 

1   
 sec 2  
 x . dx
2  0 sk 1  4 2d 
1
 CV 2 (K  2)
2
d
d     
2CV  tan   x 
 0 sk1   4 2d  0
From Charge conservation

KCV  2CV  3CV  d


  tan  / 4  tan  / 4
(K  2)V  0 sk 1
V 
3
C
1 2d

Ceq  0 sk 1

 1 CV
13. q = CE  1   + 2
e e
2C 
CV CV

e e
1 3C(K  2)2 V 2 C C
Final energy   (K  2)2 V 2
2 32 6
2 K  2 (K  2 ) 2  (R1+R2)
at t = R1C
W.D. = CV  2  6

 
1 2
 CV (K  2)(K  1)
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
168 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

q
t dq dt
 
q  CE 1  e (R1 R2 )C  
q
 i1 R  V
  CV  q  RC
CV
  C
2
 
 1  t 
  t1   q  CV 1  e RC 
CV ( R1 R 2 )C   2 
  CE 1  e
e  
  t
q CV  1  RC 
 q   1  e 
2 2  2 
 V  
 t 1  (R1  R 2 ) C n 1  

 Ee 
15. R
  ( t  t1 )  In an R – C decay circuit
(R1 R 2 ) C 
 q  CE 1  e
 
  E E t
I= – t/RC ln I = ln   –
R e R RC
Putting t  2 R 1C  R 2 C  R 1 C  (R 1  R 2 ) C , we
When value of R is halved then slope
get
become more negative & the intercept
   V
 1n  1
 
  increases. Hence R option represents the
   Ee   
q  CE 1  e  variation of logeI with time.
 
 

 V  
16. V= (1 – e–2t/RC)
 1 E  2
e  1  CV
 CE 1  
 e   CE 1  e   2 Ans. This is an example of R – C circuit in parallel.
    e
  The distribution of charge and current in
circuit at an instant t is shown in fig.

CV  1 – t /RC  A B D
14. q 1 – e 
2  2 
(I–I1) I1
+q
i R  (i  i1 ) R  V R C
 –q
(1) (2)
 2 i R  i1 R  V ...(i)
G R I F E
q
 (i  i1 ) R ...(ii)
2C In loop (1) (ABFGA),
. (I – I1) R – IR = 0
or  – IR + I1R – IR = 0
i R
or  – 2IR + I1R = 0
i – i1 i1
CV

2   I1R
V R q 2C
CV
I =
 2R
2

q
In loop BDEFB, – + (I – I1) R = 0
C
from (1) & (2)
 q  q    I1R 
or – +  I1  R = 0
2   i1 R   i1 R  V C  2R 
 2 C 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 169

q    I1R  2 I1R  E
or – + R=0 Loop EABCE: = 2(i – i1) + (i – i1 + i2)
C  2R  R
E
q    I1R  = 3i – 3i1 + i2 ….. (1)
or – + =0 R
C  2 
E
Loop EADCE: = i1 + (i1 – i2)
 q IR 1 R
or – =
2 C 2 E
= 2i1 – i2 ….. (2)
dq R
But I1 =
dt q2
Loop EADBCE: E = i1R + (i – i1 + i2) R +
 q R dq C
 – =
2 C 2 dt E q2
= i + i2 + ….. (3)
R RC
2RC dq
or C – 2q =
2 dt 1 i  E 
From 2, i1 =  2  ….. (4)
q t 2  R
dq dt

or 0 C  2q =
0 RC  Substituting (4) in (1) to find i in terms of i2,

After integrating, we get 1  5E 


i=  i2   ….. (5)
6  R 
C
q= (1 – e–2t/RC) Substituting (5) in (3),
2
E q 2 5E 7i 2
q  = + +
or = (1 – e–2t/RC) R RC 6R 6
C 2
But the current flowing through the

V = (1 – e–2t/RC) dq 2
2 capacitor (i2) = .
dt
Rewriting the above equation,
17 Time constant = 7RC/6.
CE 7RC dq 2
By finding the time varying charging equation, = q2 +
6 6 dt
relaxation time or time constant can be
dq 2
calculated. Kirchoff’s current and voltage laws 6dt
or CE  q =
are used to find the equation. 6
2 7 RC
There is only one capacitor and the relaxation Integrating both sides,
time has to be found for the same.
dq
The circuit diagram with nodes and current  CE 2q =
6dt
 7RC
2
flow is shown below. 6

 EC  6dt
ln  q 2  =– + K (integration constant)
 6  7RC
R i1–i2 D R i1
Apply the boundary condition to find K. At
i2 i1 time t = 0, q2 = 0.
C C A  CE 
i K = – ln   
i–i1  6 
Therefore, the time varying charge
B i–i1
R i–i1+i2 2R equation is:
CE 6t

E
q2 =
6 1 e(7 RC )
The maximum charge that can be stored by
Writing the potential drop equations for the capacitor = CE/6.
various loops in the circuit, Time constant = 7RC/6.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
170 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main


1. A On substituting Eqs. (ii) and (iii) in Eq (i), we
Each plate is taking part in the formation of get the result Ceq = 40.5 pF
two capacitors except the plates at the ends.
A 6. C
1 q2 1 q2
U  (qoe  t /  )2  0 e 2t / 
2 C 2C 2C
B (Where  = CR)
These capacitors are in parallel and n plates U  Uie 2 t / 
fron (n-1) capacitors.
1 2 / 
Thus, equivalent capacitance between A and B Ui  Uie t1
2
= (n-1) C
1 
 e2 t1 /   t1  ln2
2. D 2 2
1 1
E   CV 2 Now q  qoe  t /  , qo  qoe t2 / 
....(1) 4
2
The energy stored in capacitor is lost in form of t2   ln 4  2 ln 2
heat energy. t1 1
 
H = ms T ....(2) t2 4
From Eqs (i) and (ii), We have
7. B
1 2 2mST Neon bulb is filled with gas, so its resistance is
msT =  CV or V 
2 C infinite, hence no current flows through it.
B
3. D
R
On introduction and removal and again on
introduction, the capacity and potential remain C
same. so, net work done by the system in this
process
W=Uf-Ui ( )
E S
1 1
Cv2  CV2  0 Now, Vc  E(1  e t / RC )
2 2
 120  200 (1  e t / RC )
4. D
Ratio of energy stored in the capacitor and the 2
 e t / RC  t  RC ln2.5
work done by the battery 5
1 t t
qV R    2.7 x 106 
1 C ln2.5 2.303 C log 2.5
 2 
qV 2
8. D
2d/3 d/3
5. C q = q0(1-e-t/RC)
C1C2
C CV = 2CV (1-e-10/RC)
C1  C2 ...(i)
Where 10
K2 K1 RC =
1n2
K10 A
C1  ...(ii) Now, q = q0 e-t/RC
d /3
CV CV  t / RC
K2 0 A  e
and C2  ...(iii) 4 2
2d / 3
1
o A  e t / RC
It is given that,  9pF 2
d

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 171

t
In2 =  In2 Potential at 9F = 2 volt
10
charge q2 = 18C
t = 10 sec.

9. B total q = 42 C
In one time constant kq 9  109  42  10 6
Voltage becomes 0.37 times maximum voltage E= 2 = = 420 N/C
r 900
V = 0.37 × 25 = 9.25
So time is between 100 sec to 150 sec.
14. A
10. D
Q1 = 120 C1 (i)
for
Q2 = 200 C2 (ii)
Now, (1) = (2) 1
Q1 = Q2 C=
4
120 c1 = 200 c2
net 8 line
3 c1 = 5 c2
so  32

11. C 15. B
Q
 C=90PF
A
CV

A
  kA  Ed
   0 .
 d  A
 = 0 KE 20V
 = 8.85×10 -12
×2.2×3×10 4 C' = kc
 = 6×10-7 C/m2 J
C' = × 30 = 150 nF
3
12. D  = 1V
Charge
 = 150 × 20 PC
= 3000 PC
= 3nC
Q2
 1
' =   1  
 k
C
1mf 3mp
 3
' = 3nc 1  
 5
13. B
2
' = 3nc  
5
6nC
' = = 1.2 ns
5

+ –
8v
Potential at 4F = 6 volt
 charge q1 = 24C

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
172 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.

CVR 2 R1  R 2 For fig. 2 Req = R1 + R2 = 3


1. Q0 = R  R and a = CR R Ceq = C1+C2 = 6   = 18
1 2 1 2
2
CV 
3
Q0 = R  R  R2
1 2
1 R  R2
  1
R eqC R1R 2C 6f

CV R1R 2
Qmax = R  R × R2, Req = R  R
1 2 1 2

R1R 2 2
For fig. 3 R eq  
2. B R1  R 2 3
4V = 12  V= 3 volt 2
Ceq = C1+ C2 = 6    6 4
and 3V = 9 volt 3
q = 36C
 q = CV (1 – e–t/RC) 4. C
36 C = 4f × 12 (1 – e–t/) When S open
V1 V2
q1 q2
3V V
3f 6f
9 0

 = 4 × 2.5 = 10
3 0
= (1 – e–t/10)
4 q1 = 18f  q2 = 18f
1 t 1 1
e–t/10 = – = – ln 22 ;
t = 13.86 sec. V1 : V2 = :
4 10 3 6
V1 : V2 = 2 : 1

3 D 2
V1 = × 9 = 6 volt ; V2 = 3 volt
3

9f 6V 36f
9f
9 27f 0
3 6
6
0
R1R 2 2 When S closed
For fig. 1 R eq   
R1  R 2 3
5. A
C1C2 4 4 2 8
Ceq   Þ   
C1  C2 3 3 3 9 d   2d 
1  – Vt    Vt  1
6f = 3  +  3  =
C eqn 2 0 A
2 0 A 0 A

d 4d 
 – Vt   2Vt 
3 3 

1 1  5d 
 vt 
3 C eqn = 2 A  3 
0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 173

8. C
6 0 A 6 0 AR
 Ceqn = =
(5d  3Vt) (5d  3Vt)

V x 0
6. 2 sec

1m  4 F
A B
3  2  4  20
Q  Q 0 (1 e  t / RC ) Ceq =
3  2  4 9
16 Q = 40 Q (1 – e  t / 4 )
t = 2 sec 80
v = q/c =  9 = 36 Volt
20
Apply charge conservation
7. D
When connected to 1 (x – 36)4 + 3 x + 2 x = 0
x = 16.
1
Energy stored  2  10  6  v2 v2 J Q2 = C2V2 =3 × 16 = 48 C
2
9. BD
Hint.
+
V

2CV0 0
+ V'

When connected to 2
2CV0 =2CV’
V’ = V0
+  Final situation
+
V
– –
CV0 –CV0

–CV0 CV0
If common potential is V' then from charge
C1 C2
conservation (8 + 2) V' = 2V
V
V' = 5 10. A,D
0 A
Total final energy C0 
d

1 V2 1 v2 v2
= 2 + ×8× =
2 25 2 25 5

v2  v2 / 5
Energy dissipated =  100
v2

4v 2
=  100 = 80 %
5v 2 q = C0V
q  C0
q1 k
q2 = 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
174 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

E1 4 7
1 =
E2 = 1 3 3

k 2 (K  2) 7C
C2 
C= C + C = C0 3
3 0 3 0 3

C (K  2) 13. B
=
C1 K First we have to find the charge on the
capacitor 9f and 9f.
11. C,D

I = I0 cos t Ceq of upps for Franch:

I0 1 1 (3  9)  4 12  4
V0 = = = Ceq    3
c 50 .0  20  10 6 10  10 3 12  4 16
1 Charge on 4f; q4 = 8×3 = 24C
= = 100
10 2
V = 100 cos (t – /2) 24  9
Charge on 9f; q9 = = 18C
(9  3)
V = 100 sin t
q0 = CV = 20 × 10–6 × 100 Electric field at a distance 30m.
7
= 2 × 10–3 sin  × (18  24)  10 6
6 E  9  109 
30  30
7
= 2 × 10–3 sin
6
42  106
     9  109 
= 2 × 10 –3
  sin  6   30  30
  
= –10–3 C E = 420 N/c

12. D
14. C
A
–V0 e=0

V0
+
+V0
 A
C1  0  C
d Balls placed on +ve plate become positive
charge and move upward due to electric field.
These balls on colliding with negative plate
become negatively charged and move
opposite to the direction of electric field.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Capacitance | 175

15. D 18. 1.50


qv As S1 is closed :
F  qE 
d

qv
ma 
d
V0=8V
qv
a
md

1 2
 d at
2
1 qv 2
d t
2 md

1
t2 
qv
 qv

1
t2  By loop rule (vnet = 0)
v2
5 3 3 3
1 –  – =0
 t 
1 r 1 r = 2
v
q r = 1.50
 i
t

i 0 v2

16. B
Total energy dissipated

 1  v 2  1
ED = E1 + E2 + E3 =  c 0   3 = CV02
2  3   3

17. A
Energy stored in capacitor,
1
EC = CV2
2
Energy dissipated in the resistance,
ED = EC (by theory)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
176 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic
MAGNETISM

Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. A i1
on solving i  2
B at t = 0 2

at t = 0
di= = di 4. C
at t = t
B at t = t

Only single charge is there so no continuous


current therefore at any instant only small .P
(2,3)
current at that particular instant and
particular place and ring.

2. B
Zero, because magnetic field due to each
wire will be cancelled by another wire. 0I 0I 0 I
Bnet =
bg bg
2 2 – 2 3 , Bnet = 12

3. C

i1  i2
5. C

4I
x
I
x 2d-x
M.F. will add

In b/w wire

B1  B1 
 0i 4  0i
i
B1  0 1
2 d
i
B2  0 2
2 d
B= 
2x 2 2 d  x b g
 i1  i2 To find the minima
B1  B2
dB
0 =0
 B1  B2  i1  i2 
2 d  dx
0 Which gives x = d/3.
10mT  i1  i2  ...(i)
2 d 
Hence there is a minima close to 1.
Now if i2 is reversed then B2 is 
0
 B1  B2  i1  i2  6. B
2 d 
0  0i
 30  i1  i2  ...(ii) B=
2 d  2r
(i) P
Now, r
(ii)
1 i1  i 2 B1 r2 4
  
3 i1  i2 B2 r1 3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 177

10. D
7. B
At point P

 0i 1 LM1 OP i
P Add Add

N Q
 i × × ×
i
2 x r  x i

8. B r
11. B
The field due to arc at the centre is given by
 0i
B= 
4r a

 Bnet =
0i1  i 2  
 + 0 2 
b g a
30°
4r 4 r 30°

i2

i i1 i
FG
 0 i 2 sin 30 IJ FG 1  1  1 IJ
VA – VB = i1 R1 = i2R2
=
H
4 cos 30 K H a 2 a 3a K
R1 L1  0i  0i
or i2 = i1 R = i1 L = ln22 = ln4
2 2
4 3a 4a 3
i1
i2 = [L = r] 12. A
2  
 0 i1  0 i R/ 2
Bnet =  +  =0
4r 4r B=0
i.e. the field at the centre of the coil is zero 45°
and is independent of   2= 45°
 1= 90°
9. C d=R
2
Due to first square

B1 
0 I

 1

1 
 4  0i FG 1 IJ
 a  2
4  
 2
2 Induction of magnetic field =
4
R H
1
2 K
 0 i 8 2
B1   
a 2
4
2 13. A
Due to second square
 0i 8
B2  
4  (a ) 2
   
So net B  B1  B2  B 3  ....
0i
2 1 2 8 1 
  a  a  3a  2a  ...... i i i
4 2  
After solving this

 0i 2 2 n2
B 
 
a

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
178 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Inside the conductor magnetic field due to 19. A


both have same direction so we add them.
Out side the conductor magnetic field due to
both have opposite direction. so we Bnet
m0 5 2 × 100 = B
subtract them. 2
2× 5
14. D
B = ni B1 = m0 5 × 100
3.14 × 10 –2
= 4 × 10 –7
× n × 10 2× 2× 5
n = 2500 turns/ m.

15. B
× × × ×  0 100 1
Bnet = 2
2 2
× × × ×
+
× × × × 5
=  4   10 5 T
× × × × 2 5

× × × ×
  20. B

Eind = v  B .dl
4
16. B 3

Behaves as solenoid
2
B = ni
5
B =  1
6

a
17. A
Magnetic field inside a
y
 0 ir B due to (a), (1), (3), (5) is zero
cylinder = 2
4R x 0i   i
k , B due to 4 = 0 k
z
B due to 2 =
R  0i 8R 16 R
r=  B = ×××
2 4R
Top view
×× ××× ××
×× ××× ××  0i   0i LMFG 1  1 IJ k  1 jOP
NH 2 4 K  Q
–z ××× ××× ××× B due to 6 = j , Bnet =
××× ××× ××× 4 R 4R
  i × × ×r/2
×× ×××
4R
e j
B  0 i  k x × × ××× ××
×× ××× ××
× ××× ×
21. B
18. A Top view
F 1 × ×
E= 00 =  0i
q C2 B= ×
2x ×
F ×
B= ×
il due to this B ×
Hence the dimensions ×
 0i ×
L2 Bout =
2r
are L2 T 2   T 2  =M0L0T0
   Bin = 0
Dimensionless.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 179

22. B O 26. C
Figure shows infinitely, long, Magnetic field due to Arc i
straight, thin-walled pipe
carrying current I. Let P be B1 =
 0i
4R
b
2   2 g
any point at a P

2
distance r from the axis OO1
of the pipe. Let B be magnetic
B1 =
 0i
2R
b
   g
field at P. Consider a closed
Magnetic field due to straight wire
circular path O1
passing through point P as shown in  0i
B2 = 2 sin 
figure. From Ampere’s Circuital Theorem, 4Rcos 

 B.dl   i
0
 0i
B2 = tan  
i = current enclosed by the closed path. 2R
Obviously, i = 0 Bnet = B1 + B2
 2rB = 0 or B = 0
 0i
 Bnet =     tan 
2R
23. C
If we construct a big square whose 27. A
centre is on the wire and side is 2a, with 2 
    for each arc
PQR as quarter of its part, then  B.dr over 8 4

this bigger square is 0I. 40i  1 1   3 0i


  =
4  r 2r  4 8r
  1 1
So  B.dr over PQR = ( I), as PQR is th
4 0 4 28. C
of bigger square.  0 ir
up to R1 B= (st. line)
2R12
24. C  0 ir
from R1  R2 B = (hyperbola)
 q(v  r)  e  2r  n  r 0ne 2 r
B= 0 = 0 =
e j
3
4  r 4r3 2r  0 i r 2  R32
2r e R j
25. C R2 R3 B = 2
3  R22

R R3  B = 0

29. A
/2
/2
30. A
R mv
R=
qB
 0i
B due to arc = .  1
4R q × 12 × 103 = m (106)2
2
 0i m
B due to wire = .2 sin  / 2 = 24 × 10–9
4R cos  / 2 q

0i 24  10 –9  106
= 2 tan  / 2  Bwire > Barce  R= = 12 cm
4R 0.2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
180 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

31. B
1 4 16
m RH : RHe : R0 = : :
R 1 1 2
q
RHe  : R O2 = 1 : 1
mP me 4mP
RP : Re : R = : : .
q q 2q
36. B
mv
R=
qB
-particle has maximum R, so the path
/s
followed is B. 1 sin 30° 1m

30°

32. C 1 cos 30°


Pitch = V||. T
Path of particle will be helical
2m 3
= V cos . =  2 = 3
qB 2
Helical
v 37. A

B

33. B
mv
R= R v
qB

34. C
The direction of currents in a long straight
B = 0.104 T conductor XY and are AB of a square loop
ABCD are in the same direction.
V
V|| = 3 v So, there exists a force of attraction b/w
2 the two conductors which will be experienced
60°
by FAB as
V = v
2 0IiL
FBA 
  L
v is not parallel to B 2  
 2
 Path of the proton is helical In the case of Y and arm CD, the direction of
mv currents are in the opposite direction.
radius = = 0.1 m
qB There exists a force of repullsion which will
2m be experience by CD as
T= = 2 × 10–7
qB 0IiL
FCD 
 3L 
35. B 2  
 2
KEH = KEHe  = KEO2
Net force on the loop ABCD is
2K
velocity of a particle = 0IiL  1 1 
m Floop = FBA  FCD  2  L / 2  3L / 2 
   
mv 2Km
R= = 20Ii
qB qB Floop =
3
M
As K & B are constant R 
q

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 181

38. C
R=p M1  M2 9
qB From (1) & (2) M  M =
2Rsin = y2  x2 1 2 25

M1 17
2 R. x which gives =
= 2
y x 2 M2 8
y2  x2 2 x
y
2 +
x

2P y x 2 2 41. A
=  
qB x y
Angle b/w B & A is zero

qB y 2FG IJ so  = 0
P=
2 H
x
x
K
42. A

39. B  = I
Torque on a current carrying loop is given by
mR 2
   BiR2 = 
  MB 2
Hence  does not depend on shape of loop.
2Bi
=
m
40. B
The formula for time period of a system of 2  10  4 
= = 40 rad/s2
2
I
magnets is given by T = 2 MBH
43. B
Where I is moment of inertia M is magnetic mgsin = f mg sin 
moment & B H is Horizontal component of f
f.R = i R2Bsin
magnetic field.
mgsin . R = i R2B sin
Now in the sum mg
M
position i.e. mg
when like poles N S B=
iR
N S
are together

44. B
I1  I2
T = 2 M  M B = 3 .... (1)
 1 2 H
×
In difference position i.e. when opposite poles
are together

N S B

S N

I1  I2
Then T= The force on upper segment is in direction
M1  M2  BH inside the plane of paper while on the lower
= 5 sec .... (2) segment it is perpendicular to plane of paper
coming outwards.
[As 12 oscillation in 60 sec means 1
oscillation in 5 sec.]

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
182 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

 
When we calculate   r  F the direction of 48. A

torque are as shown. The vertical On observing the hyteresis curve we observe
components cancel out leaving horizontal that for steel even after removing external
components in left direction. magnetic field the material remains magnetised
for a long time.

45. B
49. A
 = 2n (2L) (2a) B sin30°
On increasing the magnetising field more
= 8 Ban I cos60°
domains are aligned in a ferromagnetic
material and hence its permeability also
46. A increases.

1
B
r3 50. B × ×
×
Top view ×
3
B1  3x  27 ×
    0i ×
B2  x  1 B= B ×
2x ×
×
due to this
47. D mV
 0i
in time dt Bout =
2r
q Bin = 0
i=
dt

v= 2gh

m . 2 gh = F.dt

q
m . 2 gh = ilBdt = lBdt
dt

m 2gh
q=
Bl

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 183

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct


1. A 5. C

When resistance on both side are different. Replace coil by magnet

So current is different and hence magnetic


field produced by both the segments is not
equal. Hence net magnetic field at centre is
10 m
nonzero.

60°
2. A

 0i
Magnetic field at centre of the ring
2R M.M. = i r2 = i × × 10–4 = × 10–4
As the three rings are mutually perpendicular.  0M
B= 1  3 cos2 
Hence the magnetic field due to each one of 4r 3
them will be mutually  to other. Hence 0 M
1  3 cos 2 60
magnitude of Bnet.  B = 4
10
3
b g
3 0i 2 4
B= Ratio = 
2R 13/ 4 7

6. D
3. C
d × d
r
0 i1  i2  i1 i2
B
Bnet  a
2d 90
90
= 10 T .....(1)
r B

 0 i1  i2  x
B 
2d
Bnet = 2B sin

= 30 T .....(1)
2  0 ia  0 ia
from (1) & (2) i1 i2  
2r. r r 2

i1
2
i2 7. C

4. B
net (zero)
 = 0,  = 45° i1

 0i FG
1 IJ l
i2
B = 4  0 
H2
,
K 45°
l i
20i
B=
8 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
184 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

8. C dM Y

In (C) there is magnetic field at centre due


to the straight wire. O
X

9. C
By using Ampere’s Circuit law 2D view of toroid
B × 2r1 = 0Ienc x axis gives

r1 
Ienc =  br × 2rdr Nd2I 1
0 Pm   sin d  Nd2I

4 2

0br12
 B=
3 12. B
In this situation equivalent current is
flowing along the curved surface of the
10. D
cylinder as shown in figure.

Magnetic field on any axial point due to sole-


noid would be

0nI
B sin   sin 
2  dx

 
For Present case,   and   2 
2 4
R

0nI  1 
So, B = 1
2  2

(a) For the shown element the charge is, dq
=  ×2Rdx. This element is equivalent to
11. C
current carrying cylinder with current along
Take an element of length rd  containing the curved surface given by,

N
. rd turns as shown in figure. Its dq
r i  v0dx
2R
v0
N  2
magnetic moment is dM = d . d I
 4
Required current per unit width is,
normal to the plane of cross section. We
resolve it along X & Y axis. The moment along i
K=  v0
Y axis becomes 0 while that along dx

(b) This situation is equivalent to a


solenoid with ni = K = v0. So magnetic field
at any inside point is,

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 185

B = 0K = 0v0 x d
0 Jdr  Jdr
(C) At any outside point, B = 0 B   2 0
d 2 x 2
2

13. B
0 J
 (2x)  0Jx
  0i  6 7 2
(a) B 0   î  [10  10  10 ] î = 0
 2 ( 2)  for point P outside the plane (x>d)

B = (10 6 ) 2  (10  6 )2  10 6 2 T
d
(b) 0Jdr
BB   =0Jd when x > d
 d
2

y
B0 î
15. A
z
x
I
=
2 R Behave as
× wire
dI =  . Rd

 0 Rd
B0 î dB =
45º 2 R

z
/2
0  i
B = dB sin  , =  02
0
2 4 R

z
 /2
B0 (k̂ ) 0i
B = dBcos  =
0 4 2 R
 0 î
(c) B0 + = 10–6 × 5 î
2(0.5) 0i
Bnet = 2
4 2 R

14. C
16. B
The linear current density along the plane of

z
sheet at a distance r from the central plane i 
of thickness dr is given by,
e
 =  b2  a 2 ,
j Bdl   0 ir

I Jldr
   Jdr
l l  0 ic 2
B(2c) =  b 2  a 2
e j a
P c
x
r  0 ic
dr
e
B1 = 2  b 2  a 2
j
The magnetic field at point P due to this
elemental sheet at a distance of x (<d) from when – is taken
median plane is, B2 = 0
0 0 Jdr  Bnet = B1
dB  
2 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
186 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

17. A
B   A  
 BP.d l =  BP .d l = 40
A C

B   C  
 BQ.d l =  BQ.d l = – 120
A B

r
dr
C   A  
and  BR .d l =  BR .d l = 120
B C
di = br.2 pr.dr

BP 1 BP 1
As B  I so B  3 and B  3
Q R

B = 2r =  iin
C   1 A  

z
So  BP.d l   C B .d l = 50

z z
r B 3 Q

di  2 br 2 dr , iin = 2 br 2 dr


0
B   A  
and A BR .d l   C BQ.d l = 150
2 br 3
=
3 From ampere’s law -

  B    
C A  
 0 2 br 3  br 2
B(2r) = , B= 0  B.d l   A
B.d l   B.d l   B.d l = 0I
B C
3 3
 I = 13A
 2 bR 3  0 bR 3
(b) B.2r2 = 0 =
3 3r2
20. A
   
18. B 
F  q V  B  ma 
 
 B.d l = 0(i1+i3+i6+i8) (as i2,i4,i5 and i7, do   1
S  t  a  2
2
not lie inside the loop)

= 0(1+3–6–8) i0 = –100i0
21. B
The loop encloses current I only and
19. C
direction of current is positive in accordance
From the symmetry of figure, and using the  
fact that B  I we can find the line integral to Right handed screw rule. So 
 B.d l = 0I.
of BP, BQ & BR over various parts of closed
loop. From given information. 22. C

B   A   Contact looses when N = 0


 BP.d l = 40 &  B .d l  150
A C Q V = g sin . t
mg cos = q g sin t B [N = 0]
From symmetry
m cot 
t=
qB

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 187

27. A
23. C y

B
90°
V × ×

53° 2mv
v0 x y=
qB
53°

R z
R

d
28. B

3mv mv Because it is a closed loop so Fres = 0.
d= ,R=
5qB qB
29. B
24. C
K.E of -particle = work done by electric y

force.
F1 a
1 2
25
qEx0 = m5 , x0 = 2E
2 0
×
a
F
F

25. D x
F2 = 0

2V0 = V02  Vx2

4V02 = V02  Vx2 For AB F = 0 as B = 0. For CD F1 = i a 2 ˆj

Vx2 = 3V02 As force created in AD & BC are equal &


opposite hence they get cancelled out and
qE0t
 3V0  hence net force on the loop is i a 2 ˆj .
m

F1 = a 2 ij
3mV0
t=
qE0
30. B

26. B m
T0  2  0.57 s
As the radius of the circle is constantly 61B
decreasing hence we conclude that B is
 = –MB = –iBl2
mv
increasing as r = . M/4
qB

A particle looses energy by ionising the air. M/4 M/4

M/4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
188 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

33. B
M l2 Ml 2 Ml 2 Ml 2 Ml 2
I=    =
4 12 4  12 4  4 4  4 6  Magnetic Intensity B = BH tan 

= 0.34×10-4 × tan 30°


I Ml 2
T = 2 = 2
k = 0.34×10-4 × 0.577 = 1.96 ×10-5 T.
6  il 2B

M
= 2 = 0.57 s 34. B
6iB
(Theoretical)

31. B
35. A
Q Q Q
=   The field produced by magnet if it is kept
Area Rh h2 tan 
along last of deflection magnetometer

x 1 0 M

r tan  is while when kept along south the
4 d 3

r = x tan  0 M
 magnetometer is .
4 d 3
dq = [2r dx]  x
dq  Magnetic field is proportional to tan 
r
=  [2 x tan  dx] dx 1
if tan  becomes half, then  = tan-1   .
2

i = dqf = dq R
2
36. A
dm = i Ar = i. r2 = ix2 tan2

 eL
dm = x3 tan3  × 2 . dx .  .  =
2 2me

h  L = nh
dm   tan3 . x dx
M=  
0 e
=

2me (nh)
.tan3 h4 .Q /(h2 tan).h4 tan3 
M 
4 4  n where n = 1,2,3 ............

Q.h 2 tan 2 
M 37. A
4
W = – MB (cos 2 – cos 1)

32. A FB
38. A
 = 2n
(Theoretical)
v = r = 2nr
Fext
B
FB = Fext = iB0
Wn = 1 = Fext . 2r = 2iB0r
Wn = n = nWn = 1 = 2 i B0rn

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 189

39. D 40. B
Using formula r = (1 + Xm) Due to opposite spin of electrons in
Where r = relative permeability of medium. diamagnetic material an atom does not

and Xm = magnetic susceptibility of medium. behave as a complete magnet in it self.

Binside material = Bexternal + Bmaterial

= 0 (H + I) [As Xm = I/H]

= 0 (H + XmH) = 0H [1 + Xm]

So flux density B = 3000 gauss

= 3000 × 10–4 Tesla

and magnetic field intensity H = 200 oersted

= 200 × 80 A-m2

 3000 × 10–4 = 0 200 × 80 (r)

r = 14.9 ~ 15

and hence Xm = 14.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
190 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.


1. A, B, C line joining wire and point hence angle
both point between xy plane & magnetic field is 45º.
Plane
a & b have a
same B. b 6. B,D
Field inside the solenoid = 0ni
2. B, D So the net magnetic field inside the
In point A & C solenoid is given by, B = 0n1i1 – 0n2i2.
r=1m As B = 0, so n1i1 = n2i2
In point B & D
The above equality can be satisfied by the
r= 2 m conditions of option B and D.

3. A, B, C 7. A,B,C
The variation of B with r for solid current
E 
x = m/sec. z = m/sec carrying wire (uniform distribution of
B CR
current across the cross - section of wire) is
shown below.
1
y =   m/sec.
0 0 B

All have dimensions (LT–1)

4. A, B, C, D
(A) Direction of magnetic field produced due 1
r
to the two wires on x axis have opposite
direction  Bnet = 0.
r
R
B

(B) a × × b 8. A,B,C
Use the concept as illustrated by diagrams.
B
a & b have only z component.

Bnet
(C)
× ×
Bnet has only y component as z component Act as South Act as North
Pole current is Pole current is
gets cancelled
clockwise and clockwise
(D) Bx = 0 in net B
P will acquire North pole due to induction
Due to magnetic material of tube induction
5. A, D y y
effect is more prominent and initial force of
1
0i attraction increases.
B= B 2
2 2 l
As direction x x 9. B,C,D
of magnetic Use principle of super position and concept
field is  to z of magnetic field due to thick cylinder.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 191

10. B,D
0R 3
outside the conductor is ; B2 =
dx 3r
Current flowing per unit length =  = v
dt A plot of B as a function of r is shown in
l figure.

12. A,D

2m T1
By Ampere’s law B + B = 0v T= ;T =1
qB 2
0v
B=
2 mV sin 30 mV sin 60
r1 = ; r2 =
qB qB

11. A,D
B 1
The prob- b=
3
lem can be 3

solved by Pitch 1
= vcos30° T1
using the Pitch2 = vcos60° T2
Ampere’s
abc = 1
law : R
r

  c= 3
 B.d l   I 0 enc
a = bc
Where the enclosed current Ienc is given by
  13. C,D
Ienc   J.dA   ( r)(2rdr)
W. D. by mag. field is zero
(a) For r < R, the enclosed current is
 
r
e
Fmg = q v  B j
2r3
Ienc   2r2dr 
0
3
14. B,C
Applying Ampere’s law, the magnetic field at
Work Done by magnetic force = 0
P1 is given by
 
20 r3 0 2 e
f = q vB j
B1(2r)  or B1 = r
3 3
 15. A,B
The direction of the magnetic field B1 is tan-
gential to the Amperian loop which
encloses the current.
(b) For r > R, the enclosed current is :

R
2r3
Ienc   2r2dr 
0
3
In order to reverse the direction of electron
it should of electron it should turn back taking
20R 3
which yields B2(2r) = a circular path. The necessary centripetal
3
force will be provided by magnetic force on
Thus, the magnetic field at a point P 2 the moving electron.Electron can turn if
Fcentripetal is in x-y or x-z plane

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
192 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.


1. four time as the first value.
 0I
Here the field due to straight portion  B1
n1 r2 2r
Here n1×2r1 = n2×2r2 or =
n2 r1 . (say). this field by right hand palm rule is
directed  to the plane of paper and is
 0 n1I 0n 2I outwares. Similarly the field due to circular
Also B1 = and B2=
2r1 2r2 0I
loop, B2= and is also directed upwards.
2r
B1 n1 r2 n1 n1 n12 1
     
B2 n 2 r1 n 2 n 2 n 22 4 0I  1 
Total field B = B1 + B2 =   1 .
2r   
 B2 = 4B1.

2. Zero 5. 0.10 mT

Since the directions of current in two halves Magnetic induction at the centre of the
are opposite and the magnitude is same, the rectangular frame is the sum of the magnetic
resultant intensity will be Zero. fields produced by the four sides of the
square. This field may be calculated w.r.t.
the given Figure as below
1/2

l
l
r

1/2

3. 4 105 T 0  2I
B 2.  (sin 15° + sin 15°)
The field produced due to one side AB is 4  d cos 15°

0 I 2I
B= (sin1 + sin2) Here 1 = 60 = 2 and 
4r  (sin 75  sin 75°) 
d cos 75° 
r = l/2 cot 60°
and there are three sides  Total induction 0I
or B (tan15  cot15)
d
3 107 1  2 3  3 3
    
4.5  10 2
 2 2  2  20 I 2  2  4 10 7  5  2
 =
d sin 30°  0.16  1
3 107  2  3 i.e. B = 0.10 mT
B   4 105 T
4.5  10 2

6. 2B

0I  1  Here, Resultant field = B2 + B2 = 2 B.


4.   1
2r   

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 193

7. Downwards at 45° 11. 1:4

 0i
B2 =
2R
 0 I   2   
8. B 
4  b a  2R = 2R’ × 2

The resultant field at the centre of the curved R


R’ =
parts is the sum of the fields due to two 2
parts. The magnetic field at O due to part
subtending angle  and (2) are given as  0i  2
b g
B1 = 2 R / 2 = 4B1
 I
B1  0  ...(1)
4 b

0 I  0i  1 3 
B2  (2  ) 12.   
and ...(2) 8  R R' 
4 a
 Resultant magnetic field strength at the point  0i
O is given by B=
8R
B = B1 + B2
from the above in the
 0 I   2    given Ques.
i.e. B  ...(3)
4  b a 
LM
 0i 1 3 OP
B= 
8 R R'N Q
9. 5 × 10–4 T towards west
N
X  0I  1 1 
13.   
W E 4  R1 R 2 
Y

facing west
 0i  0i
Bnet = 4 R  4 R
S 1 2

 0 20  16
for X B=
2  16  10 2  0I
–4 14.
= 4 × 10 T (East) 4 R 3

 0 25  18 B
for Y B= 2 A
2  10  10
i
i
= 9 × 10–4 T (West)
C D

10. 0 0 i 30 i
B1  sin60  
4 2Rsin30  B R

Bnet = 0 0 i 0 i
B2  sin30  
4 2Rsin60  8 R 3

x x 0 i
Bnet  B1  B2 
4 3 R

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
194 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

15. 1 × 10–4 wb/m2, towards the reader.


0i
20. B 2(22  2  1)
20i 4R
Bnet 
4 r
y
2  10 7  10
  1  10 4 Wb/ m 2
0.02
i A i
z
16. B1 = B2 = B3 = B4 i
i
x
0 I
B1 = B2 = B3 = B4 =
d
  0i 
e j 0i  0i 
e j
B = 2 R  i  4 R  k  4 R  i e j
17.  iin = z 
B. dl
i
in = 1 A. 21.
Ane

z 
B. dl =  From formula
ne A Vd = i

i
Vd =
× × neA

18.
iB
22.
An
From formula
19. 1.3 ×10-4T
qiB iB
N = 10 N = 10 F = qVd B, = ,F=
neA An
4 cm
4 cm
1A
1A iB
23.
Ane
6 cm
qE = qVdB
10   0  1  16 8  4   10 4 E = VdB
B1 =
2  10 4
LM 16  36 PO 3/ 2 =
b52g 3/ 2
iB
N10 10 Q
4 4 =
neA

= 0.26 × 10–4 T

10   0  1  100 i Bd
B2 = = 1.5 × 10–4 24.
2 4 Ane

Bnet = 1.3 × 10–4 T = B2 – B1


V iB iBd
E= ,= ,V=
d neA neA

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 195

25. (0/2) dJ, in the +y direction


i 0 J0  1 d 
Assume + J and – J in empty space  Fnet =
  tan  
  2h 
m0Jd
4 m0dJ/ 4

28. (a) 1.4 × 10–4 m/s


(b) 4.5 × 10–23 N (down)
+ (c) 2.8 × 10–4 V/m (down)
(d) 5.7 × 10–6 V (top +, bottom–)
(e) same as (c)
(A) i = n × w × h × q × vd
 0 Jd
Bnet =
2 iq 50
vd = 
nwhq 1.11029  0.1102  0.021.6  1019

26.  vd = 1.43 × 10–4 m/sec


15 C
(B) Fm = qvdB = 2.3 × 10–23 × 2 –– ––
Impulsive force F = iB
= 4.6 × 10–23 N qE

Now  Fdt  mv (C) qvdB = qE


q vd or i
E = VdB = 2.86 × 10–4 v/m

 B idt  mv  Bq = mv (D) v = hE = 5.72 × 10–6 V


 iB dt  mv  (E) so same as (C)
F
++++
q vd B

 Let height is h then

v2 Bq / m2 W  0I1I2 r2


h= =  ln
2g 2g 29. l 2 r1 = 27.6  J/m

 2B2q2 m F 0i1i2
h= q = 2gh 
2m2g B  2

10  10 3
z z
r2
dw  0 i1i 2 dr
= 2  10  3   q = 15 C 
(20  10  2 )  0.1  2 r
r1

i W  0 i1i 2 r2
 0 iJ0  d
27. tan –1  (–k ) l
=
2
ln r
1
  2h  
dF
h
dF
so dFnet = 2 cos  J0  0 iqv

x 30.
dx 2 a
d
  J dx  h
0 0  0 i1 i 2 q
= 2i  
F= . , id = . v
 2 x 2  h2


 x 2  h2 2 a 

q
d/ 2 i= .v
2 i 0 J0 h dx 
Fnet =
2 x
0
2
 h2
F 0iqv  0 iqv
 ,F=
 2a 2 a

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
196 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

31. 10 k I
n=
Force on electron due to electric field is in e
+y direction. For undeviation force due to No. of e– in 1 sec.
magnetic field should be in -y direction.
 change in momentum in 1 sec. = nmv force
Hence by right hand thumb rule the magnetic
field should be in –z direction. mEI
=
Be
Magnetude : qE = qvB

5  107
B= = 10 T  0II' C  1 1
5  106 34. – to the left
2  a b 

3mv 2
32.
4 qa F1

(0, a) ĵ
F4 c
F2

(2a, 0)
(a)
a
k̂ F3
2v

1 1 F1 = F3
qE 2a = m (2v)2 – mv2
2 2
0II'C 0II'C
F4 = ; F2 =
2 2a 2b
3mv 2 3mv
qE ,E=
2 .2 a q 4a Fnet = F4 – F2

3mv 3 0II'C  1 1 
= 
(b)
4a 2  a b 

3mv 3
F.v = qE v =
4a  dB q 
  
35. t=m , where  = sin–1   if d < R
qB  2mV 
(c) zero
; T / 2 if d > R
Zero (because angle b/w f & v is 90°)
mv 2mqv
r 
qB qB
mEl
33.
Be 2m
T
eE = evB qB

E  angle = t
v=
B
2
 t
I = ne nos of e– 1 sec. T

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 197

T  a2  
t
2 = î B 120    1  2(a2 cos30º )  cos60º ĵ
 2  180 2 
If d < R

d sin   dqB
sin   , 2 3
2mqv = î Ba    ĵ
R  3 4 

2
   t  .t
T 38. 2s

T 2m 1 m I
t       T  2
2 qB 2 aB MH

M
36. At angle   Magnetic moment of each part =
3
B = MB cos  = i l2 B cos 
mg = mg /2 sin   xy I
& Moment of inertia of each part =
 3
net  i l 2B cos  – mg / 2 sin 
 Magnetic moment of combination (M’)
/2
 = M and I’ = Moment of inertia of combination
M
w net 
 d  0
0
mg
I
B 3× = I.
3
(  K = 0)

 I' T'
 Bil2 sin 0 / 2 + mg cos 0 / 2  0 T '  2  1
2 M 'H T
 Bil2 = mg /2

mg
B=
2i  39. decrease by 15°
 I  tan   I  tan 45° ...(1)

37. (a) Bres = (B1 – B2)  I


 tan  ...(2)
3
 0I   I  (120   / 180 )
= [ 2 sin 60 º ]   0  
4 R cos 60 º  2R  2 Divide eqn. (2) by eqn. (1)

1
0I  2  tan   or  = 30°
= 2 3   3
4R  3  •
60º  Decrease = 45° – 30° = 15°
 0I   (2) •
Bres = 3   (1)
2R  3

qV  0I
F = q (VB) = [3 3   ]
6a
 
(b)  = M  B  MB(  ĵ ) = î AB(  ĵ )

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
198 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.

8 2 0l  3 
1. 4.   1
2 4r  2 

Field at the centre of the square is

0 I I  I 4 0I
B= .  0 2 .R  0 .  r
4R 2 4R 4R / 2

If r is the radius of the circular coil 2r = 4 r

2
r=

I2
 0 i 3  0 i
 0 I 0 I    0 I (o,d) B=  
x 4 R 2 4 R
 B'   
2r 2  2 4 I1

5. perpendicular to the plane of the paper,


B 4 0 I 4 8 2
    2 . directed into the paper. Curl the finger in the
B'  2 0 l 
direction of current then the thumb gives
the direction of magnetic field.

 0I  3 2 6. 0.62 N < F < 0.88 N


2.   
4  2a b 
F i B  W
=
2 2
   
B0 = BStraight wire + BStraight wire + BArc fr
F
(Fneed)min = – Fr B
0 I 3 2
0I
= [sin 45 – sin 0] × 2 + × F/2 F 3 /2
4b 4a 2
F F 3 (i B  W )  F
= –
2 2
 0I  1  3 0 I  0I  2 3 
=   ×2+ =      30º
4b  2  8a 4  b 2a  = 0.6225 N

F
(Fneed)max = + Fr
2 +
 0i  
3.  
j–i F/2 fr
2a
=
F
2

1  3 
y = 0.88 N 30º .
J

(0,0,-a) x I z
x

 0i ˆ ˆ
Bnet =
2a

ji 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 199

B  0i1i2 30 0i1i2


 dF  2  tan d = n sec 30
–60
v/2 S – 60  2

7. v x  0I1I2  0 i1 i 2
 n 3  F n 3
3 2 4
v
2
2m
T=
qB   I2   L2  a 2 
V
10. F   0  ln 
 2   a
2


–k  , zero
T = 0.1
2

× ×
V 2m  2mK r
 . = = 0.1
2 qB qB

 (90  )
x dx
mv 2  
 . = 0.1 B
2 qB × × B
–3
 B = 4.7 × 10 T
 dF = idx . 2B cos . = idx . 2
2 0 i
8. 0 i x  0 i2 x
3 a . = 2 .dx
2r 2
a x 2   a2  x 2 
 
 
 0I1I2
9. ln (3) along – ve z direction
4
  2  a2
tan  = y/a dF = i2 dy B sin 
 0 i2 x  0 i2 t dl

y = a tan dF  i 2 dy
 0 i1
sin 
=
 
0
a2  x 2
.dx =
 
a
t2
2a sec 
dy = a sec2d
a2 + x2 = t2
 0 i2  2  a2 
 
 i i sin  cos 
Now dF  0 1 2 .a sec2 d 2x dx = 2t dt = 2 n  2 
2a  a 
 
y II case zero B | | 

i2  0 I0 3b
30° a 11.
2 ( a 2  b 2 )
60° x
i1
z d  a2  b2
Bvertical = (BR – BT) cos 

 0I0   2   2  
dy dF = 2d cos  sin t  3  – sin t – 3 
    
y

a

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
200 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

S  B2
R b T B1

 
a B1'
= 2R +  B'2
d
  0IR (2R–b)
BR 
2d
In y-axis
 0IT
 BT 
2d
 0 j R 2  0 j a 2
( i), B 2 
B1 = 2( 2R )
 0I0  2 2 2 b 2  ( 2R )2
 cos sin t cos  cos t sin –
2d  3 3
at angle  from y-axis.

2 2  So Bresultent = B12  B 22  2B1B 2 cos( 90  )


– sin t cos  cos t sin 
3 3 

 0I0  2   0 j R2 a4 R  a2
 cos 2 cos t sin  = 2   2  sin 
4 2 2
2d  3  b  4R  2  b 2  4R 2

 0 I0  3
BVertical  cos   2 cos  t  0 j R2 a4 a 2R 2R
2 d 2 = 2   .
  2
4 b  4R 2 2 2
b  4R b  4R 2
2

 I 1 b 3 
=   0 j R 2 (b 2  4R 2 )  4a 2  8a 2R 2
00  .
2  cos t =
 a 2  b2 a2  b 2  2 b 2  4R 2

 0I0b 3
(B vertical ) amp  0 j R2b2  4(R4  a4 )  8a2R2
2(a 2  b 2 ) =
2 b2  4R2


B  B1(  î )  B 2 sin ( î )  B 2 cos ( ĵ )
 0 J  a2 R
12. (a) B =  – 
2  2R – b 2  ,  
2R b
  B1  B2  î  B2 ĵ
 2 2
b  (2R)  b  (2R)2
2

1 a2 
(b) Bx =  0 JR 4 – 2

2
 4R  b 
 0 j   a 2R R  j a 2b
=  2   î  0 ĵ
  b  4R 2 4  2 b  4R 2
2
 0 J  a 2b 
By = –  
2  4R2  b 2  in x direction

J 2 2
  0JR 0Ja 
B  B1 'B 2 ' ( ĵ ) =  2(2R)  2(2R  b)  ĵ
 
b
0 J R a2 
    ĵ
2  2 2R  b 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 201

v1  1r  1   Net field = 2(BD  B B )cos 45 ĵ = [ 4B cos 45] ĵ


13.  v  r   f 
 2
4 0i I
from previous question  ĵ  0 ĵ
2 2( 2a) a

kq2
 m  2r .... (1) a a
r2 D A
×
(BD+BB)
kq2 (BC+BA)
 q1rB  m 12r ....(2)
2 2a
r

Now equation (2) – (1)


C ×
mr ( 12  2 )   q1rB B

 mr (2)2 ( f12  f 2 )  q2f1rB


y
F3
 f1  f so f1 + f  2f1 ×A
F2
qB F1
so m2 (2f1) (f) = ± q f1 B f = ± (ii)
4m x
×B
e
kq 2   0i 2  0i 2
r2 F1  F F2  F
2( 2a) 2( 2a)
r fB= qvB
14. B
 0i 2 F
F3  
2( 2 2a ) 2

kq2 mv 2
(A)  .... (1)
2 r
r
F/2
kq2 mv12 F+ F/2 
Now  qv1B  ....(2) 3F/2 F/2
r2 r

 r = constant so v will increases F


so  will increases
1
(B) decreases tan =
3

16. (a) 20 min. (b) 5.94 × 10–2 Nm


 0  4I 
15. (i)   along Y -axis, N=6
4  a 
I = 2A
B = 70 mT
 0  I2  4  1
(ii) 4   2a  10 , tan     with positive  
  3   MB

axis = MB
 = NiAB
(i) | B A || BB || B C ' || BD | B
time = 20 min

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
202 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

17. (A)
0i
BAB = [sin  + sin ]
4  x  ( a / 2 )2
2

 0i 2(a / 2)
• = .
2 2 2  2
4 x  ( a / 2) a 2 a
   x    
2   2  
B A
i
 0i
=
B ( 4 x 2  a 2 )( 2a 2  4 x 2 )
BA
 x 2  (a / 2)2
only vertical component remain and add.
x
So Bresultant = BAB vertical = 4BAB sin 
i
AB 4 0ia a/2
a/2 
=
 ( 4 x 2  a 2 )( 2a 2  x 2 4) x 2  (a / 2 ) 2

 0ia 2
=
  ( 4 x  a )(2a 2  4 x 2 )1/ 2
2 2

4 0 ia 2 2 2 0i
(B) x = 0, B = 
2 2 1/ 2 a
a
2 a ( 2a )
x2   
 2

B A (C) Neglecting a w.r.t. x in part a


a/2 a/2

4 0ia 2 0ia2
B= B=
2
( 4 x )( 2x ) 2 x3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 203

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main


1. D 4. A
Magnetic force F = qvB ...(i) The force per unit length between the two
Centripetal force
wires is
mv 2
F ...(ii)
r F  2I2  I2
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have  o.  o
l 4 d 2d
mv 2
 qvB The force will be attractive as current
r
directions in both are same.
mv
or r
qB
The time taken by the particle to complete 5. D
one revolution, x x x x xv x Full scale deflection current
x x x x x x
2r 150
T x x x x x x  mA  15mA
v x x
10
x x x x x x Full scale deflection voltage
2mv 2m
  x x x x x x
vqB qB 150
x x x x x x  mV  75mV
2
2. C Galvanometer resistance,
Magnetic needle is placed in non-uniform
magnetic field. It experiences force and torque 75 mV
G   5
both due to unequal forces acting on poles. 15 mA

Required full scale deflection voltage,


3. C
BP V = 1 x 150 = 150 volt
B
Ig R G
I1=3A V
Let resistance to be connected in series is
BQ
R.
I 2=4A V = Ig(R+G)

Q  150  15 x 103 (R  5)
o I2 4 x 107 x 4 or 104 = R +5
BP  
2R 2 x 0.02  or R = 10000 - 5 = 9995
5 2
 4 x 10 Wb / m
 oI1 6. B
BQ   
2R
Let E and B be along X-axis. When a -charged
4 x 10 7 x 3 particle is released from rest, it will experience

2 x 0.02  an electric force along the direction of electric
field or opposite to the direction of electric field
 3 x 105 Wb / m2
depending on the nature of charge. Due to this
B  B2P  B2Q  (4 x 105 )2  (3 x 10 5 )2 force, it acquires some velocity along X-axis.
Due to this motion of charge, magnetic force
 5 x 105 Wb / m2 cannot have non-zero value because angle
 
between v and B would be either 00 or 1800.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
204 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Y
So, only electric force For r >a
is acting on particle
and hence, it will move oI
B B x 2r  oI  B
X 2r
along a straight line. E
r
Z
7. B  I
At r = 2a, B2  o
Ferromagnetic substances have strong 4a
tendency to get magnetised (induced
magnetic moment) in the same direction as B1
that of applied magnetic field, so magnet  B 1 a
2
attracts N1 strongly. Paramagnetic substances
get weakly magnetised (magnetic moment
induced is small) in the same direction as 12. B
that of applied magnetic field, so magnet
the magnetic field inductions at a point P, at
attracts N2 weakly. Diamagnetic substances
also get weakly magnetised when placed in a distance d from O in a direction
an external magnetic field but in opposite perpendicular to the plane of the wires due
direction and hence, N3 is weakly repelled by to currents through AOB and COD are
magnet. perpendicular to each other, is

8. A Hence, B = B12  B22


In case of motion of a charged particle
perpendicular to the motion, ie, displacement,
1/2
the work done   2I 2   2I 2  A
    o 1    o 2   d P

W  F . ds  4 d 
  4 d  
C D
O I2

 Fds cos  (as   900 ) I1
o
and by work-energy theorem, W = KE,  (I12  I22 ) B
2d
the kinetic energy and hence speed v remains

constant. But v changes so, momentum
changes. 13. C
W E
9. C  oI
Using Ampere's circuital law the magnetic field B
2R
at any point inside the pipe is zero.
10. A Direction is given by Right hand palm rule No. 1

As v of charged particle is remaining
constant, it means force acting on charged 2 x 10 7 x 100
B= T , southward
partical is zero. 4
 
       ExB = 5 x 10-6, southward
So, q(vx B)  qE  vx B  E  v 
B2
14. B
11. C
For diamagnatic material, 0<r < 1 and for
I
current density , J = any material r >1.
a2
From Ampere's circuital law
15. B
 B.dl   .Io enclosed
The forces on AD and BC are zero because
For r <a magnetic field due to a straight wire on AD
 oI r and BC is parallel to elementary length of the
B x 2r = o x j x r2 B x
a2 2 loop.
a  I
At r  , B1  o
2 4r

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 205

16. B Current through this wire,


Net magnetic field due to loop ABCD at O is d
dI  I,
B = BAB+BBC+BCD+BOA 
B  Magnetic field at centre due to this
 I   I  a A
 0  o   0 o  portion,
I1
4a 6 b 6 300 I
O  o 2dI
dB  .
b
D 4 R
o I  I  oI C dB
  o  (b  a)
24a 24b 24ab  I
 o2 d
2 R
dB
17. A Net magnetic field at the centre.
 /2
The magnetic field in between because of  oI
each will be in opposite direction B = 
 / 2
dB cos  
22R
 oi  oi
Bin between = ĵ  ( ĵ )  /2
2x 2(2d  x)  oI

 / 2
cos d 
2R
 oi  1 1 
=  ( ĵ )
2  x 2d  x 
20. C
at x = d, Bin between=0
Induced emf
For x < d, = Bin between = ( ĵ )
e = BHlv = 0.5 x 10-5 x 2 x 1.50
For x > d, = Bin between = ( ĵ )
= 0.15 10-3 V = 0.15 mV
Towards x, net magnetic field will add up and
direction will (ˆj )
21. D
Towards x', net magnetic field will add up
Let us consider the disc
and direction will be ( ĵ ) . to be made up of large
x
number of concentric
18. B elementary rings.
A moving conductor is equivalent to a dx
Consider one such ring of
battery of emf radius x and thicknes dx.
= v B  (motion emf) Charge on this elementary ring.
Equivalent circuit dq =  x 2xdx
I = I1 + I2 = 2xdx
applying Kirchoff’s law Current associated with this elementary ring.
I1R + IR - vB = 0 ……………(1) dq
dI   dr x f  xdx
I R + IR - vB = 0 ……………(2) dt
adding (1) & (2) Magnetic moment of this elementary ring.
2IR + IR = 2vB dM = dIx2 = x3dx

2VB  Magnetic moment of the entire disc,


I= R
3R
M  dM
VB 
I1  I2  0
3R R

  x3dx 1
19. D 
0

4
R 4
Consider the wire to be made up of large
number of thin wires of infinite length.
Consider such wire of thickness dl subtending
an angle d at centre.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
206 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

22. A
3  103  0.1
Taking an elemental ring of I= =3A
100
radius r and thickness dr,
R or
we obtain magnetic field at 25. A

the centre of the ring dr For equilibrium  = 0

 = MB sin  n̂
Q 
.2rdr If, sin = 0;  = 0
o  o dq o R 2
dB  di  .  .  
2r 2r T 2r 2 If angle between M and B is zero, then stable
 equilibrium
 
o Q If angle between M and B is , then unstable
 dr
2R 2 equilibrium
So, Net magnetic field at the centre of disk,
26. C
R  o Q R  o Q
B  dB  2R  dr 
0
2
0 2R Cross-sectional view
i2
(Both solenoids are i1
1
i.e., B  taken to be ideal in
R
nature.)
23. B Both wires will attract each other, but net
For charged particle in magnetic field, radius force on each wire will be zero.
Concept:
mv 2Km
r 
qB qB Two current carrying
elements attract each
1 2 m2v2
[as mv = p  K = mv   p2 / 2m other if direction
2 2m
of current is same.
p = 2Km ] F.B.D

m F1  0
 r 
q
F2  0
or md = 2mp and qd = qp :
m = 4mp 27. D
and q = 2qp

mp 2mp 4mp
 r p ; rd : r = : : L L
qp qp 2qp
 0i2
 1: 2 :1 i x
d 2d
 r  = rp < r d

24. A
 0i2
tan  =
B 2d
Coercivity   = 3 × 103 A/m .g.
0
.g. sin 
B = 0 (3 × 103) = 0 nI i2 =  . cos  (2) d [d = 2L sin]
0

gL
 100  i = 2 sin 
= 0   I 0 cos 
 0.1 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 207

28. C
104
= 15 + R
5
I I 2 × 103 = 15 + R
2R = 4a R = 1985 

a 2 a  32. D
= =
R 4 R 2 0 5
B1 =
2r
m = NI r2
a m = Ir2
R 2m = I r'2
a
0I
B2 =
2 2r
0i i
BA= B = 0 2 2
2R B a
  1 r2
= 2
2 r'
BA 0i a
= × r' = 2r
BB 2R 2 20i
B1 2
a  2 B2 = 1
= =   =
4 2R 4 2 2 8 2
33. C
mv = p
29. C p2
k=
For electromagnet & transformer hysteresis 2m
loss is less.
2mK m
r= r
qB q
30. B Masses Mp = 1.67 × 10–27 kg
I M = 6.68 × 10–27 kg
T = 2 Me = 9.1 × 10–31 kg
MB
Chagres qe = –1.6 × 10–19 C
qp = +1.6 × 10–19 C
7.5  10 6
= 2 qe = 6.4 × 10–19 C
6.7  10 2  0.01
mp
75  rp =
= 2 qp
67  100

2 75 4mp 2 mp
= × × 10 (for 10 oscillation) r = =
10 67 2qp 2qp
75  rp = r  > r e
= 2
67
75
6.28 × = 6.65
67

31. B
ig = 5mA, G = 15 

V = (G + R) ig
10 = (15 + R) 5 × 10–3

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
208 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.

2 i0NAB At maximum deflection, whole kinetic energy


1. (a) k = N AB, (b) C = , (rotational) will be converted into potential

energy of spring.
NAB 1 2 1 2
(c) Q × Hence, I  kmax
2 l i0 2 2
Substituting the values, we get
(a)  = MB = ki
BNA
 k  MB  
NiA  max = q
B  NBA 2I
i i

(b)  = k ·  = BiNA 3. A,C


M.F. due to wire on arc is parallel to wire
2BiNA
k  (as  = /2)  force on arc is zero due to wire

(c)  = BiNA B
F
t t
or  dt  BNA  i dt
0 0

i = BNAQ ×
F B
BNAQ
or  ...(i)
I
4. A  P ; B  P,Q,S ; C  Q,S; D  Q,R
1 1
Hence, I2  k2max
2 2 5. A
From x = a to x = 2a
BNA    z
max Q F  q( v  B )  qv 0B 0 k̂
2I
so
from x = 2a to x = 3 a a 2a 3a x
2BiNA BNA 
2. (a) k = BNA (b) k = (c) Q F  qv 0B 0 k̂
 2I

(a)  = MB = ki
6. (A) Q, R; (B) P; (C) Q, R; (D) Q
MB (NiA)B or (A) Q, R; (B) P; (C) Q, R; (D) Q, S
 k   NBA
i i
(b)  = k .  = BiNA ×
(A) B=0 (B)
2BiNA
 k (as q = /2)

(c)  = BiNA

t t P
or  dt  BNA 
0 0
i dt
(C)
×
(D)
I = BNAQ

BNAQ Due to inner loop magnetic field due to


or  ...(i)
I outer loop magnetic field. ×

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 209

7. A  Q ; B  R,S ; C  S; D  P, Q, R For r
E = 0 [due to symmetry]
8. C
V + < – V –  V+ + V – < 0
 = I+A1 – I1A2  I[A1 – A2]  0
9. A,C,D
In region II, the particle follows a circular B0
path of radius  I+ = I– but radius of loop are different.

mv For s
r – + –
qB E=0 P Q
V+ + V –  0 m
Therefore, the particle can enter region III if
– + –
r > . B0  B+  B–

qB  0 – –2+


i.e. if v  .
m For t E0
In region II, the maximum path length is  E+ & E– both are towards right of PQ
r = , V = 0  [+ & – charges are
qB symmetrically placed about M]
which gives v  .
m  and B = 0  I+ = – I–  I+ + I– = 0
The time period of the circular motion is

2r 2 mv 2m
T    12. A
v v qB qB
The particle will return to region I if the time As B  TC  By given graph B2 > B1 TC1  TC2

T m for smaller T C R  0 first. So A option


spent by it in region II is  , which is correct.
2 qB
independent of the velocity.
13. B
10. 7
Tc
11. A  P, R, S, B  R, S, 100k
C  P, Q, T, D  R, S 75k

For P
 Symmetrically charges placed so B
7.5T
E=0
 V+ = V –  V+ + V– = 0
Inet = 0  B = 0 and  = 0 So B option is correct.

For q 14. C
2T sin d = i. 2R d
E1 E2
E3  = 2R
– + – + – +
 T
3 2 1 1 2 3 R= T
2

E1 + E3 – E2 > 0  E  0 IB 
T=
V + = – V –  V+ + V – = 0 2
Inet = 0  B = 0,  = 0

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
210 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

15. B,D (ii) if Q = 0 no effect due to B. but due to E


Both e & p have e–  there is a force along E which Accelerates if
same change along +y direction so speed will increase in
(Magnitude) +y direction
P
Tm 19. 5

me > mp B = B1( 2a dimeter) – B2(a diameter)

So both will come out parallely but different


(J  a2 ) (J  a2 / 4) 5
time. – = .aJ = N = 5
2a 3a 12
2 
2
16. C
Correct answer is (c), because induced
20. B
electgric field lines (produced by change in
magnetic field) and magnetic field lines form
 a2 
closed loops. A = a2 +  4 4  2 
 
Induced Electric field & Magnetic field is in
closed loop. A = a2 + a2/2 = a2 (1+ /2)

M = iA = Ia2(1 + /2) k̂
17. A
If we take a small strip of dr at distance r
from centre, then number of turns in this 21. D
X
strip would be, X X
 B.dl   i
0 in
X
r
X
 N 
dN    dr X X
b  a  2 R 2  XR
B . 2r = 0 × J  r – 4  ;
 
Magnetic field due to this element at the
centre of the coil will be
0 J  2 R 2 
0 (dN)I  NI dr B = 2r  r – 4 
 0  
dB =
2r (b0a) r
As r = R/2 ; there fore B = 0
r b 0NI b
 B  dB  In
ra 2(b  a)  a  22. D

 Correct answer is (a). S N

20cm S

18. C,D S N

(i) The path of the particle will be helical


with increasing pitch in x-z plane . M0  M M 
B  B1  B2  B2   3   B
4  (r) (r)2 
Y
E0
 1 .2  1 
 10 7  3 
 3.6  10 5
 (0.1) 
B0
–4
 2.2  10 4  3.6  10 5 = 2.56 × 10

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 211

23. A,C 26. B


 = MB sin 
1 y 2 3 i + 2j
tan = ,  = 30º × × × ×
3 ×
×
×
×
×
×
×
× 2 oi
× × × × = ia2× sin 300
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
x
2d
2M q,m
–3
Also T = 12 × 10 = L
qB  oi2 a2 1  oi2 a2
=  
d 2 2d
2M 500M
B = q  12  10–3  3q
27. 3
Same direction:
24. AD
Bsolenoid = 0 nI  1 1 
 0i   
Bcylinder = zero (inside) B1 = x x  x1 
2  1 0

2R
 0i (x 0  2x1 )
R = 2x (x  x )
1 0 1

Mv 2 MV
 0I qVB = r=
= (outside) r qB
2r
Opp. direction :

25. C 0i  1  1 
B2 =  
2  x1 x0  x1 
 0ia 2  oi
 cos

2a h 2

2 3/2
2  a2  h2
0i  x0 
= 
x (x  x )

2  1 0 1 
0i
 cos
2 a2  h2 r1 B2 x0 (x0  x1 )x1
Thus r = B = x (x  x ) × (x  2x )
2 1 1 0 1 0 1
a 2

a 2
 h2 3/2

 a2  h2  r1 x0 3x1
r2 = (x 0  2x1 ) = (3x1  2x1 ) = 3
a 2 a2 4

a 2
h 
2 1/ 2  
a 2
 h2   2
28. C
2 2 2
a = 0.4a + 0.4h
B
0.6a2 = 0.4h2 Coercivity   = 3 × 103 A/m
0

3 2 B = 0 (3 × 103) = 0 nI
h2 = a
2
h = 1.2 a  100 
= 0   I
 0.1 

3  103  0.1
I= =3A
100

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
212 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

29. A,B,C 33. B


If magnetic field is uniform, then we can a
 H cos 30° = a  H =
define L (length vector) for whole of the wire. cos 30

0i
B= [sin 30° – sin 60°]
4H cos 30


L 30°

L = 2 (L + R)
60°
  
Net force on wire will be F = i (L  B) 60° 60° 90°
90°
     a
if L  B , then F =i| L | | B | = 2i (L + R) B
H c 30° 30°
  os
 30
if L || B , then F = 0 °

0i  12  1  3  0i
30. A,D B= 
4  a  2

2   B = 4a 6 1  3  
E V
qE = q Vd B  Vd = =
B wB
34. A,B,D
I = neA Vd

Now, I1 = I2  A1 v d1 = A2 vd2 Z
l
V1 V2 C 0,0, 3R 
 w 1 d 2 w B = w 2 d 2 w B  d 1 V1 = d 2 V2
1 2
Y
d1 = 2d2  V2 = 2V1
d 1 = d 2  V1 = V 2
w2 w1
31. A,C x=–R O x=R
I1 = I2

n1 e A1 v d1 = n2 eA2 vd2 –Y

 n1 v d1 = n2 vd2 
(A) At origin, B  0 due to two wires if I1 =
 
V1 V2
n1 w B = n2 w B
 
I2, hence Bnet at origin is equal to B due to
1 1 2 2 ring, which is non-zero.

If B1 = B2 then n1V1 = n2 V2 (B) If I1 > 0 and I2 < 0, B at origin due to

wires will be along + k̂ direction and B due
32. A,C 
to ring is along – k̂ direction adn hence B
V = Ig (Rg + S)
can be zero at origin.
if Rg and S is large V  
(C) If I1 < 0 and I2 > 0, B at origin due to
 Rg  wires is alogn – k̂ and also along – k̂ due to
I  Ig  1  
 s  
ring, hence B cannot be zero
if s  Rg 
Then I 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Magnetism | 213

(D) 36. 5.55


n = 50 turns A = 2 × 10–4 m2
Z B1 B = 0.02 T K = 10–4
BX  = 0.2 rad Rg = 50 
IA = 1.0 A
B2
BINA = C
0.02 × Ig × 50 × 2 × 10–4 = 10–4 × 0.2
X  Ig = 0.1 A
I2 I1
For galvanometer, resistance is to be
 connected to ammeter in shunt.
At centre of ring, B due to wires is along
x-axis,
Hence z-component is only because of ring Ig=0.1 Rg =50
 i
which B = 0
2R  k̂
35. 2.00 I–Ig S
(1) Average speed along x-axis

Total distances 2r1  2r2


= t t Ig × Rg = (I – Ig) S
Total Time 1 2
0.1 × 50 = (1 – 0.1) S

50
r1 S= = 5.55
9
d2
d1 r2

(2) We have,
mv mv
r1 = qB , r2 = qB
1 2

B2
As B1 =
4
 r1 = 4r2
m
Time in B1  qB = t1
1

m
Time in B2  qB = t2
2

Total distance along x-axis, d1 + d2 = 2r1 +


2r2 = 2 (r1 + r2) = 2 (5r2)
Total time T = t1 + t2 = 5t2
10r2 mv qB2
 Average speed = 5t = 2 qB × =2
2 2 m

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
214 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main


1. A 6. C S

 = BA cos In this situation field lines


through loop decreases so N
1 induced lines are in upward
10-13 = B(0.02)  
2 direction so a < g.
S
N

B = 10-1 T = 0.1 T.
N
Field lines through loop
S
2. A increases so induced lines are
in downward direction so S
 = NBA
a < g.
= 500×5×10-3×2×10-3 N

= 50×102×10-6
= 5×10-3 Wb. 7. B
The loop is rotated in clockwise direction so
current flows in AC direction so the forces
3. C
on the poles are as shown and hence magnet
 = B. (R0 + t)2 rotate clockwise.

d
E= = 2B (R0 + t)
dt
× B . B

S N
4. D

d
× F . F
   12t  5
dt
at t = 0.25 sec.
8. C
   12 10.25  5  2 The surface is conducting hence its
equipotential.
 2 B
i   0.2A
R 10 A
2v
r 2r v

5. B P Q

We know that vA – vP = 2vB × 2r = 4vBr ....(i)


vQ – vB = v 4r B
 0i
= .r 2 vP = vQ
2R
vA – vB = 4 r vB + 4r vB = 8vBr
 er2
= 0 . .t
4R 9. B

d 0er2   
E
dt

4R
. 
  vB ·l 
the end Y of the rod become postively
charged.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electromagnetic Induction | 215

10. B
 l  l  d
dl vector is same in both the cases. 1 = v0d B0  1   , 2 = v0d. B0  1 
 a  a 

11. D v0 B0d v0 B0 d2
2 – 1 = 
There is no change in flux so induced emf is a a
zero.

16. C
12. A

C
Vy l2 Vx
F
E A B
l1

VB – VA = Vy l1 B , VB – VC = Vx l2 B
will attract towards ‘P’.

17. A
13. C
q = CV B

A C B
q = C × V0 Bl = constant A
L C B

14. B  VA – V C = V B – VC

VA – VB = 0
X d
dx a 0i
B=
2x 18. C

a d 10cm
0i
 d   2x
.b.dx  dE  
7cm
B x dx
d

10cm
0ib  d  a 2  10  x2 
= n   VA – VB =   = 0.051
2  a  2  2  7cm

d 0bi d  a
 ln  
dt 2  a  19. B
The direction of induced current is such that
it opposes the effect of change in magnetic
15. A field.

20. B
The direction of induced current is such that
it opposes the effect of change in magnetic
d field.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
216 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

21. C 26. B
 = BA
2   M
di,
 4
 0  5 = 2 ×104 V.     d AdB
dt 103  v  B . e = CA (Straight line)
  dt dt
Ein  as r > R
22. B 4
change in current is   2A
L × N2 2
2
108  600  27. D

L '  500  q = CV = CV Bl = constant

25 28. C
L '  100  = 75 mH
36 inductance work on eddycurrent.

29. C
23. A
10
i = i0 sint Initially L is open imin = = 1A
10
finally L is short.
1000
B = m0ni = 4×10-7   (1) sin t 10
102 imax. = = 2A
5
= 4× 10-2 sint imax – imin = 2 – 1 = 1A
-2 -4
 = NBA = 50×4×10 sint×10
30. A
= 2×10-4 sint
di
d e = –L
  22  102  2  104  dt
dt
di
f = 50 Hz. = slope
dt
12
150º

24. A tan 150º = –1/ 3

v2 2 tan 120º = 3
Heat = t  dt
R R
four graph 1 emf. is greater.
d
= = (aT –2at)
dt 31. A

T
 aT  2at 
2
a2 T 3 1 R
Heat = dt  , (Frequency)

0
R 3R RC L

32. A
25. C

 2AB + iR – + –
Ldi/dt
q= 
R R
E

Ldi
= E – iR (straight line with -ve slope)
dt

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electromagnetic Induction | 217

33. C 37. D
at t = 0 the circuit will be open
1 2 dE 1 di
E= Li  .2.Li i= 0
2 dt 2 dt 
Ldi
 U = 0 But 0
di dt
= Li
dt P= 0
= 2 × 2 × 4 = 16 J/sec. So emf. induce in conductor.

38. C
34. A
A rapid flux change in L

L= , iL = N , iL = NBA
i 39. A
diB
NBA EA = m.
 i= dt
L
4 i
=2×
10 10
35. B
i = 2 ampere
R 2L
R / L  
i  i0 e t  i0e L R
40. A

i0 1
 i0e2   0.136i0  13.6% C
e2  0 0

36. A 41. A
    
 FE  qE, FB  qV  B

BW FE  4.8  1017 N


FD  3.2  1018 N
O W 3W 4W S
42. D
l
d f ,
dt 2 Lc
B C C
4W
but     377 m.
3W
S f 1 1
W
 B 2 LC

43. A
V = fC
F

44. B
v 2B 2
F=
R
S c 3 108
W 3W 4W C = V,     1.5 102 m
v 2 1010

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
218 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct


1. A 7. D
A B

45º

vt

e.m.f = v. B. 2vt = 2 B v2t


If i increases then lines crossing A increase
so induced emf in B is in such a direction
that it will oppose this increasing procedure it
so in B, direction of current is opposite and
8. A
hence repulsion occurs.
electrons will move becuase of internal
2. D electric field.
i2 is constant.
eE F  F2 F1  F2 . mL
graph of i1 against time should be straight  1 E
mL M Me
line.

3. C 9. A
The circuit is a Wheat stone bridge. On vBa

solving Req. = 3  ×
ar
ar
vBa

v  2  .1 1mA
vBa ar
= 10–3 VB
4 ar
vBa

v = 2 cm /sec.
4vBa vB
i 
4. B 4ra r

q
R
10. C
R
5. C   
During t = 0 to t = t1 E = v  B .  , iind
 
B is linear function of time
   ilB
d F  i(  B)
 = = –ve (const.)
dt
mg
as v  Eind  i  F 
d
During t = t1 to t2 = 0 (B is constant)
dt
During t = t2 to t1 B is linear function of time 11. A
with –ve slope At any time
N
d  = BA cos t
 = – = +ve (const.)
dt
d W
E=– = BA sin t
dt
6. A
S

B is inside. i=
E
R
So induce current decrease its producing
effect

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electromagnetic Induction | 219

So current will flow from P  Q 17. A


Check all the options
B
12. B Bil 18. D

Bil = mg sin  × Self inductance  n2Lr2

Length of wire = 2rn1

13. D 4  kn12 r2


dx v
d = v B dx,
x n1 r L
n2  2r   2n1 
v0i
A B 2 2 2
d = . dx 
2x r

19. C
r l
v  0i Self inductance for a solenoid is given as
 d  r
2 x
dx

0N2 r 2
L=
v0i  r  l  l
vA – vB = ln  
2  r  Where N is numbers of turns

100
N1 =
14. C 2r

d
 E.dl 
2
e=  100 
dt 0  R 2
 2r 
L1 = =L
l
(Br2 ) dB
E.2R =  d , E.2R = R2
dt dt 2 2
 100   R 
0    
R dB L2 =  2r   2 
E= × × l
2 dt × × R ××
×
F = qE × × L1
× ××
× ×
L2 = 1 L2 = L
e R dB
a= (leftwards) P
2 m dt
20. B
15. C Let a currect i flow in coil of radius R.

Bl2 0i 2
E= Magentic field at the center of coil = r
2 2R

1 0i 
 = leffective B (L2 + 2) or Mi = . r 2 , M = 0 r 2
  2R 2R
2

16. D 21. D
inertia
 /2 2BA
t=  Ave.m.f 
 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
220 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

22. A
0
Let I = current in one loop. Then magnetic then, magnetic field B  I
b
flux at the centre of the other co-axial loop
at a distance  from the centre of the first Flux associated with unit length of tape is
loop is
 0I
 h
 0 2I.a 2 b
loop is B  ...(1)
4 (a 2   2 )3/ 2 Then, corresponding value of inductance is

where Pm = I. a2 0h


= magnetic moment of loop. b
The flux through the other loop is
12 = Ba2
25. D
2
 0 2a I  M = L1L 2 = 2  8 = 4 mH.
 a 2
4 (a 2  2 )3/ 2

0 22a 4 26. C
12
or  . 2 2 3/ 2 LRes = L1 + L2 – 2M = 0.02H
I 4 2(a   )

0a 4 27. B
 x
2(a 2  2 )3/ 2 vBl = 1 × .1 × .1
= 10–2 volt
 12 = M12 I v 10
–2

2
x x x  10
12 1  0 a 4   0 O O O
 M12 =  2 3 1
I 2 3
 3x + 2x + 6x – 6 × 10–2 = 0
 a << l.
11x = 6 × 10–2

23. C 6  10 2
x=
11
NI
B  r0
2r 6  10 2
 10 2
Total flux associated with N turns and length i = 11
1
a+b
 r  0 IN 2 dr
a is  = .Ia 
2 r 5  10 2 1
a =  amp.
11 220

r0 N 2  a
= .aI log e 1+ 
2  b 28. D L

 Inductance is given by Ldi


V
dt
r0 N2a  a
L= log e 1+  Ldi = v. dt
2  b
Li = vt
4× 5=2×t
24. B
t = 10 sec.
magnetic induction inside the planes of tape
is = 0I, I is current through tape line.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electromagnetic Induction | 221

29. C 33. A
– + 5mH The work done in pulling out loop equal
I
A – + 15V – + B to heat generated in t = 2 sec in following

Ldi circuit.
VB – V A = + 15 + IR
dt
1 E
VB – VA = 15 Volt E = vb  = `  i=
8 R

H = i2 RT = 3.125 × 10–3 J
30. B

V Rt /L 34. A
e
R
2V  M L 1L 2

For M maximum
V
O
2V(V/R) R V
M= L 1L 2

O
R 3V 3V 35. B

t =0 t= L
8

Charging =  1 =
2R

L
discharging =  2 =
2V 2V 3R

15V
36. C
+ – + – 4V
+ –
A –+ I B Ldi q +
4–2–  0, 2V
di dt c –
VA – VB = IR – 15 + L + Ldi/dt q/C
dt – + –
q
VA – VB = – 15 2–4– = 0
c
VB – VA = 15 q = 6 C
31. A
1  
2 37. A
L
2  R  radio wave, x-ray, visible ray

32. B
P = vi 38. B

 
400
t  E=E0 Cos (kz–t)
2t
 vi0 1  e 200
  vi0 1  e 
  v = /k
E = 140cos(Kz–6×108t)
P1 vi0 1  e   e  1 e
2 2 2

  E0 = 40 i
P2 vi0 i  e 
4
 e  1
4

=6×108 ;
 2
e
2
 1 e2
 2
e2
e  1 e  1 e  1
2
 6  108
K   2m1
v 3  108

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
222 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.


1. B,D 3. B,C

i1 i2

S N
P Q

(A) i2 = 0 and P moves towards right.


Induced current Q is in opposite direction N S
of i1
(B) i1 = 0 and Q moves towards left.
Induced current in P is opposite to i2

(C) I1  0 , I2  0 and in same direction


4. A,B,C

dB
N N S Attraction
E= A
S dt

(D) I1  0 , I2  0 1 0.5 
x
and in opposite direction

1 1
1
N S N

1volt 0.5volt

o
1 0.5 
2. A,C,D
Both are individual loop
x  1 x  0 x  0 .5 1
  0 x
× × × × × 3 1 2 22
× × × × ×

× × × × × 5. A,B

× × × × ×
×
B

So current induced in clockwise direction (by


iB cos  = mgsin
Lenz law)

6. A,B,C,D
 
 & B are parallel.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electromagnetic Induction | 223

7. B,D 9. A,D

imax1 = imax2 Initially inductor acts as an open circuit.


at ( t = 0) i.e. VL max., i = 0
R1 = R2 and 2 > 1  L2 > L1
 VR = 0
and at t =  inductor behaves as a short
8. B,D
circuit.

C L  VL = 0 imax.  VR max
R R

10. A,C,D

E E Ldi
Power = i  L1i1 = L2i2
dt
at t = 0 C acts as an open ckt
V2 1 W
 Q = CE    2= 4
V1 4 W1
at t = 0 L acts as short circuit.

E i1 1
 i=  
R i2 4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
224 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.


1. 200 rad/sec Now, E.M.F. = V. Bv. 
  = 10 × 10–2 × 4 × 10–4 × 0.25
   E.d l
= 10 v
0.8 t = E × 2(2)
E = 0.2 t
4B 2 vd
F = qE = 0.4 t 8.
 = I  . = (0.4t) × 2 

d
 4t
dt ×B
v
10
  4t dt = 200 rad/sec
0
 = vB × 2R = vBd

d / 2  r
M1L2I2T 2  r
L  
  dvB  
2. RCV M1L2I2T 3  I2T4M1L2  M1L2I1T 3 
     

= I-1  d  2 vB
dvB = i    i = 
 2 
r dB e E. er Frequired = idB + idB
3 E.F. =  a= a k
2 dt m 2m
directed along tangent to the circle of radius 2 ( 2vB 2 ) d
Frequired =
r whose center lies on the axis of cylinder. 

4. 5.0 V
 = B A = B.  r mgR
9. Vterminal = ;
B 2l 2
d dr
= B.  . 2r = 5.0v (a) ilB = T = mg  ilB = mg
dt dt
VB2l2 mgR
  mg  v  2 2
R Bl
1
5. A
3
g
1 B r 2 B r 2 1 10.
i  i= = Amp. 2
2 R 2R 3
(b) mg-T = ma

6. 3 V, clockwise VB2l2 mg g


T=  ma = a=
2R 2 2
AdB
E = (Clockwise)=3V
dt
mgR
7. 10 V 11.
B 2l 2

  4  Bv v  2 B2
tan  tan1     4 mg = i  B =
  3   3  10 R

 Bv = 4 × 10–4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electromagnetic Induction | 225

 0 himN b EL
12. ln dx 16.
2 a
x eR 2

b b Rt q  Rt
 0iN    
  i = i0 1  e  
L
T = d = 2x .dx. h  dq  i0 1  e L  . dt
  
a a
  0 0  

q = EL/eR2
N0 i h b N 0 h b
T = n = (im sint)n
2 a 2 a 17. kMT2/R

d N 0 h b di1
=  (im sint)n E2 = M
dt 2 a dt
E2 = M. 2 Kt

0 ab M.2Kt
13. = ILln i2 =
2 a R

Based on Mutual Inductance. q T


M.2k KM T2
 i  dq   R
. t . dt =
R
d  B( dA )  0 dx 0 0

2x

ab
18. 42 + 20t volt
 i .dx i
d = 0  di
2 x E-iR - L 0
a dt
dx E = (3+5t) 4 + 6 (5) = 42 + 20t
 0 i  a  b  a
= n
2  a  x
 0a  b
19. M ln 1  
2  c
14. 2N
Bvl c b
vB 0i1
i=
4  d   c
2x
.a dx

 F=iB
c b
b
0i1a dx
vB22 2  22  12
 F= = F=2N  = 2  x i1 c B
4 4 c
a
0i1a c  b
2 = ln   x
e 2  c 
15.
e2 – 1
0i1a  b
R = ln  1  
  t  2  c
i = i0 1  e 
L
5H
 
at t = 1 0i1a  b
10   = Mi1 = ln  1  
15V 2  c
15 3
i0 = imax. = 
10 2  0a  b
M= ln 1  
2  c
 1  i1 e2  1
i1 = i0 1  2   i0

e2
 e 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
226 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

20. 6.00 mWb


l20 m
di or R = . ,  V = A.l0 =
|E1| = |–M dt2 | Al0 0

25  103 5 l 20
 M= = mH R  . (where 0 = density of wire)
15 3 V

5 l02
2 = Mi1 = × 3.6 × 10–3  .
3 m / 0
2 = 6 mwb
Rm
 l02  ...(1)
21. 0.10 km 0
Magnetic induction at centre of solenoid is

 0 NI  0 l02
 L ...(2)
B= 4 .l
l0
l0 is length of coil and l is length of solenoid
Then flux linked with whole solenoid is

 0 N 2 r 2 I  0 Rm  0  mR 
 L   
 = NBA = ...(1) 4 l 0 4   l0 
l0
Also  = LI ...(2)

 0 N 2 r 2 r0
L 23. In 

lo 2
Let a and b be the inner and outer radii of
2 2 2 2 2
N .4 .r N .4 .r b
or L  0  0. cylinder so that  
4lo 4l o a
Using Ampere’s circuital law
(N.2r) 2 B . 2r = 0rI
 0 .
4l o
0 r I
Now N. 2r = l = length of wire used in so-  B
2r
lenoid
then, flux linked per unit length is given by
 .l2
 L= 0 r b
  0 r I   0 r I b
4l0    .1 dr  log
r a 2 r  2 a
4 l0 L As  = LI
then l
0  coefficient of self induction is given
by
then l = 0.10 km.
 r 0 b 
L log  r 0 log 
2 a 2
0 mR
22. 
4 0
The resistance of the windings is

l0
R = . ,  is specific resistance.
A

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electromagnetic Induction | 227

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.

B 0 av dB
1. i = in anticlockwise direction,   = –ve
e
R dt
v = velocity at time t so net = 20 + 1.74 = 21.74 volts
B0l
v. .a
a 5. anticlockwise

6. (i) 85.22 Tm2, (ii) 56.8 V; (iii) linearly


vBoa
(a) i  A = v2t2
R
 = B.A. = Bv2t2

d
= 2BV2t
B (l  a)
v. 0 .a dt
a
(i)  = 0.35 × (5.2)2 × 32 vt
2. 2 2
Fnett = B a V/R
0
= 85.2 weber 45°
(b) iaB1 - iaB2 45° vt
d
2
vBo a Bo (l  a) vBo a Bol B a v2 2 2 (ii)  = = 2BV2t
 .  .  0 dt
R a R a R
= 2 × 0.35 × (5.2)2 × 3 = 56
(iii)  t so linearly increase with time
 B 20 a2 t 
mgR  mR 
3. V = B 2 a2 1 – e 
0   I(R  2x) 2I2 m(R  2x)
7. , + BId
Bd B 2 d2
mdv B2a2v
F= = mg – 0 BVd
dt R
 = BVd  i= = constant.
R  2x
dv dt

B20a2v m
mg  F
R
R idB
By integration V
v t x
dv 1
  dt
v0 B20a2v m 0 F – i dB = ma .......(2)
mg 
R eq. (1) BdV = i (2x + R)

 B2a2v  x t
 mg   2 2 dx
 n R   tB0a  Bd  = i dt

( 2 x  R )
 mg  mR 0 0
 
 
Bd  2 x  R 
 n   =it ..........(3)
4. 21.74 V 2  R 
1
(i)  = B. [Area of square]
2 R  2i t  
1.74 V  x=
2
e Bd 1 .........(4)
1  
= (0.042 – 0.87 t) 4
2
= 2(0.042 – 0.87 × 2) 2it
20 V dx R  2i Bd 
d v   e  .........(5)
= – 2 × 0.87 = – 1.74 volt dt 2  Bd 
dt

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
228 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

2it
dv R i  2i Bd  0
a   e  11. In 
dt Bd  Bd 

a = radius of each wire
2Ri 2 
2 it d = distance between wires
a  2 2 e Bd ........(6) For r > a,
B d

(2) and (6)  0 2I


B'  .
4 r
2mRI2 For double line cable with current flowing in
F = iBd + e2ti/Bd or
B2 d2 opposite directions,

 0I
2mRi2  2x  B = 2B’
F = i Bd +  1 r
B2d2  R 
 Flux linked with unit length of double
line is
Ri  2x 
from (5) and (4) V=  1
Bd  R  d a
0I  I d 
  dr  0 In   1 
a r r  a 

1 2 d
8. (a) E = Br But  (given)
2
a

0I
 In (-l)
Br 2 |1 – e–Rt /L | 
9. (i) I = , (ii) 
2R
0I
 In  ( >> l)
mgr B 2r 4 
= cost + (1 – e–Rt/L)
2 4R  = L I.
Inductance per unit length of double line is
10. 67/32 A 0
 In 
100 
i1 = [1 – e–10 t]
10
at t = 0.1 n 2 sec  0 r Nh b
12. In
i1 = 10[1 – e–n 2] = 5 2 a
Now S2 opened
0 I
100
B
and i2 = [1 – e–(40 + 10) t] 2 r
40  10
then, flux ()
now let i2 = 5 for time t then
b
i2 = 2[1 – e–50 t] = 5 ...........(1)  0 r IN hdr  0 r NI h b
  In
now after time 0.2 n 2 sec 2 a r 2 a
or for i2 (t + 0.1 n 2) sec Also,  = MI
i2’ = 2[1 – e –50(t + 0.1 n 2)
] This gives the required mutual inductance
= 2[(1 – e–50 t)2–5 + 1 – 2–5]  0 r N h b
M In
67 2 a
= 5.2–5 + 2(1 – 2–5) from (1) i2’ = amp..
32

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electromagnetic Induction | 229

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main


1. D
Relative velocity of type of width 4  107  2   0.2 
2
0.03 
2

  v   v  2v = 2 2
3/2
2  0.2    0.15 
induced emf =  = B.(2v) = 2Bv  

2. A = 9.09 × 10–11

B1n2i2 
6.25  10 100  i
12
3  11. (D)
B2  
n1i1 200(i)
E
 1.05  10 2  / m2 =c
B
3. B
E = B.c = 20 × 10–9 × 3 × 108 = 6 v/m
d
e    20t  50  10volt
dt
12. D
4. D
4
Emf   NAB w=  10  3  3  10 e 0.2x dx
max

= 4. 5 × 10–2 (1 – e–0.4)
5. D
w
 0N1N2 A P= = 2.97
M  2.4  104 H T

13. A
6. B
In an EM wave
Induced emf
e = BH/v B2
1/2 0 E2 =
20
= 0.30 × 10–4 × 20 × 50 = 3 mV
Both are equal.
7. D
14. D
Due to oscillation of coil magnetic field
changes in aluminium and eddy currents are E = hf  E  f
made which damps coil.

8. B R v

D,B,A,C

 2L  3L  5 2 15. D


EMF = 
2  LB = BL 
  2 I = mx + C
9. B 10t
I= – + 10
Knowledge based 0.5
I = – 20t + 10
10. A
d
0IR 2 0 IR 2r 2  e=
dt
 = 2 R 2  x2 3/2
× r2 = 2 R 2  x2 3/2
   

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
230 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

d
IR =
dt
d = IRdt
=   20t  10 100 dt

=  2000t  1000dt

1/2
 2 
2000 t 
=   2 
 1000 t
 0

1 1
= –1000 × + 1000 ×
4 2
= – 250 + 500
= 250

16. D
2v
=K
C
2K K' = 2K
No change in for
w
K' =
C
C
 Velocity in medium =
2
1
and C =  0 0

1 1
 = r er
2
Hence r = 4
r1 1
  =
r2 4
(mr  No change as it is a non-magnetic
material)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electromagnetic Induction | 231

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.


1. A 12. 6
induced current = 0  R<<
 B = 0 ni
(  0 ni0  cos t )a 2 (Ld)
2. I= B=
0ni
2R
 0n i
B
i
3. A,C
  N = no. of turn
E, FGravity
Ni = I = I0 (300 t)

4. (A) P; (B) P, Q, S; (C) Q, S; (D) Q, R,S d dB


= =  (0.1)2 .
dt dt

5. A 0
=  (0.1)2.  I0 sin(300t) {300}
No friction No power consuption 

6. D 
Magnetic moment M = i A = A
Apply Lenz low R

7. C (0.1)2 0  I0 300 sin(300t)  (0.1)2


=
Magnetic Force  R

8. A = 6 0 I0 sin (300 t)

Recall EMI
13. A,C
As current inside = 0
9. APQST ; BQ ; CS ; DS
so Magnetic flux = 0 in all cases.
(P)  (A) : elec. energy stored.
(Q)  (AB) energy supplied, increasing
14. 7
internal energy
At the position of square loop
(R)  (none) energy reduces, heat flows out,
internal energy drops 0iR 2 0i
(S)  (ACD) Mass to energy coversion B= =
2(R  2R 2 )3/2
2
16R
(T)  (A) Current flows leading to heat
generation 0i 1
 = BA cos  =  2a2 
 APQST ; BQ ; CS ; DS 16R 2

10. B,D  0 ia 2
= ,
qflow   –1
, h  v2  (q / m)  (1 / m). 8 2R
Since hA > hB , mA A < mB B.
  0 a2  0 a2
M= = = 7 /2
i 8 2R 2 R
11. D
B within region should be outward P =7
 iab from a to b & icd from d to c with both
equal

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
232 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

15. B v x    B2l2
  d   
v0
dv  0 Rm
dx

 E.d l  dt  B.dA 
B2l2
v  v0  x
mR
d
E (2R) = (B) (R2)
dt
18. B,C
dB i = 10 A/sec–1 I I
E (2R) = R2 10cm
dt (2xdx)

R dB BR 0 i I
E= = d1 = (2xdx)
2 dt 2 2 x
I
0.1
16. BC 0
BR
d1 =

i  dx x
E= 0 dx
2 2x
QBR  0i
F = QE = d1= (0.1)
2 
FR QBR R   0 0.1  di  
= = 2 MR 2   = 0
I   e1 =
  dt  
QB
= 2 1
2M
QB M = di1 = di2
 = T = (T) dt dt
2M
Given If we consider
M = L. Thus  M =  L
di1 di
=  (I) () = 2
dt dt
=
 
 MR 2 QB  T 
0
2M 2 =

R 2QBT
Thus M=  Net force between the loop and the wire
2
Put T = 1 is repulsive

 R 2 QB Iin
M=±
2

17. A,B 90°


i
d
  F1
dt F1
i
F2
dA
 B
dt i
dx
  Bl
dt
 = Blv

i
R
B2l2
F k
R
dv B2l2
mv  k
dx R

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Electromagnetic Induction | 233

19. 8 2P
 B
3qR
1mH
mv 3R r

2mH qB 2
r
Bq 2

P 3R d
5V 2P
B
3qR
Min. current is at t = 0
5
imin = A d 3R / 2  qB
12 sin  =  sin  
r mv
Max. current is at t 
3R  8 P  24 12
1      q  = 
2P  13 qR  26 13
R eq = 3 + 4 + 12
R
r (1–Cos ) = R  1 – Cos  =
r
RqB qR 8 P
1 – Cos  =  1 – Cos  = 
P P 13 QR
8 8
1 – Cos  =  Cos  = 1 
13 13
3
req =  5
2  Cos  =   = 
13
10 imax 10 12
imax = A i = × =8
3 min 3 5 22. B,C,D
1  di 
20. B,C V – i R – L1  dt  = 0
 
induced current is both loops in opposite directions;
2  di 
enet = e2 – e1 Also, V – i R – L2  dt  = 0
 
2 = 2BA cost 1
1 = BA cost 1  di 
2  di 
from above L1  dt  = L2  dt 
   
d2 2
e2 = – = 2BA sint i1 i2
dt
e1 = BA sint
L1 
0
di1 = L
2  di
0
2

enet = e2 – e1 = BA sint L1i1 = L2i2


i1 L2
21. A,B i2 = L1 (fixed)
To, enter in region (i)
V
mv mv 3R i1 + i2 = ....(i)
r  R
qB qB 2
Also, L1i1 = L2i2 ....(ii)
p 3R P
r   V  L2 
qB 2 qB i1 =  
R  L1  L 2 
qB 2
   L1 
P 3R V  
i2 =
R  L1  L 2 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
234 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

23. C
 R   R  
  t t
V  R e  L     R e  2L  

 E0  
Electron (II) v  B ŷ (III) E  E0x̂ (S) B  B0ẑ R  L  2L   =0
0 
Electric force on electron is along +x-axis FE = –e  R 
R 
  t 1   2L t
(E0 x̂) = eE0x̂ & magnetic force on electron, L  = e
e 2
 
FM = –e (v  B)
 R 
 t
1
 E0  e  2L  =
2
= – e  B  B0 (ŷ  ẑ) = – eE0x̂
 0
R 
 t = n 2
24. A  2L 
 0  E 
(IV) Proton v  2 B x̂ (i) E  E0ẑ (S) B  B0ẑ 2L
0 or t = n 2
  R
FE  eE  eE0ẑ This is the time when i is maximum
    2E  R  2L  R   2L
V   L  R n2  n2  
0  
& FM = e(v  B) = e  B  B0 (x̂  ẑ)  
 e  2L  R  
 0  imax = R e 
 
Initial magnetic force = –2eE0 ĵ
V 1 1  1 V
25. A |imax| = 4  2  =
R   4 R
Electric force along -y aixs
& magnetic force is zero.
Initial value = 0. So particle will move along -y-
axis

26. B,D

R L R 2L

i1 i2
V V

Consider current in left part to be i1 and in


the right part to be i2
 i through middle branch
= imax = (i2 – i1)max

 R   R 
 t  V   t
V  2L   L 
i = (i2 – i1) = R 1  e 1  e
 – R  
   

 R   R  
V    L  t  t
e  e  2L  
R  
 

d(i)
For (i)max = 0
dt

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Alternating Current | 235
ALTERNATING CURRENT
Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main
1. D i same
Given T = 1s = 10-6 s P1 > P2 > P3
40 watt
1 1
f    106 Hz
T 106
6. B
Avg. value of current in one complete cycle
2. B is zero.
Given i = 4 sin (100 t + 30°)
7. A
at t = 0 ;
At resonance condition XL = XC then
i  4 sin 30  2A
ZR

 100t 100  103
i  100m.Amp
3 1

1 8. A
t sec.
300 Given potential difference between the ends
of the resistance wire = VR

3. B across capacitor VC = 2VR


and across the inductor VL = 3VR

at t = 0, i = 2 sin (100 t + ) then
3
2
V VR 2   VL  VC 

i = 2 sin ,i= 3 Amp. 2
3  VR2  3VR  2VR   2 VR

9. C
4. B
Reactance is zero.
Theory only capacitor
i.e.  XL – XC = 0
or XL = XC
5. C
Theory
Given P1 = 40 w, P2 = 60 w, P3 = 100 w

1 10. C
R
P In resonance condition

1
1 1 
R1    0.25 LC
P1 40
when L  25% and C  20% then
1
R2   0.17
60 1 1
new  
125 80 5 4
1 L C L C
R3   0.01 100 100 4 5
100

R3  R2  R1 1
new   new  
LC

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
236 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

11. A 100 = 2 × 50 × L ....(Eqn. 1)


Given f = 50 Hz C = 100 F (XL)new = 2 × 150 × L ....(Eqn. 2)
I0 = 1.57 A from eqn. (i) & (ii)
(XL)new = 300 

Then VC = I0XC sin (t – )
2
17. B
1  
= 1.57 × sin 100t  2  20 5
2 50  100  10  6   H , C  F
Given R = 50  , L =
 
 
= 50 sin 100t  2  20
  X L  L  2  50   2000 

12. A 1 1
XC    2000 
From Given data C 5
2  50   106

Vapplied = 10 V
VC = 8 V XL = XC then Z = R
VR = ?
82 + x2 = 102 18. A
x = 6 volt
R R

 4 % increase  0 . 5 0 . 866  100 = 73.2 %
 = tan–1   R
3
0.866

13. C
19. A
V0
Vrms   220 Given R = 0 then
2
P= I 2R = 0
V0  220 2  311 volt
20. D

14. C

XL  L  1000  V
4
 XL new  2  2L   4  1000  4000   
3 I
  53º
15. D
Z = 5
XL  L  100  0.1  10 
 i = 2 sin (t – 53º)
100   VL = 8 sin (t – 53º + 90º)
i sin 100t     10 cos 100t  A
10  2 = 8 sin (t + 37º) = 8 sin ( + 37º)

3
= –8 sin 37º = –8 ×
16. B 5

= –4.8 volts
X L  L = 2f × L
i.e.  potential lacks behind.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Alternating Current | 237

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct


1. C 6. B
Given V = 100 sin 100t e = 500 sin100t
i = 100 sin (100t + /3)   100 
 = /3 2f  100
100 f = 50
Irms = × 10–3 A
2
7. D
100
Vrms = 0.4
2 L= H R = 30 

P = Vrms Irms cos
2 2
V = 200 V Z= xL  R
100 100  
= × × 10–3 cos  3 
2 2  
2
 0.4  2
P = 2.5 W =  L 2  R2 =  2  50     30
 
2. A
= 402  302 = 50 
max . value
rms value 
2 Vrms 200
i= = =4A
z 50
 Imax = I for each  I = I = I .
0 1 2 4
8. D
3. C In LCR circuit net impedence
T Given by
2

 10 sin 314 t  dt
0
Z= R2   xL  xC 
2
Iavg  T
2 When tuned to resonance then

0
dt XL = XC
z=R
2i0
  0.637i0  0.637  10 = 6.37 A

9. C
4. D In L–C oscillation
q Ldi
=
I2 c dt
Ims  I20  1
2  charge is decreasing i = – dq/dt
i
2
di d q
36 = 2
 9  9  18  27  3 3 dt dt
2 Q0 C L

 d2q 
 q/c = –L  2 
5. A  dt  S i

  1 
  60
3 q = Q0 sin  LC t  2 
 
current leads the emf by 60°. 
 between q & i is –
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
238 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

10. A
3
Given V = 100 V D.C., I = 1 A, cos = 0.6 = 60º R
5
When 100 volt D.C. apply  = 53º XC
V 100 cos  = 0.5
i= = =1
R coil R coil  = 60º
 XC = XL
 Rcoil = 100 
when 100 V A.C. of 50 Hz then i = ½ A XL XC
tan 53º = R & tan 60º = R
1 2
100
Z=
1
2 4 XL X4
 =R & 3 = R
3 1 4
2 2 2
 Z = 200 = R coil   L
R1 3 3
2002 = 1002 + 42 × 502 × L2 
R2 4
On solving we get

3
L= H 13. A

V = 5 cos t = 5 sin (t +/2)
i = 2 sin t
11. C
 = /2
E 141 .4 P = Vrms × Irms cos 
Z= = = 20 2
i 5
5 2
X  XC = × cos /2 = 0
tan = L 2 2
R
By E and I
14. D
 = 2
Given
 XL = XC
V0 = 283 V R=3
1 L = 25 × 10 –3
H C = 400 × 10–6 F
then 2 =
LC
For maximum power XL = XC
  = 5000
1 1
and L = 0.01 C =  2 =
L LC
C = 4F

R = 20 2 1
 
LC

12. D
 1
f  
2 2 LC

1 1
   50.3
XL 2  3.14 25  10 3  400  106

53º
R1

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Alternating Current | 239

15. C
4A
1
cos =
2
RI
1 XL–XC
L –  = 10 45º
c

10 12V
 1 
  100  0.1   = 10
 100  c 
2
Vrms
2f = 100 C = 500 F Power = 2 = 17.28 w
 1 
R 2   L 
 C 
16. D

L
tan 60º =  L = 0.6 H 18. C
R
Paverage = irms Vrms . cos
1
tan 60º =  C = 1.9 × 10–5 F R
RC irms Vrms ×
z

200 = irms2 . R
so I =
2 = 22 × 5 = 20

2  1 
(100)  300 0.6   
5 
  3001.9  10 
19. AD
I = 2A Both are correct
Power dissipated = 4 × 100 = 400 Watt A - step up transformer increase input
voltage.

17. A D - step dow transformer decreases input


voltage.
so RI = 12/4 = 3

Vrms
Irms =
R I2  (  L )2

12
2.4 =  L = 0.08H
9  (50L )2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
240 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.


1. A,C,D 3. B,C
V = 200 sin (100 t) For maximum current XL = XC this can be
Compare this equation with V = V0 sin t achieved by either increasing XC or XL.

V0 200
V0 = 200 V, Vrms =   100 2 4. A,B,C
2 2

t = 100×t  2f t = 100t VP2R 282  282  500


P 
 f = 50 Hz 2Z2  2 
2

 106  
2  (500)2    
  2  377  
2. B,C,D
vrms = 100 V. 282  282  500
= = 10 W
Peak value of voltage = 100 2V 2  1410  1410

100 2 5. A,D
Peak value of current =  2 2A
50
Theory of Transformer.

2 2
Irms =  2A
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Alternating Current | 241

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.

5 i0
1. 4. i=
6 2

i0
 = i0 e–t/  t = n2 ....(i)
E = E0 cos (t + ) can be written as 2
3
i = i0 e–t/
  
E  E0 sin  t    q t
 2 3 t / 

0
dq = i e
0
0 .dt

 5 
 E0 sin  t  
 6  q  i0  e  t /   1

By equestion (i)
5
Phase diff. =
6  ln2 
q  i0  e   1
 

2. I 20  0.5 I 12 i0L

2R
T
2
 I .dt
0 2 2
5. 9.2 F
= T
= I0  0.5I1

 dt
0
100V
  60º

1 2 2 1/2 x
3. (i  i )
2 1 2

T
(200)2 = (100)2 + x2
1 2 
Irms   I cos2 t  I22 sin2 t  2I1I2 sin t cos tdt 
T 1   x = 3 100
0 


R
1  I12 I2 
  T  2 T 60º
T  2 2 
1
C
1


I 2
1  I22  2

1
tan 60º = = 3
 cR

– 9.2 F
c~

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
242 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

6. 20 V R2 = Z2cos2 = 23 (0.707)
= 16.26
v  v2L  vR2
2 2
XC = z2  R 2
 144  256
2 2
= (23)  (16.26) = 16.26 
 400
= 20v when resistance are connected in series
R = R1 + R2 = 39.26 
7. 2H XL – XC = 14.41 
Given C = 5 F, R = 10  and f = 50Hz 2 2
Z = R  (xL  xC ) = 41.82 
cos = 1

R V 230
then cos = = 1 (a) i = = = 5.5A
Z Z 41.82

(b) P = i2R = (5.5)2 (39.26) = 1187.6W


R  XL  X C 
2
R = Z and Z = 2
= 1.188 kW
After solving (c) Power factor

1 R 39.26
L = cos = = = 0.939
z 41.92
c
since
1 1 20 XL > XC ,
L= 2 = 
C 2  50 2  8  10 6 2 H This power is lagging

8. Given V1 = 115 V, I1 = 3A, f = 50hz, cos 1 = 9. 3:5


0.6 Given for Bulb B1 , P1 = 500 w
Bulb B2, P2 = 300 w
V1
Z1 
I1 V = 200 volt

V2 1
115 P R 
Z1 = = 38.33  R P
3

R1 R1 P2 300 3
  
cos 1 = Z R 2 P1 500 5
1

 R1 = Z1 cos1
= (38.33) (0.6) = 23

2 2
XL = z1  R1 = 30.67 

For second condition V2 = 115 V, I2 = 5A

V2
Z2 
I2

115
Z2 = = 23
5

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Alternating Current | 243

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.


1. Current at any instant in the circuit will be
C1 . max
I = Idc + Iac = a + b sin t iC1 
 C   1 
C2  1  1   L  
 C2   (C1  C2 ) 
/2 /2
T 2  T 2 
 
 I dt 


 I dt 
0 
Ieff =  0T   Ieff =  T 
 dt   dt  Ldi Ldi

 0




 0


4.  – iR –
dt
= 0   – (3 + 5t) R –
dt
=0

 – (3 + 5t) R – L5 = 0  E = 42 + 20t
1/2
 T 
=  1 (a  b sin t)2 dt 
T
 0
 
P Q
1uf 4.9mH 68
1/2
1 T 
Ieff =  (a2  2ab sin t  b2 sin2 t)dt 

 T 0  5.

T T 10V
1 1 2 1
but as
T 
0
sin t  0,
T 
0
sin t  dt,
2
for max. current flow
1/ 2
 2 b2  1
Ieff = a  2  L – =0
  C
 Resonance frequency

2. E = 200 sin 314t 10 5


=
E = 200 sin (2 × 50t) 7
= 200 sin 314t
ZQ = R2L  (L)2

2
 105 
 (68)2    4.9  103 
 7 
3. c1+c2 L
= 97.6 

2 2
 1  2  7 
ZP = R2     ( 32 )   5 
imax =
Vmax   C   10  10 6 
 1 
  L  ( C  C )  = 77 
 1 2 

iq and q  c

C1
so ic1 = C  C . imax
1 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
244 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main


1. B 5. A L=100mH
Given L = 300 mH, R = 2, V = 2 V This is a combined ex-
The current at any instant is given by ample of growth and
decay of current in an A B
Io
I  Io(1  e Rt / L )   Io (1  eRt / L ) LR circuit. E=100V
2
The current through circuit just before short-
L, R
1 ing the battery.
or  (1  eRt / L )
2
E
1 Io   1A
or e Rt / L  R
2
2V [as inductor would be shorted in steady
Rt
or  ln 2 state]
L
After this decay of current starts in the
L 300  103 circuit according to the equation
 t  ln2   0.693
R 2
I  Ioe t / 
 150  0.693  10 3 = 0.10395  0.1 s
where  = L/R
2. C 3 1
)/(100x103 /100)
Given, L = 10 H, f = 50 Hz I  1 x e (1x10   A
e
for maximum power
100 3
XC = XL i
E R / Lt 100  100  103  1  10
e  e L
1 1 R 100
or  L or C
C 2L 1
= A R
1 e
 C
42 x 50 x 50 x 10
or C = 0.1 x 10-5 = 1F 6. C
Given R = 1 k, C = 2F,  = 200 rad./s,
3. A
V = 100 V
R 12 4
Power factor = cos      0 .8
1
Z 15 5 At resonance ,  L =
C
4. C Current flowing through the circuit,
(a) In a circuit having C alone, the voltage VR 100
I   0.1 A
 R 1000
lags the current by
2 So, voltage across L is given by
(b) In circuit containing R and L, the voltage 1
VL = I XL = IL , but L 
 C
leads the current by .
2 1 0.1
 VL    250 volt
(c) In LC circuit, the phase difference C 200  2  106
between current and voltage can have any 1

 LC
value between 0 to depending on the
2 1
values of L and C.  200  200  
L  2  106
(d) In a circuit containing L alone, the
25
 L H
voltage leads the current by . 2
2 1
Hence, the option (c) is correct. VR  IR  100  I  103  I 
10

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Alternating Current | 245

1 25 10. D
VL  I  L   200   250V
10 2 The given circuit is under resonance as
XL = XC Hence, Power dissipated in the circuit
7. B is
For given circuit current is lagging the voltage
V2
 P  242W
by , so circuit is purely inductive and there R
2
X R
is no power consumption in the circuit. The tan 30  L  XL 
work done by battery is stored as magnetic R 3
energy in the inductor. X R
tan 30  C  XC 
P = Vrms Irms cos R 3
 XL  XC    0
=  P=0
2
P = Vrms Irms cos
8. D
V2 220  220
Rise of current in L-R circuit is given by P= =  242W
2R 2  200
I = I0 (1-e-t/)

E 5 10H 11. B
Where Io    1A
R 5 At t = 0, inductor behaves like an infinite
resistance
L 10 5V
Now,    2s V
R 5 So at t = 0, i  R
2
After 2s, ie, at t = 2s
and at t =  , inductor behaves like a
Rise of current I = I0 (1-e-1)A. conducting wire
R 5
E  t 5  2 
i
V

V(R1  R 2 )
i 1  e L   1  e 10   1  e1
R  5  R eq R1R 2
  

9. D 12. A
Given L = 400 mH and R1 = 4 , R2 = 2, V
V = 12 V

V 12
I1    6A
R1 2 S1
A R
R1 L
dI2
EL  R 2 I2 C
dt
S2
I2 = Io (1-e-t/tc) L
R2
S
E 12  
t

 Io    6A
q = CV  1  e 
RC
R2 2
 
At t = 2RC
L 400 x 10 3
tC    0 .2 , q = CV [1 – e–2]
R 2

I2  6(1  e5t )
Potential drop across
L = E - R2L2 = 12-2x 6(1-e-5t) = 12 e-5t

2
 t
VL  VeR / Lt  12 e 400103  12 e5 t V

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
246 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

13. A 16. C
When BC are joined only
L & R are in circuit – +
Applying KVL, R
VR + VL = 0 + 210 80V
L
 VR = –VL –
VR
V =–1 220
L

VL2 + 6400 = 220 × 220 IR = 80


14. C R L
80
VL = 48400  6400 I= = 10 = 42000
dI q 8
IR  L  0
dt C KVL = 210

d2q dq q
I xL = 210 XL = 2fL = 210
L  R  C
dt2 dt C 210
L= = 0.065 H
comparing with equation of damped oscillation 10  100 
d2y dy
d    ky
dt2 dt 17. B
bt
The eqution of amplitude is y  Ae 0L
 R R
where b  
2m 2L 1
Rt Resonant Frequency 0 =
 LC
 qmax  q0e 2L

Rt 0L
 q2max  q20e

L So quality factor is given by =
R
R
 time constant  = 18. C
L
Pamg = Vrms. Irms . cos
since L1 > L2
1 < 2 100 20
= . .cos 45
Hence correct graph is 3. 2 2
1000
= Watt
Alternative solution 2
The value of Qmax reduces because of energy Wattless current = Iv sin45°
dissipation in resistor. As the value of inductor e
increases the time taken for capacity to /4

discharge or charge increases therefore heat


dissipation time decreases. Hence corrcect i0
iv =
graph is 3. 2
15. B i vsin45°

According to given conditions:


20
V 15  iwattless =  sin 45
i0 = = = 0.1A 2
R 0.15  103
Rt 0.15103 10 3 20 1
i = i0 e  L = 0.1 × e  0.03
 
2 2
0 .1 = 10
= 0.1 × e–5 = = 0.67 mA
150

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Alternating Current | 247

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.


1. B
1
q  q0(1  e  /  ) R=
(500  C)
for t = 2t = q  q0(1  e  /  )
2 2

C= R  C =  10 3 = 4
at t > 0  i  v C L 500 R 500

2. D
8. A,C
at anytime t>0 instantaneous current in the
Given  = 100 rad/sec.
L
circut may V (R1 = 100  , C = 100 F)
C
R2 = 50  , L = 0.5 H
3. C
XL = L = 50
d2Q I1
The charge on capacitor is Q  LC 100 2
dt2 1
XC = = 100
c
4. B 50 2
I2

1 V 20
Z  R2  I1  
R 100 2
 C2
2
20V

As   z   imax  at 45° with voltage.


I1
So Bulbs glows brighter 20 2
I2  =
50 2 5 2
5. (A)RST; (B)QRST; (C)PQ; (D)QRST
at 45° with voltage.
Net current I2
6. B,C
As C is filed with Dielectric  C  I  I12  I22 = 0.3 A approx.

1
XC    Z  R 2  X C2 
C 9. B

IR  B
 IR > IR A P = vi

So drop across R increase & i = 150 A

VC   V C A > VC B R = 0.4 /km = 0.4 × 20 = 8  loss


H = I2 R
7. A = 150 × 150 × 8
= 180000 J
1
R 1.25  R 2  180000
(500  C)2 % power dissipation = ×100
600  1000

1 = 30 %
1.25 R2 = R2 +
(500  C)2
10. A
1
0.25 R2 = 2 Step - up
(500  C)
v 10

4000 1

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
248 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

 v = 40000 volts 12. 8

40000 1mH
Step Down :  200
200
2mH
 200 : 1

11. A,C
5V
Min. current is at t = 0

5
imin = A
12
Max. current is at t 
I = I0 cos t
1   
I0 1 1 = + +
V0 = = = R eq 3 4 12
c 50 .0  20  10 6 10  10 3

1
= = 100
10 2

V = 100 cos (t – /2)


V = 100 sin t
q0 = CV = 20 × 10–6 × 100

7 3
= 2 × 10–3 sin  × req = 
6 2
7
= 2 × 10–3 sin 10
6 imax = A
3
   4  
= 2 × 10–3 sin  2  6   imax 10 12
  
imin = 3 × 5 = 8
  2  
 2  103     
  3  13. C,D

    1
 2  103 cos     0   106
  2 6  LC
 A & B incorrect
3   C & D correct – Theoretical
 2  10   sin 6 
 
14. A,D
3 1
 2  10   103   2  
2 vxy = vy – vx = v0 sin t  3   sin t = v0
   
Magnitude of charge at

7      
t 2 cos t   sin  
6   3  3 
Hence A & C are correct.
3
 3 v0 cos (t + /3)  vxy, RMS
= v0
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Alternating Current | 249

 vyz = vz – vy

  4   2 
= v0 sin t    sin t   = v0
  3   3 

2 cost   sin / 3


3 v0 cos (t + )

15. 2.00
m = 10–3 kg, q = 1 C t = 0

E = E0 sin t 

Force on particle will be


F = qE = qE0 sin t
At v = vmax,
a = 0 and F = 0
 qE0 sin t = 0
F = qE0 sin t

dv E
= q 0 sin t
dt m

v /
qE0
 dv
a
= 
0
m sin t dt

qE0
or v = [–cos t]0/
m

qE0
or v = [(–cos) – (–cos)]
m

11
v= × 2 = 2 m/s
10 3103

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
250 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic
Modern Physics-I
Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. C
Pt λ Eλ
No. of Photon= =
hc hc
hf = +ev s
if E is constant no. of photon is  

2. A
7. B
hf =1.7+10.4=12.1eV =energy
-3
in H-atom 10
No.of Photons=
12400 -19
×1.6×10
5000
x=3
16
=0.25×10
12.09 ev -6
- 0.16×10 +12
n=1 No.of e reaching= =10
-19
1.6×10
12
10
%= ×100=0.04%
3. A 16
0.25×10
A Photon can interact with only a single
electron.
8. C

4. D Depends on f not on Intensity

As distance  ses.
9. C
I  ses. If v1, v2, v3 are in A.P. then

 i  hc
= +eV
λ 1 ....(1)
P 1
I
4 r2
hc
= +eV ....(2)
λ 2
2
5. B
Ephoton = 6 ev hc
Max KE = 4ev =+eV ....(3)
λ 3
3
 = Ephoton - Kmax
= 6 - 4 = 2v After solving (1), (2) and (3) we get
then stopping Potential is 4v. 21 3
2  which are in H.P.
1  3
6. C

12400 eV)
(

E=
(

λ in Å)

IAt λ
No. of Photon=
hc

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 251

10. B According to Einstein's photoelectric


KEmax = 2ev equation, (KE)max = hv –0 . Comparing with
Ephoton = 5ev the straight line equation y = mx + c, we find
0 = 5ev - 2ev = 3ev that the slope of the graph is h. Clearly, the
Now no current when slope is the same for all metlas and is
Ephoton = 6ev
independent of the intensity of the ratiation.
i.e. KEmax < 3ev
eVmax < 3ev
Vmax < 3ev/e = 3V 15. C

  =3eV hc
0 
 K.E.max =3eV in Second case 

1 4.5 2
11. C    2.3  1
2
They have same K.E.

h
λ=
2m K.E. 16. B
W = h – eVs
mp > me and qp=qe
h = energy of incident photon
1
p<e as  
m 12400
Here h  eV  10eV
1240

12. A  W = 10 – 8 = 2 eV

KE =100+50 =150eV So, 0 = Threshold wavelength

v = 150volt 12400
 Å  6200Å
2eV
150
λ=
V
17. A
  1Å
12375
1  Å  1000Å
E1(eV)
13. D
 E1 = 12.375 eV
h 12
=10 h
λ
12375 12375
Similarly,  (Å) eV  2000  6.1875eV
2
14. D
Now, E1 – W0 = eVs
and E2 – W0 = eVs

Ek Hence, 12.375 – W0 = 7.7eV


and 6.1875 – W0 = eV’s

v Solving, we get V’s = 1.5 V

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
252 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

18. C 21. B

hc nh
E= – 0 J = mvr =
 2

hc
2E =  0  n=3
'
1
K.E. = - T.E. = 13.6 ×
hc 9
Solving  ' 
E  hc = 1.51ev

19. B
22. C
1
mv12  hf1 – 0  1 1  hc
2
 E  Rcz 2  2  2  
and  n1 n2  

1
mv22  hf2 – 0 C 
 Shortest
2
D 
 longest
Subtracting, we get

1
m(v12 – v22 )  h(f1 – f2 ) 23. C
2
2.18  1018
I.E. 
2 2 2h n2
 v1 – v2  (f1 – f2 )
m
2.18  1018

9
20. C
= 2.42 × 10-19 J
hc
 E  0
 24. A

hc  n  1  3 n  1  3  1  10
 2E  0
' 2
(n-2) (n+1) = 20
 '  E  0  ' n2 - 3n - 18 = 0
Dividing, we get    2E    or <1 n=6
 0  

 ’< or >’ 25. D


2 2
  0.529  n  1  n 2   0.529  n  1
 ' 1  E  0   
  
Also,  2    2n  1  n 2  1  2n
E 0
 2 
 n  0, 4
' 1 
or  or ’>
 2 2 26. D

It folows from Eqs. (i) and (ii) that v 2 z2 /n2 .z z 3 1


a=   4 4
R n2 n n

 > ’>  16 : 81
2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 253

27. B to excite the atom or ion.


Now, according to quantum mechanics loss
 v z/n z 2 1
f=     in energy (E) for H atom
2  r n2 /z n3 n3
{0, 10.2 eV, 12.09 eV, ...., 13.06 eV}
As per queestion
For He_ ion : {0, 40.8 eV, 48.36 eV,...., 54.5
1 1 1 1 eV}
f1  f2 ;  
27 n13 27 n23
to excite the hydrogen atom and He+ ion in
n = 3n2 first excited state, minimum energy = 40.8 +
10.2 = 51 eV
28. C Now, according to newtonion mechanics,
minimum loss = 0 (for elastic collision).
r0 =a 0 =0.529 A 0 Maximum loss will be when there is perfectly
2
rn =a0n inelastic collision.
Now, let mass of H atom = m, then mass of
He+ ion = 4m.
29. A
Let 0 be the initial speed of H atom and f
z2 1 the final common speed. According to
E  13.6 2  13.6  2
n 2
momentum conservation.
= 3.4 ev
0
m0 = 4mf + mf  f =
5
30. C
Sigma of n – 1
1 2
n = 6 since 5 dark lines so Kinetic energy = (5m) 0
2 25
sigma of – 1
where  – goes to
1 1 2 K
6  15 =  m 0  =
5  2  5

31. A Now, for minimum value of K so that the


electron excite to first excited state of H
 If K.E.<13.6ev
atom and He+ ion.
ΔE =0,10.2,12.09 .......13.6ev
Collision must be elastic 4K 51  5
= 51 eV or K = or K = 63.75 eV
5 4

32. A
34. B
 T.E.=P.E. + K.E.
The energy taken by hydrogen atom
Existed corresponds to its transition from n = 1 to

Gnd n = 3 state.
E (given to hydrogen atom)
E 
 1 8
So both P.E. & K.E.   13.6 1    13.6   12.1 eV
 9 9

33. A
Here, energy loss during the collision is used 35. A

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
254 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

For a collision of neutron with hydrogen atom m = p


in ground state to be inelastic (partial or
p (1.097  107 )(6.626  10 34 )24
complete), the minimum KE of striking neutron = =
m (25)(1.67  10 27 )
must be 20.4 eV. [This condition is derived in
theory.]   = 4.178 ms–1
As the energy of the given incident neutron
is less than 2.4 eV, the collision must be 39. B
elastic. Let v = speed of neutron before collision,
v1= speed of neutron after collision,
36. C v2 = speed of proton or hydrogen atom
As the collision is inelastic, it means a part after collision
of kinetic energy is transformed into some and E = energy of excitation
other form due to collision. In this case, the For conservation of linear momentum,
kinetic energy of incident electron can be mv = mv1 + mv2 ...(i)
absorbed by H atom and it can absorb only Fron conservation of energy,
10.2 eV out of 11.2 eV, so that it can reach
1 1 1
to 1st excited state and the electron leaves mv2  mv12  mv22  E ....(ii)
2 2 2
the remaining energy, i.e., 1.0 eV
From Eq. (i),

37. B v2  v12  v22  2v1v2

 1 3 From Eq. (ii),


E = R ch × 1  2  = R × hc
 2  4 
2 E
v2  v12  v22 
Momentum of photon emitted is, m

E 3R h 2E
p= =  2v1v2 
c 4 m
Recoiling speed of hydrogen atom is given by 2 2

 = P/m. where m is the mass of hydrogeon


  v1  v2    v1  v2   4v1 v2

atom.
2 E
  v1  v2   v2  4
3R h 7
3  1.1  10  6.63  10 34 m
= =
4m 4  1.67  1027 As v1 – v2 must be real, therefore
–1
= 3.3 ms E
v2  4 0
m
38. C
1
 1  or mv2  2E
2
E = R hc 1  
 25 
The minimum energy that can be absorbed
Momentum of photon emitted is by hydrogen atom in ground state to go into
excited state is 10.2. eV.
E  24 
p = = R h   Therefore,
c  25 

Recoil momentum of H atom will also be p.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 255

45. B
1
mv2min  2  10.2 eV When ever the energy of photon is doubled
2
then work function increases must more than
= 20.4 eV
by 2 times.

40. B
46. C
 1 1 
E = 13.6  2  2  Energy of photon is given by mc2. Now, the
1 6 
maximum energy of photon is equal to the
= 13.22 eV maximum energy of electrons = eV

E
p= eV
c Hence, mc2 = eV  m =
c2

E 13.22  1.6  10 –19


 v= = 1.6  1019  18  103
mC 1.67  10 – 27  3  108  = 3.2×10-32 kg
(3  10 )2
= 4.2 m/s

41. C 47. D
hc hc
 E   
 E 1 2 1 1
Using   R(z  1)  2  2
n n
p   q  2 1 

EP  EQ
For K line; n1 = 2, n2 =1
 EK   EK 
So Q 
 K 1875R 3
For metal A; = R (z1-1)2  
P 
 K 4  4

 z1 = 26
42. C
3
0.1 to 10Å (x-ray range) For metal B; 675 R = R (z2–1)2  
 4

 z2 = 31
43. D Therefore, 4 elements lie between A and B.
When freqency is increased energy increases
i.e. penetrating power increases 48. A

1 3R
44. C  (z  1)2
 4

3 4 4
(z-1)= 3R 
L  3  1.1  107  1.8  1010
1 2
K 200 5 78
  = 26  z = 27
E1 + E3 = E2 3 33 3
hk+ hLhk
kkL

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
256 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

49. C 50. B
The cut-off wavelength when V = V1 = 10 k
13.6Z2
En  eV V is
n2
hc
k 1 = eV = 1243.125 ×10-13m
 En  – eV 1
n2
The cut-off wavelength when V = V2 = 20kV
k k k is,
 E1  – , E2  – , E4  –
1 4 16
hc
2   621.56  1013 m
k  k eV2
Now, E2 – E1  – –  – 
4 1
The wavelength corresponding to K line is,

k 3k 1 3R
k–   (z  1)2
4 4  4
From given information, (–2)=3(–1)
k  k
E4 – E2  – – –  Solving above equation, we get Z = 29
16  4 

k k 3k
 – 
4 16 16
Clearly, E2 – E1 > E4 – E2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 257

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct

1. D
2hc 2hc
   K2     K2 ii
1 1
hc
= +K
λ Now eq. (1) - eq. (2)
4hc 4 4K   2K1  K2  0
 = + ..............(1)
3λ 3 3
K2    2K1
4hc ' 4hc '
= + K  = +K ......(2)
3λ 3λ K2  K2
  K1  K1 
equation (2)-equation (1) 2 2 2

' 4 4
K - K- +  =0
3 3 5. C

' 4  4K eV1
K = K+ > V  0  f  f0 
3 3 3 f1  f0

eV1 f0
2. C = or   f0 h
f0  f1

Total Energy KEmax = E - 


no. of Photons =
Energy of onePhoton = hf1 - hf0
so no effect on current
6. B
KEmax  hv  
1240
Energy of a Photon= = 6.2ev
2 KEmax  2hv  2 .............(i) 200
KEmax 6.2 - 4.5 = 1.7eV
(KE)max  2hv   ...................(ii)
Collector plate will attract it & the potential
(ii)  (i) 2V increase KE by 2eV
So max KE = 3.7 eV
(K.E.)max    0

7. B
3. D
h hc 2
Eph
 = 4ev   or 2mEe =
2mEe Eph c2
K.E.max = E - 
eV0 = (13.6-4) eV
1 2E
V0 = 9.6 V But Ee = mv2 or m = 2e
2 v
for zero photo current
Vanode must be > Vs  2E  E2ph
 Vanode = 10 V  2  2e  Ee  2
v  c

4. C 2 E2e v2
4E2e Eph
or  or E2  4c2
hc 2hc v2 c2 ph
   K1    2   2K1 
1 1
Ee v
or 
Eph 2c

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
258 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

8. C 12. D
Electric field may increase or decrease the
h
 speed of electron
2mqV
h h
mV = constant As P  mv 
 
1837 V’ = 1×V
magnetic field will on change the speed of
V the particle.
or V’ = volt
1837
so 1  2 or 1  2

9. B
13. D
Since the stopping potential depends on the
For equilibrium, force exerted by the light
fequency and not on the intensity and the
beam should balance the weight of plate.
source is same, the stopping potential remains
unaffected. The saturation current depends Fphoton  mg
on the intensity of incident light on the
cahtode of the photocell which in turn  IA P 
depends on the distance of the source from  Fphoton   , where power P = IA 
 c c 
cathod. The intensity of light is inversely
proportional to the square of the distance P
  10  103  10
between the light source and photocell. c
Intensity, I  1/r2 and saturation current  I
(Intensity)  P  3  107 W

1
 Saturation current  14. C
r2
Energy of one photon E = hc/
2
(Saturation current)final r initial
If power of source is P, the number of photons
 
(Saturation current)initial r 2
final
incident on the metallic surface

P P
0.2  0.2 
 Saturation current   18 =2 mA E hc
0.6  0.6
Momentum of incident photons =h/l
Change in momentum due to reflection=2h/
10. C
Total momentum imparted to the surface per
Applying conservation of linear momentum :
second is
Initial momentum = Final momentum
0 = m1v1 – m2v2  m1v1 = m2v2 2h P 2P

 hc c
1 h / m1v1
 Now,  1
2 h / m2 v2 Force  2P  2P
Pressure =   A
Area  c  cA
11. D
The wavelength  of a particle of momentum 2  5  10 3
p is   3.33  105 N m–2
3  108  106

h h h 4.14 10 15  3  108


= = = 2 =
p 2mE 2mc E 2  940  10 6

= 2.9 × 10–11 m.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 259

15. A
IInd excited state
hv = 1.89
h 1 Ist excited state
(A)   so   Ground state
mv m

h
(B)   so  doesn’t depends on m 1.89 5
P Z  0.185 
10.2 27
h 1 hc hc
 1.89  10.2
(C)   so   1 2
2mE m
1 10.2
Now   5.39
h 1 2 1.89
(B)   so  
2mev m

h h P2 2
 P  
16. D p  P2 1

 1 1  hc P1 1.89 5
ΔE=Rcz 2  2 - 2  =  
 n1 n2  λ P2 10.2 27
1 2
z
λ
For z = 3 Li2 20. B
λ will be minimum
Z2 1
T .E.   13.6 3.4   13.6
n2 n2
17. C
13.6
n2 n2  4 n2
r 3.4
z
1 K.E.  T .E.  3.4 P2  2m  3.4(ev)
f 2 & T  n3
n
3
T1 n1 1  2  9.1  1031  3.4  1.6  1013
 
T2 n32 23
 1: 8 P  1024

h 6.67 1034
    6.6 1010 m
18. B p 10 24
Total no. of oribits are (n+1)

n n  1 21. A
No. of spectral lines =
2 In ultra violet region lyman series is present

It is the sum of n natural nos.


22. B
So no of different spectrum lines
= 1+2+3+....+n
25.69 T .E.
nth Emitted state means (n+1)
Total Energy 23.8 T .E.
increaseas n increases 13.6  T .E .
19. B Differente B / w two shell is cons tan t

23. C

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
260 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

P2 h2
E  26. A
2m 2m2
Imagine the sphere to be made of thin circular
 34 2
(6.62  10 ) rings of radius r, thickness ds = R dq and

2  4  1.67  1027  (0.1  1010 )2 subtending an angle of  at the center.
Momentum per second of incident photons,
1
 eV
1.6  1019  dP  I
 dt   dA cos2 
 incident c
43.82  1068
  2.05eV Since surface of mirror is considered to be
21.376  1068
ideal, i.e., reflection coefficient is unity,
photons suffer momentum change in normal
24. C direction only.
for largest wavelength of Balmer series
 dP  2l
n=3 to n=2  dt   dA cos2 
 photon c
So Electron will jump from ground state
to n=3  dP  2l 2
dFn      c dA cos 
Energy Required = 13.6 - 1.51  dt ball
= 12.1ev
This force may be resolved into horizontal
and vertical components. The vertical
25. D component dFn sin  is cancelled because
Momentum corresponding to incident protons every element on the upper half has a
normal to the surface. symmetrically placed element in the lower
half. So, resultant force on the ball.
 dP  I
 dt   dA cos2 2l
c 3
 incident F=  dF n cos    c dA cos 
Since reflection coefficient is , so the dA = (2R sin ) R d
momentum of the reflected photons per
second normal to surface,
 /2 I
F=  4 R 2 cos3  sin d
0 c
 dP  I
 dt    dA cos2 4R 2I  / 2 R 2I
c cos3  sin d 
c 0
 reflected 
c
Hence, rate of change of momentum of the On subsitituting values, we get F = 0.18 N.
photons,

 dP  I 27. D
 dt    dA(  1) cos2
 Photons c From conservation of linear momentum, both
the particles will have equal and opposite
From Newton’s third law,
momentum. The de Broglie wavelength is
given by
 dP  I
 dt    dA(  1) cos2
 Surface c h
  1/2 = 1
Hence, pressure exerted on surface, p

dF I
P  dA(  1) cos2 28. B
dA c
Let V = speed of neutron before collision
On substituting values, we get P = 0.6 N cm-2.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 261

V1 = speed of neutron after collision 30. C


V2 = speed of hydrogen atom after collision The characteristic X-ray depends on the
E = energy of excitation material used.

from conservation of momentum


mV = mV1 + mV2 …(1) 31. B

from conservation of energy


1 1 1
 Z2R   2  2 
1 1 1  n
 1 n2 
mV2 = mV12 + mV22 + E …(2)
2 2 2
For k line, n1 = 1 and n2 = 2
from (1) and (2)
1 3
2E  Z2R   
2V1V2 =   4
m

4E 4
 (V1 – V2)2=(V1+V2)2– 4V1 V2 = V2 – z
m 3R 

As V1 – V2 must be real = 39.9  40

E
 V2 – 4 0
m 32. C

1 hc
min 
 mV2  2E eVmax
2

1 2
 mVmin = 2 × 10.2 = 20.4 eV 33. B
2
Use Moseley’s law
29. A
For the incident electron.
34. B
1
mv2  Ve 12400
2 E  18700 eV Potential  18.7 KV
0.663
p2 = 2meV
de Broglie wavelength of incident electron, 1227 0
Kv   0.01A
v
h h
1 = 
p 2mVe

hc
Shortest X-ray wavelength, 2 =
Ve

1 Ve 1 V e
    
2 c 2mVe c  2  m

104
 1.8  1011
2 1
  0.1 
3  108 10

or 1 : 2 = 1 : 10

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
262 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.

1. A,C 7. A, D

hv   T1 n13
  ev 0  hv v0   n1  2n2 Check options
e T2 n23
i.e. v0 depends on frequency of incident light
and work function (emitter property)
8. A,C,D
If same energy released in y-direction then
2. B,C
same of the incident wavelength is missing
Photocurrent depends on no. of photons in A.
following on collector-plate only.
Ratio M.W. Infrared Visible Regions.


3. A,B,C U.V. X-Ray  f 
Existence of cut-off frequency and B will contain same visible and infrared light.
photoemission takes place even when
internsity is low.
9. A,C,D

4. A,C K  2.55 n  4  0.85 


As the source is taken away, the intensity of 10 n  2(3.4) so min
light reaching the target decreases, and
hence the photocurrent decreses. K
 13.6  0.85 12.75 K  25.5 ev
But as motion of the source does not affect 2
frequency of light, the stopping potential
given by V0 = (hv/e) – (/e) remains the same.
10. A,C

5. A,B If K  20.4 ev
E  0,10.2ev ,12.09ev 
6. A,C,D E  0, 7ev ,
loss  0
13.6  z 2
122.4  z2  9 z 3
1
so elastic collision
if (K.E.) > 20.4ev
Its energy level are
-30.6 ev then if loss = 0 then elastic
-
91.8 ev & otherwise inelastic collision
If e have K.E. energy
-122.4 ev
= 125 ev
11. A,B,D
The energy of each photon is hc/, so that
then energy of average electron the number of photons released per unit time
= 125 - 122.4 = 2.6ev is W/(hc/). These photons are spread out
in all directions over an area 4a2, so that
the ‘share’ of an area S is a fraction S/4a2
of the total number of photons emitted.
The maximum energy of emitted
photoelectrons is

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 263

12. A,D
hc 1
Emax = hc–= – = (hc--) Minimum wavelength decreases.
 
 Intensity Increases.
The stopping potential is given by
eVs = Emax
13. A,B
E 1
Hence, Vs = max  (hc  ) 12400
e e min  min  0.62 Å min  62pm
20000
Hence, choice (c) is incorrect.
12 & 45 pm will be absent
For photoemission to be possible, we have
hc > .
14. A,B,C
hc hc
Hence,   or  
 
15. B,C
Thus, the permitted range of values of  is Lyman series lies in the ultraviolet region,
Balmer series in visible region, and Paschen
hc
0 series in infrared region.

C. R > Y >B > V
Hence, the correct choices are (a), (b), and
(d).

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
264 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.


1. 885 4. when the potential is steady, photo electric
2
1m  C have energy in 1sec  200 emission just stop when hv = (3 + 1) eV =
4.0 eV
200 When
1mm 2 C have energy in 1sec  10 6
C h = (3+1)ev = 4ev
Energy
no. of photons 
hc /  5. i  5.76 1011 A

200 10 6  2640 10 10


 = 885 663 10 3  540 10 16
3 108 1240 1.6 10 19 no of photon 
1240 1.6 1019

2. (a) 2.25 eV (b) 4.2 eV (c) 2.0 eV, 0.5 eV 1.8 1019
no of e  emitted  10 1
5  109
4.25  A  Ta ...............(1)
4.7  B  Tb .................(2) i = 0.36 × 109 × 1.6 × 10-19
Tb  (Ta  1.5)...............(3)
 i  5.76 1011 A
h
a  ...............(4)
2 Me Ta
6. 940.96 V
h
b  ...............(5) Here, l = 0.4 Å = 0.4 × 10–10 m
2 Me Tb
Let V be the required voltage. Then,
By 45
h

given b  2a 2meV

a 12.27
4  a 4 b or  in Å 
b V
by (3)
12.27
 0.4 
1 V
b  ev & a  4 b
2
or V  30.675
by (1) & (2)
or V = (30.675)2 = 940.96 V
A  2.25ev
A  4.2ev
7. Photon
Let  be the de Broglie wavelength of the
3. 0.6 Volt, 2.0 mA
electron and the photon. If m and v are the
 i  nef mass and velocity of the electron, then de
I 1 Broglie wavelenght of the electron
sn  
4 r 2 hf
i1 r22 h

  mv
i 2 r12
The photon has got zero rest mass. Therefore,
2
18 mA  0.6  energy of the photon is totally kinetic in
  2
i2 0.6  nature. Since the wavelength of the photon
i 2  2 mA is same as that of the electron, the kinetic
energy of the photon having wavelength ,
 I same so V0 will remain same.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 265

10. 8.6 MeV


hc hc
E1  
 h / mv h 6.63 10 34
P 
or E1 = mvc ....(i)  1014
Now, the kinetic energy of the electron, p2
KE 
2m
1 v KE  8.6 MeV
E2  mv2  mv  ....(ii)
2 2
Since c > v/2 (as c > v), from the results (i)
and (ii), it follows that 11. 487.06 nm
E1 > E2
487 nm
i.e., kinetic energy of the photon is greater
- 0.85 ev
than that of the electron. As it moves with
the speed c, it is faster than electron.
- 3.4 ev
8. Power of electron microscope is 105 times
as large as that of the optical
microscrope. 12. 4.26 m/s, 13.2 eV
Here, V = 50 kV. Therefore, energy of
electrons, 13.6
n6 E5    0.38ev
E = 50 keV = 50 × 103 × 1.6 × 10–19 36
n 1 E1   13.6
= 8.0 × 10–15
E  13.2ev
Now,

h 13.2
 V 
2me mc
Taking m = 9.1 × 10–31 kg, we have
13. 7 : 36
6.62  1034
 For Balmer series
2  9.1  1031  8.0  1015
n 5  2
6.62  1034 1  1 1
  5.485  1012 m  Rz 2  2  2 
1.207  1022 1 2 5 
The resolving power of microscope is inversely
proportional to the wavelength of the
14. 18/5R
radiation used. Since wavelength of the
yellow light is 5990 Å, i.e., 5.99 × 10-7 m,  E m
power of electron microscope is 105 times as
large as that of the optical microscrope. 1  1 1 
 Rz 2  2  2 
  nc n13 
9. –h/e Et2

1  1 1
h h  2R  5  2  2 
  2 3 
mv 1 eE 2 18
2meE t 
2 m 5R
h

eEt

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
266 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

15. 1.257 × 10–23 Am2


13.6 Z2
Now, E1    54.4 eV
evr 12
M
2 Hence, Z=2
v  2rf
i.e., the gas is helium, originally excited to
n = 5 energy state.
2
1.6  1019  2  3.14  1016   0.5  1020
 M
2 18. a. nb  2 ; b. 14.4 eV ; c. Emax = 13.5 eV &
M  1.257  1023 Am2 Emin = 0.7 eV
a. Since only six different transitions take
place, the final state is n = 4. The energy
16. According to kinetic theory, the average levels of hydrogen atom are given by
kinetic energy of atoms or molecules in a gas
is given by K = (3/2)kT where k = 1.38 × 10–23 13.6
En   eV
JK–1 is boltzman’s constant and T is Kelvin n2
(absoulte) temperature. Room temperature If nB is the principal quantum numeber of the
is about T = 300 K. Hence, initially excited state B, then

3 13.6  13.6 
K 1.38  10 23   300  E4  EnB     2 
2 42  nB 
= 6.2 × 10–21 J

6.2  1021 1 1 
 13.6  2  
 eV  0.04 eV n 16
1.6  101  B 

The energy required to raise an electron from E4  EnB  2.7eV


ground state to the next heigher state is
13.6 – 3.4 = 10.2 eV. The average kinetic
1 1 
energy (0.04 eV) of atom is too small to excite 2.7  13.6  2  
n
 B 16 
an electron from ground state. Any atom is
excited state emits photons and eventually which gives nB  2. (Rounding off to nearest
falls to the ground state. Once in ground interger)
state, collision with other atoms can transfer b. The tansition energy is numerically equal
energy of nearly 0.04 eV. Very high to the ground state energy E1 of level A.
temperature is required to excite electron
upper status. E1 E
E4  ,E2  1
16 4

17. Z=2&n=5
E1 E1
Maximum energy is liberated from transition E4  E2  
16 4
En  1 and minimum energy for En  En–1.
Hence, 3
2.7eV   E1
E1 16
 E1  52.224 eV
n2 Thus, the ionization energy of the given atom
is 14.4 eV.
E1 E1 c. Maximum energy of the emitted photon is
  1.224 eV
n2 n  12 for the electron transition n = 4 to
n = 1, i.e.,
Solving the above equationss simultaneously,
we get E1 15
E4  E1   E1   E1
E1 = –54.4 eV and n = 5 16 16

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 267

22. 6210 eV
15 
  14.4   13.5 eV
16 12420
E K   6210ev
Thus, the maximum energy of the emitted 2
photon is 13.5 eV. Minimum energy of the
12420
emitted photon corresponds to the transition EK    12420ev
1
n = 4 to n = 3, i.e.
for L transition
E1 E1 7
E4  E3    E1 (from n=3 to n=2)
16 9 144
Energy diff. = 6210 ev.

7
   14.4   0.7 eV 23. during combination = 3.365 eV; after
144
combination = 3.88 eV (5  3) & 2.63 eV
(4  3)
19. One electron having kinetic energy nearly
11.6 eV 1240
E  3.1ev
Total energy received by the atom will be 400
25.2 eV. 13.6 eV energy is needed to remove W .f .  1.9 ev
the electron from the attraction of the (KE )m  1.2 ev
nucleus. Rest of the energy will be almost z2
   13.6
available in the form of KE of electron. n2
4
  13.6    2.176 ev
20. E 1 < E2 25
Photon Energy  2.17  1.2
 3.37 ev
E1
H atom 24. 62.5 × 10–12, 192.5 × 10–12

Case I hc hc
E 
1 2
E2
H atom
2  1  130 x 1012 m
Case II

25. 69.5 Kev


In the first case, KE of H atom increases due Energy diff. b/w (1) & (2) is
to recoil whereas in the second case KE
decreases due to recoil. 12400
 0
 E2 > E1 21.3 102 ( in A )

21. fb = fa –2 f  58.2Kev


Total energy Required
fb = fa + f
 58.2  11.3
n2  69.5 Kev
r
2

EK   EK  EL L
hfK   hfK  hfL
K
fK   fK  fL L

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
268 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.

1. (a) 105 s–1 ; (b) 286.18 ; (d) 111 s


10 8
P = 3.2 x 10-3 t  111 .11 sec .
9 x 105
-3
8 x 10 =r
(a)
0.8m 2. (i) 5/16 photon/sec,
(ii) 5/1600 electrons/sec
3.2 x 10 3
 0.4 x 10 The intensity of light at a distance of 0.1 m
5 x 1.6 x 10 19
from source
No. of Photons falling = E P 10
I  
3 3 2 st S 4   (0.1)2
3.2 x 10 (8x 10 )
2
x 19 = 1011
4 x (0.8) 5 x 1.6 x 10 area of the target r2 =  × (0.05)2×10–8

hc hc
1011 Energy of photon E =  E
No. of Photo electron =  105 sec1  0.5  10 – 9
106

(b) Photo electrons :- I 5


 Photon flux =  ph / sec
2 eV = K.E. = E 16

no. of electron emitted = n × photon flux


12400
5
photon  ph = 2480 Å 5 5
= 0.01 × =
16 1600
h h
 = mv  2m K.E.
3. 6 × 1017 sec.
 Ratio = 286 : 18
 h
Photons have momentum  p   which they
0.8692 x 10 9  

8.692 x 10 9
carry away;

(C) Due to  in Potential of the sphere the spacecraft will acquire momentum in the
opposite direction according to law of
Potential becomes 2V0. Energy required is 2
conservation of momentum.
eV extra the n
No. of photons per sec. from laser = n.
 e– stops.
Then from energy considerations,
kq
(D)  2V
r c
0.5 × 10–3 = nh  

9 x 109 x q
Z n = (0.5 × 10–3)/(ch)
8 x 10 3
Rate of change of momentum of spacecraft

16 x 10 12 8
10 h  h
 no. of e ejected  =  
9 x 1.6 x 10 19 9 = np = n = (0.5 × 10–3)
 ch   

 e coming out per second=105


0.5  10 3
=
c

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 269

From Newton’s second law,


1
 3  1.097  10 7  3.291  10 7
nh 
= ma

  = 303.85 Å
0.5  10 3 1
or 1000 a = = × 10–11 12400
3.00  108 6
Energy =  (in Å ) eV  40 .80 eV

But v = at
Now this energy is used to liberated photo
v 1000
So t = = sec electron from H atom then
a  1  1 11
    10
 1000  6 1
mv 2  ( 40.80  13.6 )  27.20 eV
= 6 × 10 17
sec. 2

 1 2  27 .20  1.6  10 19


4. v 
p = 2 9.1 10 31

Magnetic force experienced by a charged  v = 3.1 × 106 m/sec


particle in a magnetic field is given by,


FB = q v ×  6. 489.6 eV, 25.28 Å
B = qvB sin 
In our case FB = qvB 1 1 1
 Rz 2  2  2 
[as  = 90º]   n1 n 2 

mv 2
Hence, Bqv = or mv = qBr 1  1 1
r   1.097  10 7  z 2   
 2 3
The de Broglie wavelength
12400 12400
h h 68 =    182 .35 Å
= =  68
mv qBr

10 10 1 1
  particle q p rp   1.097  10 7 z 2  
182 .35 4 9 
 proton = q  r

10 3  36
r q  z 2  z2 = 36  z = 6
200  5
Since r = 1 and qp = 2
p

z
v  2.18  10 6   13 .08  10 6 m / s
 1 n
 p = 2
1 1
K.E. = mv 2   9.1 10 – 31  171.08  10 21
2 2
5. 3.1 × 106 m/s
K.E. = 778 × 10–19
First line of lyman series means n 2= 2,
Ionisation energy = (13.6) (z)2 = 13.6 × 36
n1 = 1 eV = 489.6 eV

1 1 1 12400
 Rz 2  2  2  '   25 .28 Å
 1 2  489 .6

1  1
  1.097  10 7  2 2 1  
  4

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
270 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

7. (i) Allowed values of energy of neutron = Energy left 65 - 40.8 = 24.2 eV


6.36 eV and 0.312 eV; Allowed values of K.E. of He in H - direction = 1625 eV
energy of He atom = 17.84 eV and 16.328
24.2 - 16.25 - divided in vertical component
eV, (ii) 18.23 × 1014 Hz, 9.846 × 1015 Hz,
of He & nucleus
11.6 × 1015 Hz
= 7.95

v 95 x 4
6.36 eV
5
The same way for 48.36 eV

n He
+ v1
8. n=2
r  n2
v2
5.3  10 –11 1
= 2
21.2  10 –11 n

n2 = 4 , n = 2
v0

9. (i) KE = 3.4 eV, (ii)  = 6.66 Å

4M KE  TE  3.4 ev
m v1
p2
3.4 ev 
2m
p  1024
v
6.67  10 34
 h 
p 10 24
10
(b) 40.8 x 10  1019  6.634 x 1034 x f   6.6 10 m

9.846 x 1015 Hz
10. 0.61 Å
48.36 x 1.6  1019  6.634 x 10 34
12400
min 
f  11.6 x 10 Hz15 20  10 3
min  0.62 Å
7.56 x 1.6 x 10-19 = 6.634 x 10-34
(a)

V  V ...(1)
4

4mv  mv

V
V  ....(2)
4

1 1 v2 3K
mv20  4m 0   48.75
2 2 16 4 4

 Possible transition is 40.8.


 f = 18.23 x 1014 Hz

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 271

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main

1. C
 1 1 
E(2 1)  Rhc  2    0.75 Rhc
h  (1) (2)2 
We know  
mv

 1 1 
1 (mv)2 E(13)  Rhc  2  2 
  0.9Rhc
and K  mv2   (3) (1) 
2 2m
Thus, III transition gives most energy. I tran-
 mv  2mK
sition represents the absorption of energy.

h 1
Thus,   
4. D
2mK K
as  will increases K max will decreases so
current should decreases and dfinally fall to
1 K1 K1
   (K2  2K1 ) 0 when 0 is achieved.
2 K2 2K1

5. B
1 1 1
or  or  2  The photoelectric effect is an instantaneous
2 2 2
phenomenon (experimentally proved). It takes
approximate time of the order of 10-10 s.
2. B
6. A
I2 (r1 )2  1
  as I  2  hv0 =6.2 eV, eVo = 5 eV
I1 (r2 )2  r 
From Einstein's photoelectric equation
hv = hv0 +eV0 = 6.2 + 5 = 11.2 eV
I2 (1)2
 
I1  1 2 hc
    11.2 eV
2 

0
I2 = 4I1 hc
or   1108.9 A
Now, since number of electrons emitted per 11.2
second is directly proportional to intensity, Which belongs to ultra - violet region.
so number of electrons emitted by
photocathode would increase by a factor of 4.
7. B
Since, nuclear target is heavy, it can be
3. A assumed, safely that it will remain stationary
and will not move due to the Coulombic
1 1
E  Rhc  2  2  interaction force.
 n1 n2  At distance of closest approach, relative
velocity of two particles is v.
1 1 Here, target is considered as stationary, so
E(43)  Rhc  2  2   0.05Rhc
 3 4  –particles comes to rest instantaneously at
distance be closest approach. Let required
distance be r, then from work–energy
1 1
E(42)  Rhc  2  2   0.2Rhc
 2 4 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
272 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

theorem,
nh
mvrn  from Bohr's theory.
mv 2
1 Ze  2e 2
0 
2 40 r on solving, rn  n and Tn is independent of n.

1
 r
m 14. B

1
1 mv2  eVo  1.68 eV
or r or r  Ze2 2
v2

hc 1240 ev nm
 hv    3.1 eV
8. D  400 nm
The momentum of the photon  3.1 eV = W0 + 1.6 eV
h hv W0 = 1.42 eV
P 
 c
15. D
9. C
 1 1 
Emission spectrum would rises when electron It corresponds to least value of  2  2  i.e.,,
makes a jump from higher energy levels to  n1 n2 
lower energy level, from Paschen, Bracket and Pfund series. Thus
Frequency of emitted photon is proportional the transition corresponds to 53
to change in energy of two energy levels, ie,
16. A
1 1
v  RcZ 2  2  2  4 x 103 = 1020 x hf
 n1 n2 
4 x 103
f 20
10 x 6.023 x 10 34
10. B
For constructive interference,
f  6.64 x 1016 Hz
h The obtained frequency lies in the band of
2d cos i = n 
2meV X-rays.
On substituting values, we get,
17. D
V  50 volt
Since, the frequency of ultraviolet light is
less than the frequency of X–rays, the energy
11. B of each incident photon will be more for
Expression is given by 2 d cos i = ndB. X–rays
KEphotoelectron = hv – 
12. D Stopping potential is to stop the fastest
As diffraction pattern has to be wider than photoelectron
slit width, so (d) is the correct option.
hv 
V0  
e e
13. B
So, KEmax and V 0 both increases. But KE
mv 2 k
 given
rn rn

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 273

ranges from zero to KEmax, because of loss of


energy due to subsequent collisions before 23. D
getting ejected and not due to range of Rotational kinetic energy of the two body
frequencies in the incident light. system rotating about their centre of mass is

1 2 2
18. C RKE   r ,
2
Kmax = eVo  h(v  v o )
m1m2
If V' = 2v where   m  m = reduced mass
1 2

 K'max  eV'0  h(2v  v o )


2 nh
= 2Kmax+hv0 and angular momentum, L  r 
2
 K'max  2Kmax and  v'0  2v0
2
1 2 2 1  nh  2
RKE   r ,  .  r
19. B 2 2  2r 2 

1 1
   n2h2 n2h2 (m1  m2 )n2h2
E = 13.6 Z2  n12 n22   2 2
 2

8 r 2r 2m1m2r2

1 1 
 13 .6(3)2  2  2  24. B
1 3  = 108.8 eV
1
Energy 

20. D
25. B
h h
de- Broglie wavelength    ,
mv P 1
Energy 
Where P = momentum n2

By conservation of momentum 1 1
  h  
P1  P2  0 or P1  P2 (n  1)2 n2

 1   2   n2  (n  1)2 2n  1
h  
(n  1)2 (n)2 n2 (n  1)2
21. C
2n 1
Davission and Germer experimentally   h 
n2 (n)2 n3
established wave nature of electron by
observing diffraction pattern while
bombarding electrons on Ni crystal. 26. A

hc  1 1 
22. D
= Rc z2  2  2 
In emission spectrum number of bright lines   n1 n2 
is given by
1
n(n  1) 4(4  1)  z2
 6 
2 2
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
1  (1) , 2  (1) , 3  (2) , 4  (3)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
274 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

1 1 hc 1
 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 = 1 : 1 : : from eqn. (1) = mv2 + 
4 9  2
on putting this equ. (2)
27. D
1 4 1 2 
mv’2 =  mv    – 
mv 2 3 2 
r=
qB
4
v’ > v
qBr 1.6  1019  3  104  10  103 3
v= =
m 9.1  1031
= 5.27 × 105
30. B
KEmax = 1/2 mv2
Debroglie wavelength
= 1/2 × 9.1 × 10–31 × (5.27 × 105)2
h h
126.36  1021  
= P 2mE
1.6  1019

= 78.975 × 10–2 hc
ev 
min
= 0.78 eV

 1 1  hc
v
E = 13.6  2  2  emin
 n1 n2 
take log both side
1 1
= 13.6    hc
4 9 log v  log  log min
e
= 1.88 ev
hc
1.88 = 0.78 +  log min  log  log v
e
 = 1.1 eV
So option B is correct.

28. C

Z2 31. C
ETotal = –13.6 eV
n2 2m2u2  u1(m1  m2 )
v1 = m1  m2
KE = |ETotal|

 m
0  u m  
PE = 2 Etotal  2 u
v1 = =
As n decreases, Total energy decreases, 3 3
m
potential energy decreases and kinetic energy 2
increases.
2mu
4u
v2 = 3 m =
29. D 2 3

1 hc mu
mv2 = – ....(1) pA =
2  3
m 4u 2mu
1 4 hc pB = . =
mv’2 = – ....(2) 2 3 3
2 3 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 275

× n per second
pA 1
pB = 2 Pressure =
F
A
A 2
2mnv cos 
B = 1 =
A
32. B 2  3.32  1027  1023  103  cos 45
=
h 2  10 4
= = 2.34 × 103 N/m2
mv
z 34. A
vn = 2.18 × 106
n Series limit frequency of lyman series = vL
 For Pfund series [n = 5]
1
 vn  1
n f
n n2
Now, vL
 fPfund series =
1 1 1 25
= RZ2  2  2 
  1 n 
35. C
1 1 1 
 = RZ2  2  2  Frequency
 1 R n 

1  1 1 k
  R 1  2  f
    2 m

1
1 k
  f2  
   1  12  42 m
 n 

k = mF2 × 42
1
 1  6.023 × 1023 atoms present in  108 gm
   1  2 
  n 

As n is large 108
1 atom will be present in   103
6.023  10 23
 1 
  1  2 
  n 
108  (1012 )2  4  9.86  10 3
k=
B 6.023  10 23
_ A+ 2
 An ~
n
707.20  1024  103
33. B
= = 7.07  7.1 N/m
10 23
mH = 3.32 × 10–27 kg
n/s = 1023
wall area = 2 cm2

mv

p = 2 mv cos 
Total change in momentum = F = 2 mvcos

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
276 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.

1. C
c 1 1 
 v  Rc(Z  1)2  2  2 
1  1 2 
For Ka  v  (z – 1)   (z  1)

3
= 1.1 × 107 × 3 × 108 × (26 – 1)2  
1  4
or  ...(i),
(z  1)2
3
= 1.1 × 3 × 625 × × 1015
1 4
4  ...(ii)
(z'1)2 = 9.9 × 625 × 25 × 1013
= 154875 × 1012 Hz
1 (z'1)2 z'1 1
4   =  2z – 2
(z  1)2 z 1 2 5. A,C
= z – 1  2z' – 2 = 11 – 1 = 10  z = 6 Stopping potential is given by
2. A
hc  1 1  1 1 
First photon will excite the atom to I excited v     12400   
e    0    
 0 
state, which when returning to ground state
will emit a photon of energy 10.2 eV second   = wavelength in Å
photon will ionize the atom (13.6 eV will be 0 = Threshold value of wavelength for a
used up in this process). The extra energy particular metal.
(=15 – 13.6 = 1.4 eV) will be carried by
electron as its K.E. So a photon of energy
13.6 eV and an electron of energy 1.4 eV will 6. n = 24
be emitted. Compare the wavelength of the transition
from (n + 1)th to first n = 1 of the ion to the
de-broglie wavelength in its first orbit.
3. 2
For 0  x  1, KE = 2E0 – E0 = E0 7. B
for x > 1, KE = 2E0 both statements are correct but statement
(2) is not correct explanation of statement
1 h / P1 P KE2 2E0 (1).
  2    2
2 h / P2 P1 KE1 E0
Energy of characterstic X-ray depends on
the difference in energy levels.

4. v = 1.546 × 1018 Hz
8. A
(a) Using R = R0 (A)1/3

1/3 h p2 h2
1 /3 A p=  K.E. = =
(14)    2m 2m2
4
If entire K.E. of electron is converted into
 A = 14 × 4 = 56 photon then
 Z = A – N = 56 – 30 Z = 26
h2 hc 2mc2
  0 
1 2 1 1  2m2 0 h
(b)  R(Z  1)  2  2 
 1 2 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 277

9. B
900
The series in uv region is Lyman series. E2 = = 1.77 eV
11R
Longest wavelength corresponds to minimum
energy which occurs in transition from n = 2 From energy level diagram of He+ atom, we
to n = 1. can see that in transition from n = 4 to n = 3,
energy of photon released will lie between E1
1/R and E2.
 122  ....(1)
1 1 E43 = – 3.4 – (–6.04)

12 22 = 2.64 eV

The smallest wavelength in the infrared region Wavelength of photon corresponding to this
corresponds to maximum energy of Paschen energy,
series
12375
= Å = 4687.5 Å
264
1 /R

1 1 ....(2) = 4.68 × 10–7 m

32 
13. A
from (1) and (2)  = 823.5 nm.
Kinetic energy, K  Z2

10. B KH 2
1 1
=   =
KHe 2
  4
hc
cutoff =
ev
(independent of atomic number) 14. A

n 2a
11. C a   
2 n
n=2 -3.4 eV
h
n=1 -13.6 eV  de Broglie 
H atom p
n=4 -3.4 eV
2a h nh
 p
n=3 -6.04 eV n p 2a

n=2 -13.6 eV
p2 n2h 2
E  2
n=1 +
-54.4 eV 2m 8a m
He Z = 2

Energy given by H atom in transition from 1


 E
n = 2 to n = 1 is equal to energy taken by a2
He+ atom in transition from n = 2 to n = 4.

15. B
12. C
Visible light lies in the range, 1 = 4000 Å to h2
E
2 = 7000 Å. Energy of photons corresponding 8a 2 m
to these wavelengths (in eV) would be :
(6.6  10 34 )2
12375 = = 8 meV
E1 = = 3.09 eV, and 8  (6.6  109 ) 2  1030  1.6  1019
4000

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
278 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

16. D 22. A

nh 1  1
mv  2 1
2a Given   Rz  2  2 
1 n
 1 n2
nh
or v =  vn 1 1 1 36
2am  R(1)2     R =

6561 4 9 6561  5

17. A
1 1 1 
Wavelength have energies 2.25 eV, 2.75 eV, Now  R(2)2   
2  4 16 
3.5 eV.
 In P, all cause emission, in q, only last two 16  4  6561  5
16  4
& in r, only last  IP > Iq > I r . 2 = =
R  4  12 36  4  12

 2  1215 Å
18. 3

h p m  q 23. 7
=    8 3
2mv  m p  qp w.f = 4.7 eV

hc
E= = 6.2 eV
19. D 

L2 n2 h 2 n 2h 2 energy of emited e– = 1.5 eV


Rotational energy =  
2 I 4   2 I 8  2I
2
 i.e., when potential of the sphere is 1.5 V
then no e– emited

20. B KQ 9  109  Q
  1.5  = 1.5
2 2
R 1  10  2
LF L
 i  hf
2I 2I 1 .5
Q=  10 11 No. of e–
9
h
 [ 4  1]  f
42 2I 1.5  10 11 150
= 19 =  10 7
 I = 1.87 × 10–46 kgm2 9  1.6  10 9  16

Z=7
21. C
Icm = Ic + I0 24. 7

4r/7 3r/7 1 kq1q2


KE = PE  mv2 
12 16 2 r

r p2 9  109  e  120e

2m 10  10 15
2 2
 4r   3r  1.87  10 –46
 12     16     h
7 7 1.63  10 – 27
&  (from debroglie)
p
 r = 1.3 × 10–10
solving  = 7 x 10-15 = 7 fm

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 279

25. B
1 20R 9
t = 100 × 10–9 s, P = 30 × 10–3 W, 3 = 36 = 5R
C = C × 108 m s–1
Momentum 28. A
3 9
Pt 30  10  1000  10 12400
= = E1 = =5eV
C 3  108 2480
12400
= 1.0 × 10–17 kg ms–1 E2 = = 4eV
3100
26. 1  5 =  + 4k .....(1)
Relation hv = hv0 + KE = hv0 + ev0
4=+k .....(2)
h
so V0  e(v  v ) On solving
0

11
 h  hv  = = 3.66 = 3.7 eV
V0    v   0  3
 e  e 
This is the form of y = mx + c
h 29. B
slope m 
e By Mosley’s Law :
hv0 f = a (z – 1)
any y – intercept =
e
Slope of this graph is h/e. The slope does no c
work function so the required no.  1. As v = f  f =

27. AC  Inverse relation and hence :


nh
L= 1
2   (Z  1)2
n=3
n2
R = a0 2
 1
Z 1  Z2  1  (42  1)2
= 
 
  = = 2.14
9 2  Z1  1   0 (24  1)2
4.5 a0 = a0
Z
Z = 2.
30. B
hc  1 1 
= Rhc ×  2  2  C = 3 × 108 m/s
 n
 1 n2 
e = 1.6 × 10–19 C
(1  3 transition)
 in m
1  1 E =  + eV
1 = R 1  9 
 
hc
    eV1
32R 9 1
= 1 =
9 32R
(1  2 transition) hc
   eV2
2
1  1 1
1  × 4
2 = R  4
 2 =
3
R
1 1 
(2  3 transition) hc     eV1  eV2
 1 2 
1 1 1  1

3 = R  4 9  × 4  2 =
3
R

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
280 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

 1 1  nh
 h  3  108   Ln 
 0.3  106 0.4  106  2

L n  n  1 1
= 1.3×10–19 [2 – 1] Relative change =  
L n n
 0.4  106  0.3  106 
 h  3  108  
 0.3  0.4  1012  32. 6

= 1.6 × 10–19 Wavelength = 970 Å

1.6  109 n=4 –0.85


h  0.12  1012 n=3 –1.51
3  108  0.1  106 
n=2 –3.4
 6.4  1034 Js 12.75

n=1 –13.6
31. A,B,D
orbital :
12375
=  12.75 eV
r 970
&  relative change
r
Now we known that :
n2
rn  0.529 The energy gap corresponding to the given
Z
wavelenght is same as for n = 4 to n = 1.
n  12  n2
 n n  1
n2  Now for spectral lines =
2
n2  1  2n  n2

n2 4  4  1
 = 6 Lines
1 2n 1 2
  2 
 n n
 dependent on n. 33. C
2
z
En  13.6 hc
n2 eV  
ph
E
Re lative change =
E hc 
v 
phe e
1 1

n  12 n2
 h
1 e 
n2 2mE

n2  n2  1  2n n2 h
 2
 e 
2
n n  1 1 2meV

 1  2n
 34. 5
n  12
Vi Z2
1  2n  6.25  13.6
 Vf n2
n2  1  2n
1 2n n2f n
   6.25  f  2.5  Min. value of nf
n2  1  2n n2  1  2n n2i ni
Doesn’t match with ‘C’ =5

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-I | 281

35. B 37. 3
1 hc
mv2 = KE = – 0  1 3
2  E 2–1  13.6  z 2 1 –   13.6  z 2  
 4 4
h h
p = mv =   v = m
d d
1 1 5
E3–2  13.6  z 2  –   13.6  z 2  
h 2
C1 4 9  36 
1 hc C
m 2 2 = – 0  2 = 2 – 0
2 m  d  ld 
E 2–1  E 3– 2  74.8
2C1 C2 (Δλ)  d ( d ) 3
(d) = –  = 3 5
( d )3 λ2  2 13.6  z 2    13.6  z 2    74.8
4  36 
36. 24
3 5 
Power = nh 13.6  z 2  –   74.8
 4 36 
(n = number of photons per second)
KE = 0, h =  (h =  + KEmax) z2 = 9
200 = n[6.25 × 1.6 × 10–19 Joule] z = +3 ans

200
n
1.6  10 –19  6.25
As photon is just above threshold frequency
KEmax is zero and they are accelrated by
potential difference of 500V.
KEf = qV

p2
 q  p  2mqV
2m
Since efficiency is 100%, number of
electrons = number of photons per second
As photon is completely absorbed force
exerted = nmv

200
  2  9  10 –31   1.6  10 –19  500
6.25  1.6  10 –19

3  200  10 –25  1600 2  40


   10 –4  3  24
6.25  1.6  10 –19 6.25  1.6

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
282 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic
Modern Physics-II

Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main

1. C
 4 3 1 /3 15 
All neutrons attract each other with the same  V  3 R ,R  R 0A ,R 0  1.25  10 
 
strong nuclear force. So, the strong nuclear
force holds together three protons and one  D = 2×1017 kg m-3

3 
neutron  Li  just as vigourously as it holds 6. C
4 
together two protons and two neutrons 1
1 a.m.u. = [mass of one 6c12]
12
4 
 2 He  . Specifically, protons electrostatically For C  A  12
 
repel other protons. This repulsion tries to
7. B
4 A
make a nucleus fly apart. Since He contains X  A X  2A Y
2
E2 – 2 E1 = Q
only two protons. The attractive strong
nuclear forces overcome the repulsion of the
8. C
protons. Hence, the nucleus holds together.

4 3B  A  e
But it Li , the mutual repulsion of the three
3  
protons overcomes the strong nuclear Eb Ea
attractions and the nucleus falls apart (or
e = Ea – 3Eb  3Eb = Ea – e
undergoes radioactive decay into a more
stable nucleus). Therefore, the answer will
9. B
into a more stable nucleus. Therefore, the
Energy = BE of Products – BE of Reactants
answer will be (c).
(8.2 × 110 + 8.2 × 90) – 7.4 × 200
2. A = 160 MeV
Isotopes A and C have same number of
protons. 10. C
Energy released = (80×7+120×8–200×6.5
3. B = 220MeV)
Nuclear forces are charge independent.
11. A
4. B For X : energy = 200 × 7.4 = 1480 MeV
Fast neutrons can be easily slowed down by For A : energy = 110 × 8.2 = 902 MeV
passing them through water. This is because
For B : energy = 80 × 8.1 = 648 MeV
of comparable masses the energy passed by
 Energy released=(902+648) – 1480
neutron to water modelcule is high.
= 1550 – 1480 = 70 MeV

5. B
Nuclear density of an atom of mass number A, 12. D
Energy released
27
mass A(1.67  10 ) E = total binding energy of 2He4 – 2 (total
D 
volume 4 binding energy of 1H2)
[1.25  1015 A1/ 3 ]3
3 = 4 × 7.0 – 2 (1.1) (2) = 23.6 MeV

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-II | 283

13. B 20. D
The gamma photon corresponding to the
R1  Noe  T1 =  N1
energy difference will be captured so that
R 2  No e  T2 =  N2 energy on reactant and product side is equal.
(939 + 940 - 1876)
R1  R2 = 3 MeV (Captures)
Atoms decayed N1-N2 =  R1  R 2

21. B
14. A
A 50 Mev
As there is no further disintegration of product K.E   = 48 MeV
(A  4)
hence decay constant is Zero.
0.96 × 50 MeV = 48 MeV
15. C A = 100
A  N
22. C
0.693
0.693 
2
t
A1  N0e 226 206
2 88 R a 82 Pb  x  y

0.693
226 = 206 + 4x
0.693 t
A2  N0 e 4 x=5
4

A1
0.693 0.693
t t 23. A
4 2
 2e
A2 As the alpha particle decays, the daughter
nucleus recoils. In such a process, the
1 0.693 momentum conservation holds good.
e–0.693 = = 2e 2 = 2
2 So,
Pa = PD = P
16. C
P2 P2
K = and KD 
N0 2M 2MD
N1  N0 e t = N0e1 =
e
As MD > M ,
so, K > KD.
17. B

N1  N0e100t N2  N0e0t 24. B


The complete fission reaction is
N1
N2 = e
9 0 t 235
92 U  n 94 140
40 Zr 58 Ce  2n  6e
1

Q  [m(235U)  m(94 Zr)  m(140 Ce)  m(n)]c2


18. D
= 208 MeV
A given Nucleus may decay after t = 0 at
any time.

19. B
Two smaller nuclei combining to form a larger
nucleus is called a Fusion reaction.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
284 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 1 | Single Correct

1. A 6. B
It is difficult to over come attractive forces Number of atoms in 2 kg fuel

2
2. A =6.02×1026 = 5.12×1024
235
We know that
Fission rate = Number of atoms fissioned in
1
3
one second
R  RoA
5.12  1024
Surface area  R 2 
30  24  60  60
1 2
 (R o A 3 )2  R 20 A 3 = 1.975×1018s-1
Each fission gives 185 MeV. Hence, energy
obtained in one second.
3. C
P = 185×1.975×1018MeV s-1
1
m  10  mp  ( 20  10)mn
1 = 185×1.975×1018 ×1.6×10-19Js-1

m11  10mp  10mn  10(mp  mn )


7. A

& m12  20m p  ( 40  20)m n 1 : 2  1: 2

m12  20(m p  m n ) 1A0  2B0

A0  2B0
m12  2m11

Mobserved < Mexpected


8. A
But observed relation m 2  2m1
d N1
Prob of decay by 1   1 t
N1
4. A

C13  C12  n dN2


2   2 t
N2
BE of reactants = 7.5 × 13 = 97.50
BE of products = 7.68 × 12 = 92.16 dN
TotalPr ob   dt
Energy Required = (BE)R– (BE)P N
= 97.50 - 92.16 = 5.34 MeV
dt  1dt   2dt

5. C   1   2

(BE)W  7.5 x 120  900


9. D
(BE)x  8.0 x 90  720
N = N0 (1-e-t)
(BE)y  8.5 x 60  510 N = N0 e–t
decayed = N0 – N = N0 – N0 e–t
(BE)Z  3.0 x 5.0  150
= N0 (1 – e–t)

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-II | 285

10. C 12. B

 dN1' 92 U238  82Pb206  x 2He4  y 1e0  Q


 1N1'
dt
A = 206 + 4x = 238
4x = 32  x=8
 dN'2
  2N'2 2x - y + 82 = 92  2x - y = 10
dt
16 - y = 10  y=6
'
 dN  dN   dN'2
1

   

dt dt  dt  13. A
Two -particles reduce mass number by 8.
  1N1'   2N'2  1N1' e  1t   2N'2e   2t
Therefore, new mass number = 180–8=172
Emission of two -particles reduces charge
11. C number by 4.
Total energy radiated by star is 1016J/s Emission of -particles increases charge
number by 1.
energy from one fission is of the order of
106 x 1.6x 10-19J Therefore, the new charge number
16 13 = 72–4+1 = 69
No of reactions per sec = 10 x 10 / 1.6
29
= 10 / 1.6
29
No of deutrons used/sec = 3 x 10 / 1.6
Time to use 1040 deutrons = 1029 t
t = 1040 /1029  1011
order about 1012 sec.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
286 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Level - 2 (Multiple Correct) | JEE Adv.

1. B,C,D the nucleus and hence we can say the more


Statement (a) is incorrect. Infact, stable the nucleus is.
A=Z+N For (b) and (d), in actual the binding energy
Statements (b), (c) and (d) are correct; they is always positive but if it were zero, ten
are the definitions of isobars, isotopes and nucleus will break spontaneously.
isotones.

5. B,C
2. B,C
Statement (a) is incorrect. The 2He4 nucleus
(B) R  3 A (or the -particle) is exceptionaly stable and
has a much higher value of BE per ucleon
 Volume  A
than that for most other light nuclei.
Mass  A
Statement (b) is correct but the reason of
 Density is independent of mass number A decrease in binding energy is different for

1 the cases of smaller and larger values of A.


(D) v The reason for the decrease in the BE per
n
nucleon for nuclei with large A is that with
r  n2
an increase in the number of protons, the
v2 1 Coulomb repulsion increases, On the other
  4
r n hand, the decrease in the BE per nucleon for
nuclei surface being less strongly bound that
3. A,C
those in the interior. Statement (c) is also
The idea of ‘magic number’ has led to the correct. They energy required to remove one
shell model and the nuclides with these
neutron (i.e., one nucleon) is the same as
number of protons or neutrons have been
the binding energy per nucleon for a given
compared with the ‘inert gases’ vis-a-vis
isotope.
stability in terms of ‘closed shells’.
Statement (d) is incorrect. To ensure both
charge and mass number conservation, a
4. A,B,D
proton must be produced as a by product of
It has been observed that total mass of
the reaction:
nucleus is always less than the sum of the
D2 + 1D2  1T3 + 1P1 + Q
1
masses of its nucleons. The energy difference
between the nucleus and its constituent
particles due to their mass difference is 6. A,B,D

termed as the binding energy of the nucleus. 21H2  2He4

In other words, we can say that to break energy absorbed = 2 × 1.1 MeV = 2.2 meV
the nucleus into its constituent particles, energy released = 7 MeV
some energy is needed to be supplied. This So net energy released per nucleon
energy is termed as binding energy of the = 7 – 2.2= 4.8 MeV
nucleus. So total energy released
For (a), more is the binding energy per = 4.8 × 4 = 19.2 MeV
nucleon, more is the energy required to break

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-II | 287

7. A,B,D 10. A,C,D


excess neutrons =  active and  - active
(A) z X A  z 2 Y A  4  2He4  Q1
excess proton =  + active

(B) z X A  z1 Y A  1e0  Q2


11. A,B,C
(C) z X A  z1Y A  1e0  Q3
Z X A  Z 1 Y A   0  E
(D) z X A  z Y A  z  0  Q4 KE of  particle can not exceed E.

my
8. ABC Te  QQ
me  my
Recall nucleus theory

N 1
N/2 ratio becomes
9. C,D Z1

14
7 N  n  73Li +He24+4n+2+
12. A,B,C
14
7 N  n  73Li +4p+4n

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
288 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 1) | JEE Adv.

1. 2 5. 4.0016 u

mass m 106  28.2  m.931 106


Density = =
volume 4
R 3 m  0.03029
3
m  0.03029 (Take)

12  1.66 10 27 mp  1.007276


=
4
( 2.7  10 15 ) 3  mn  1.008005
3

( 2  mp  2  mn  m)
2. 7.02 fermi
m = 4.001592 A.M.U.
16
Mass number of 8 O nucleus, A1 = 16

Nuclear radius of 16
nucleus,R1=3×10–15 m 6. 492 MeV
8 O
56
or R1 = 3 fermi The no.of protons is 26 fe  26

Mass number of 205


nucleus, A 2 = 205; The no. of neutrons = 56 - 26 = 30
82 Pb
B.E. = [26 × 1.00783 u + 30 × 1.00867 u
205
Nuclear radius of 82 Pb nucleus, R2 = ?
- 55.9349u]c2
Nuclear radius is given by R = R0A1/3 = 492 MeV
16 1/3
For 8 O , R1 = R0A 1

7. (A) 4.816 MeV (B) 3.254 MeV


205
For 82 Pb R2 = R0A21/3
(a) The Q - Value of   decay is
R2 A 21/ 3 A 21/ 3
Dividing, R = 1 / 3 or R2 = R1 ×
1 A1 A11 / 3
 
Q  m(19 0)  m(19 F) C 2 = 4.816 MeV

(b) The Q - Value of 1 decay is


(205)1/ 3
=3× fermi = 7.02 fermi
(16)1/ 3 Q   m ( 25 Al )  m ( 25 Mg )  2 me  C 2

 MeV  2
3. 2.48 × 10–12 m =  24.990432u  24.985839u  2  0.511 2 C
 C 
E = 2 x 0.5 = 1MeV
= (0.004593)-(931 Mev u )-1.022 MeV
E hc 1.24 x 1012 MeVm
 
2   = 3.254 Mev

  2.48 x 10 12 m  2.48 x 10 12 m


8. 23.6 MeV

4. 28 MeV  
B 1 H 2  1.1MeV

22 H1  2 He 4  23.6 MeV B  2 
He4  7.0 MeV
 
1.1 x 2 x 2.2 E  4.4 Energy release= 4(7.0) - 4(1.1)
= 28 - 4.4 = 23.6 MeV
E = 28 MeV

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-II | 289

9. 152 min. 13. 1.86 MeV

A  A 0 e  t 500 = 600 e  t 32

P  32 S   e  v
Ln6 / 5 Ln(6 / 5)
  m  2  10 3 A.M.U
t 40 min
E = 1.862 MeV
ln2 ln2
Half life t1 /2    40 =152 min
 ln6 / 5
40
14. (A) 19 K  40 –
20 Ca  e  ,
40
19
40
K 18 Ar  e   ,
10. 4.5 × 1010 y old 40
19 K  e – 18
40
Ar  
ln 2
 (B) 1.3034 MeV, 0.4676 MeV, 1.490 MeV
4.5 x 10 9
(A)
No of U238 atoms = Nu No of Pb206 atoms = Npb
40
19 K  40 –
20 Ca  e  ,
40
19
40
K 18 Ar  e   ,
Nu = Npb Nu= Noe-t
e-t = 1-e-t t = ln2 40
K  e – 18
40
Ar  
19
9
t = 4.5 x 10 y
(B) 1.3034 MeV, 0.4676 MeV, 1.490 MeV
40 e
19 K  40
20 Ca  1 
40 40
11. (i) 19 K 18 Ar  1 e0  v ,
E = m (931) MeV  1.3034 MeV
(ii) 4.2 × 109 years
40 40
19 K 18 Ar  1e0  
15. 5.304 MeV
0.693
 N  N0et m931 MeV  E
1.4  10 9
  particle energy = E - 217 Kev
1  8 et

16. 5.58 MeV


2.079  1.4  109
t  ln(8)  t
0.693 Use energy conservation
9
t = 4.2 × 10 years. m( 238 PU )C 2  m( 234 U)C 2  m( 4 He)C 2  k

 l n5 

k = m( 238 PU )  m( 234 U)  m( 4 He) c 2 
12. t 
 ln 2  = (238.04955u - 234.04095u - 4.002603u)

931MeV
Given R  R 0 et = 5.58 MeV
u
No of atom dissociated in time t = 80%

80N0
  N0 1  et  4  5  5 et
100

 5 et  1  ln5  t

ln5  ln5 
t  
  ln2 

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
290 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 (Level - 2) | JEE Adv.

1. Intially m1 has a momentum P1 & m2 is at rest v t

(P2 = 0) in the lab frame. The masses of the


particular after collision are mp & mo.
 
0

dv  udt
0
 v = u t

The conservation of momentum given


3. 4.87 Mev
P1 'P2 '  P1 or P2 '  P1 – P1 ' ...(1)
A–4
K . E.  Q
A
y y P1 '
 T = 4.78 MeV
A = 226
P1 m2
x x
m1 O P2=0 226 – 4
4.78 × 106 = Q
226
P2 '
 Q = 4.86 MeV
After collision
4. 7.01366 amu
m=(10.01167 + 1.00894 – mL i – 4.00386)
Squaring above equation Q = 1.83 MeV
2 or Q = m × 931 MeV
P2 ' 2  (P1 – P1' )2  P1  P1' 2 –2P1.P1'
 m = 0.001965
= P12 + P1’2 { P1.P1 '  0} mL i = 7.01675 – 0.001965
m L i = 7.01478 a.m.u
2
P1 ' 2 P2 ' 2 P
 Q  – 1
2mp 2m 0 2m1 5. 3.3 × 10–6 g
Intial Activity R1 =  N1
1 1 1  2 1  1 1  2 Activity after time t R2 =  N2
 Q   P1 '   –  P1
2  m p m 0  2  m 0 m1  Now, N2 = N1 e– t
Because only one -particle out of 4000
P2 induces a reaction we can find the number
 Ek 
2m of radon atoms introduced into the source.

 mp   m  nN 2
Now Q  K p 1   – K11  1 
  m  N'  nN1   nN 2 e t
 m0   0  e – t

 mass of radon m
2. v = ut
AN' A Ane t .R 2
1 =  nN 2 e t 
TAvg. = NA NA NA 

Given that A = 222, n = 4000,
dN T = 3.8 days t = 7.6 days
 = fraction of body disintegrate
N
0.693
in time dt e t  e 3 .8
5
 2.49 ,
dN R2 = 1.2 × 106 sec
  dt
N
m = 3.3 g
dm dv
or  dt or  dt
m v

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-II | 291

7. 6.04 × 109 yrs


  
0.2E0 t – (1  e – t ) At the time of observation t = t
  
6. T 
mS m1 140

m2 1

Rate of decay   N
A 1 238
   1.01
A 2 235
N

m
Rate of formation   Number of atoms N =
A

Let N be the no of radionucler any time t. N1 m A 140


Then net rate of form of nuclei at time t is   1 2  ...(i)
N A m 2 A 1 1.01
N t
dN dN Let N0 be the no. of atoms of both isotopes
dt
  – N or 
0
 dt
 – N 0  at the time of formation the

N1 N0 e – 1t
   e (  2 – 1 ) t ...(ii)
N  (1 – e – t ) N2 N0 e –  2 t

Equation (i) & (ii) we have
Number of nuclei formed in time t = t
& Number of nuclei left after time 140
e (  2 – 1 ) t 
1.01

t= (1 – e – t )
A (2 – 1)t = n (140) – n (1.01)

 energy released till time 4.9305


t  6.04  10 9 yrs
0.693  45 – 7.13 

t = E 0 [ t – (1 – e – t )] 10 8  45  7.13 

But only 20% of it is used in rasing the


tampreture of water 8. 1.7 × 1010 years
Given that Activity = 8.4 sec–1

So 0.2 E 0 [t – (1 – e – t )]  Q
 According to Avagadro hypothesis the no. of
atoms in 2.5 mg.
where Q = ms 
  = increase in tempreture of water 6.02  10 23
N  2.5  10 – 3
230

Q 0.2 E 0 [t – (1 – e – t )]
=      N = 6.54 × 1018
ms ms Now N = 8.4 sec–1

8 .4 8.4
  
N 6.54  10 18

 = 1.28 × 10–18 sec–1

0.6931
 T  1.7  10 10 year

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
292 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Main


1. B 5. C N(E)
A Energy spectrum of
Z X 10 n  73Li  24 He
emitted  -Particles
It implies that, A + 1 = 7+4 from radioactive
 A  10 and Z + 0 = 3+2  Z  5 source is drawn as
E
Thus, it is Boron 10
5 B. E0
6. B
2. A Energy of proton +7 x 5.60 = 2 x [4×7.06]
1/3
R  R o (A)  Energy of proton = 17.28 MeV.
1/3
R Al R (A )
 o Al 7. B
R Te R o (A Te )1 / 3
Since, here nuclear target is heavy it can be
R Al (A Al )1 / 3 assumed safely that it will remain stationary
or 
R Te (A Te )1 / 3 and will not move due to the Coulombic
interaction force.
R Al (27)1 / 3 3
or   At distance of closest approach relative
R Te (125)1 / 3 5
velocity of two particles is v. Here target is
5 considered as stationary, so Ą-particle
or R Te  x3.6  6 fermi
3 comes to rest instantaneously at distance
of closest approach.
3. C Let required distance is r, then from work-
No  N energy theorem
N  No (1  e t )   e  t
No
mv2 1 Ze  2e 1
1 0   r
  e t or 8e t 2 4o r m
8
3 x 0.693 1
or 3 In 2 = t or  or r or r  Ze2
15 v2
Half - life period,
0.693 8. C
t1/ 2  x 15  5 min n2
3 x 0.693 Emission spectrum would
rises when electron makes
4. C v
a jump from higher
The nuclear reaction can be represented as energy level to lower
7 1 8
Li  H  Be  X A Frequenc y of e mi tt ed n1
3 1 4 Z
photon
Applying conservation of atomic number
is proportional to change in energy of two
(charge) energy levels, i.e.
31 4 Z  Z 0
1 1
Applying conservation of atomic mass v  RcZ2  2  2 
 n1 n2 
7 18  A  A  0

Thus, the emitted particles are -photons ( 00 X ) 9. B


In gamma ray emission the energy is released
from nucleus, so that nucleus get stabilised.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-II | 293

10. B 1 M 2 1 M 2
mc2  . v1  . v2 ...(ii)
Binding energy 2 2 2 2
BE = (Mnucleus- Mnucleoun)c2 = (M0-8MP-9Mn)c2 M 2
mc2  v1
2
11. B 2mc 2
 v12
0.693 1 M
T1 / 2 (X)  ( Y )  
x Y 2m
v1  c
x M
or Y   Y  x
0.693
17. B
So Y will decay faster than X.
1 2
N1  No  No  No
3 3
12. B
2 1
Statement I is correct and statement II is N2  No  No  No
3 3
wrong can be directly concluded from Binding
n
energy/nucleon curve. N1  1 
   n 1
N2  2 
13. A  t 2  t1  one half life  20 min .
1st reaction is fusion and 4th reaction is fission
18. C
14. B In particle situation, at least three particles
In positive beta decay a proton is transformed take place in transformation, so energy of
into a neutron and a positron is emitted. -particle +energy of third particle = E1-E2
p  n0  e Hence, energy of -particle  E1  E2
Number of neutrons initially was A-Z
19. A
Number of neutrons after decay (A-Z)-3 × 2
According to given date, mass of neutron
(due to alpha particles) +2×1 (due to positive and proton are equal which do not permit
beta decay) the breaking up to neutron and proton.
The number of protons will reduce by 8 But if we take standard mass of neutron as
[as 3 × 2 (due to alpha particles] + 2 (due 1.6750 × 10–27 kg, then
to positive beta decay)] Energy released = Mass defect × c2
Hence, atomic number reduces by 8. = (mn – mp – me) × c2
So, the ratio of number of neutrons to that [ energy released mass of reactant – mass
of protons of product × c2]
Number of neutrons initially was A-Z 1.6750  1027  1.6725  1027  9  1031 

A Z4 1.66  1027

Z8 × 931.5 MeV [ 1 amu = 931.5 MeV]

15. C 16  1031
  931.5 MeV
After decay, the daughter nuclei will be more 1.66  1027
stable hence, binding every per nucleon will 1.6  0.9315
 MeV  0.9 MeV
be more than that of their parent nucleus. 1.66
which is close to option (A).
16. B
Conserving the momentum 20. D
For damped harmonic motion,
M M
0 v1  v2 ma = -kx - mbv
2 2 or ma +mbv +kx = 0
v1  v 2 ...(i) Solution to above equation is

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
294 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic


bt
k b2 4 hc
x  A oe 2
sin t; with 2 
  E  (E) 
m 4 3 2
Where amplitude drops exponentially with E hc

time. 3 2
b
i.e., A  A e

2
hc E
 o 
2
Average time  is that duration when amplitude  3
hc E
drops by 63% i.e., becomes A0/e.
1
b
Ao 
1 1
Thus, A   A oe 2 
e  2 3
b 2
or  1 or  
2 b 24. B
Ist case
21. C v=0
TA = 20 min TB = 40 min
after 80 min
2m m 2m
N N N N mv = mv1 + 2mv2
NA = 40 = 0 NB = 20 = 0
2 16 2 4 v1 + 2v2 = v ....(1)

 15  3 v2  v1
1=
A decayed =   N0 B decayed =   N0 v0
 16  4
v2 – v1 = v v1 = v2 – v
15 4 5
Ratio = × = 2
16 3 4 2v2 + v1 = v v1 = v–v
3
22. C 4
3v2 = 2v v1 = –
A 
B T 3
ln2 2
 v2 = v
T 3
NA = N0e–t
1 1 v2
NB = N0 (1 – e–t) mv2  m
KE 2 2 9 1 8
NB Pd = = 1 =1– =
 0.3 KE mv2 9 9
NA 2
= 0.888 = 0.89
N 0 (1  e t ) Second case
 0.3
N 0e t u v=0  v1 v2
m 12 m m 12 m
1 – e–t = 0.3 e– t
mv = mv1 + 12mv2
1 = 1.3 e–t
v1 + 12 v2 = v ....(1)
1 v2 – v1 = v
 e t
1.3 13v2 = 2v v1 = v2 – v

1 l n2 2 2
log  t =  t v2 = v v1 = v – v =
13 13
1.3 T
11v
Tlog1.3
t= 13
log 2
2
1 1  11  2
23. A mv2  m  v
2 2  13  (11)2
hc Pc = 1 =1–
2E  (E)  mv 2 (13)2
1 2
hc
 E 169  121
1 Pc = = 0.28
169

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Modern Physics-II | 295

Exercise - 4 Previous Year Problems | JEE Adv.


1. A  (A)(pqst), (B)(q), (C)(s), (D)(s)
4( 2 He4 )  8 O16
Mass defect 9. B,D
m = {4(4.0026) – 15.834} = 0.011 amu. In fusion two or more lighter nuclei combine
Energy released per oxygen nuclei = (0.011) to make a comparability heavier nucleus.
(931.48) MeV = 10.24 MeV In fission, a heavy nucleus breaks into two
or more comparatively lighter nuclei further,
2. B
energy will be released in a nuclear process
On increasing speed of electron fringe width
if total binding energy increases.
will decrease.
3. C 10. A
After two half lives 1/4th fraction of nuclei
will remain undecayed. or 3/4th will decay. ln 2 ln 2
5Ci  ( 2N0 )  10 Ci  (N0 )
Hence the propability that a nucleus decays T1 T2
in two half lives is 3/4. Dividing we get T1 = 4T2
4. (A) P,Q ; (B) P,R ; (C) S,P ; (D) P,Q,R
11. D
5. A
The high temperature maintained inside the
Rest mass of parent nuclus should be greater
reactor core
than the rest mass of daughter nuclei
thus (A) 12. A
6. B Ke2
2  15
. KT   T  1  10 9
1 r
After two half lives th fraction of nuclei
4
3 13. B
will remain undecayed. Or, th fraction will deuteron density = 8.0 × 10 14 cm –3 ,
4
decay. Hence, the probability that a nucleus confinement time = 9.0 × 10–1 s
3
decays in two half lives is . 14. 8
4
7. B  dN 
n   nN0 – t
The series in U- V region is lymen series.  dt 
Longest wavelength corresponds to minimum 1
By Graph  =  T = nt1/ 2
energy which occurs in transition from n = 2 2
to n = 1. 0.693
1/ R 4.16 = n × n=3
122  ..(i) 
(1/ 12  1/ 22 )
The smallest wavelength in the infrared region N0 N0
N=  n  P = 23  P = 8
corresponds to max. energy of Paschen series. P 2
1/ R 15. 1
 ..(ii)
(1/ 32  1/  )
from (i) & (ii)  = 823 nm dN 1
= N  1010 = N
dt 10 9
8. (A)(pqst), (B)(q), (C)(s), (D)(s)
N = 1019
(p)  (A) : elec. energy stored.
Total mass = 1019 × 10–25 = 10–6 kg
(q)  (AB) energy supplied, increasing
 M = 10–6 × 1000 × 103 = 1 mg
internal energy
(r)  (none) energy reduces, heat flows out, 16. C
internal energy drops The Kinetic energy is shared by both electron
(s)  (ACD) Mass to energy coversion and anti neutrino. Hence maximum KE of
(t)  (A) Current flows leading to heat antineutrino will also be nearly 0.8 × 106 eV.
generation

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
296 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

17. D 22. C
The KE of elctron will lie in the range 0 to 15
7 N  7(11H)  8(10 n)
0.8 × 106 eV.
BE(N) = 0.123986 × 931.5 = 115.492959 MeV
18. 4 15
O  8(11H)  7(10 n)
8

N0 (1 – e–t ) BE(O) = 0.12019×931.5 = 111.956985 MeV


Fraction in % = N0 BE(N) – BE(O) = 3.535974

= (1 – e–t ) = (1 – e–.04 )  4% 3 e2
= [8(7)–7 (6)]  R = 3.42 fm
5 4 ε 0 R
19. C
6
Li  6.015123 u 23. C
3
4
He  4.002603 u 64 = 26
2
2
H  2.014102 u  the material should decay for 6 half
1
6 2 4
lines for a safe laboratory.
3 Li 1 H + 2 He
(Not possible) Thus answer = 18 × 6 = 108 days
less more
mass mass

210 1 209
24. 9
Po H + 83 Bi
84 1
(Not possible) * 0
less more –1
mass mass

2
4.041MeV
1 H + 24He 3
6
Li Suppose  – has (KE)max. = k
more less (Possible)
mass mass
Total energy released, E = 931 (m) MeV
Mass defect, m = (12.014 – 12) 931.5
70
30 Zn + 3482Se 64
152
Gd = 13.04 MeV
less more (Not possible)
Now, E = 4.041 + K
mass mass
K = E – 4.041 = 9 MeV

20. A 25. 5
210 206
84 Po 82 Pb + 24He A = A0e–t
 M = 0.005818 u 0.7  11.5 
115 2.4  105  
8  24 

( M)c2 = 5.419467 MeV ~ 5420 KeV 3
 e
2.5  10 V
206 0.7  11.5 
K(Alpha) = (5420)  115V

8  24 

210  e 
2.4  2.5  102
= 5316 KeV ~ 5319 KeV e–0.0419 = 19.167×10-2
1 – 0.0419 = 19.167×10-2 V
21. C
0.95  100
(P) Alpha Decay  V = 5 Litre
19.167
234
u238
92  90 Th  He24 (2)
+
(Q) B decay 26. A,C
232 212
15 15 90 Th is converting into 82 Pb
8 O  7 N  1 0 (1)
Change in mass number (A) = 20
(R) Fission
is only brought by 
n 
(4)   1.5  unstable
239 140
Pu  57 La  99 20
94 37
p   no of  particle = =5
(S) Proton Emission 4
185 184 Due to 5  particle, z will change by 10 unit
83 Bi 
82 Pb + Proton (3)
Since given chagne is 8, therefore no. of 
particle is 2

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Semi Conductor | 297
SEMI CONDUCTOR
Exercise - 1 Objective Problems | JEE Main
1. B 17. D
By theory of energy bands  = ene e
 6.24
2. B ne = 
e e 1.6  10–19  3900
3. C  ne = 1016/cm3

12400 18. A
E
 As the concentration of electron is more than
that of holes so the semicondutor is N-type
12400
E=  2.1 eV  = e[nee + nhh]
5890
 = 1.6 × 10–19
[(8 × 1018 × 2.3) + (5 × 1018 × 0.01)]
4. B  = 1.6 × 10–19 18.45 × 1018
By theory of forbidden energy gap  = 29.52 × 10–1 = 2.952

5. A 1 1
=  = 0.33875
Specific resistance    2.952
~ 0.34 m
l
R=
A 19. D
 R   = ne(e+ h)
As TR = 2 × 1019 × 1.6 × 10–19 (0.36 + 0.14)
   = 1.6 ( – m)–1

6. C l l
R= 
A A
7. D 0.5  10–3 25
As temperature increases resistance R=  
1.6  10–4 8
of p increases this is property of conductor
As temperature increases resistance of Q v 2 16
i=  
decreases this is property of semiconductor R 25 / 8 25
i = 0.64 A
8. D
20. A
9. A
V 0.5
E  = 106 v/m
10. B d 5  10–7
= 1 × 106 v/m
11. C
21. B
12. B Without an external bias, an electric field
exists which points from n to p side and
13. C opposes any diffusion of electrons

14. C 22. A

15. A 23. A

16. A 24. A
When temperature increases no. of electron
increases hence no. of collision increases 25. B
there by drift velocity decreases
26. D

27. A

28. C

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
298 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

29. D 36. C
(i) VA = – 10V, VB = – 5V
30. B  D1, D3 R.B.  open
and D2 F.B.  short
31. D R R
RAB(i) = R 
X Y 4 4
As In
Pentavalent Trivalent R 3R
= R =
V group III group 2 2
 N-type p-type (ii) VA = – 5V, VB = – 10V
 D1, D3 FB
 X – N type D2  RB
y – p type
R R R
reverse biased RAB(ii) =   =R
4 2 4
32. B
1 Reverse bias (iii) VA = – 4V, VB = – 12V
2 F.B. 3 R.B. D1, D3 FB
4 F.B. D2 RB.
5  F.B R R R
RAB(iii) =   R
4 2 4
33. A (ii) = (iii) < (i)

R.B. 37. A
34. B  = e [ne . e + nh . h]
F.B. But nh . h negligible
  = e nee
i 5 = 1.6 × 10–19 × ne × 3900
ne = 8 × 1015/cm3
5V
38. A
Zener diode in reverse bias work as a
 voltage stabilizer.
So it will maintain a voltage of 6V across
itself and as V0 is in parallel with diode,
 V0 = 6V
5
i A
50 39. B
35. B F.B.
Voltage drop across diode = 0.5 V
Maximum power rating of diode = 100 mW D1
= 100 × 10–3 W RB
VS = 1.5V D2
VD2
As; P=
RD 6V

0.52
 RD = = 2.5 
100  10–3
Current through diode ;

VD 0.5
ID =   0.2 A
R D 2.5

1.5
Total resistance =  7.5 
0.2 Req = 50 + 150 + 100 = 300 
Total resistance = R + RD
6
7.5 = R + 2.5  i=  0.02 amp
 R = 5 300

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Semi Conductor | 299

40. A 44. C
Input AC current
D1
FB
input AC current

RB
t
D2
Output AC
current
6V t

i2 50 150 No. of cycled has doubled so frequency has


doubled so, f output = 2V
 i1
45. B
50
i

E0 ~ R
6V 100 ||

As D2 is R.B., So no current will flow through 200V


the 50 resistance

41. B  200 sin d


0
By theory of Half wave rectifier Vavg. = 2

 d
42. C 0

For + ve half cycle


200[cos ]0
B =–
2
I C 200
A =
2
D Form factor of half wave rectifie = 1.57
I
Vrms
Form factor =  1.57
Vavg.
 VBD is + ve
For – ve half cycle 200
Vrms =  1.57

B
200
=  1.57
3.14
= 100
D
46. B
As evident from figure diode will conduct for
VBD = + ve positive half cycle and will not
conduct for negetive half cycle, so circuit
As for both + ve & – ve half cycle of input, will work like a half wave rectifier
output is + ve hence it is a full wave So, output of H.W.R. is like
rectifier.

43. C
For F.W.R.
Fundamental freq. = 2 × [Freq. of input]
= 2 × 50
= 100 Hz.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
300 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

47. B 55. B
Diode 2 will conduct only for – ve (B) For CE
half cycle Output collector & input is base
 Its output will be B, D
VC ICR C
 voltage gain = 
48. C VB IBR B

 RC 24
= . = 0.6 × = 4.8
i
0
0 sin  d RB 3
iout(avg) = 
56. D
 d
0 By theory of amplifier.

–i0[cos ]0 57. B


= As the emittter base junction is reverse

biased, the voltage drop across it will be zero.
2i0  7 – IbRb = 0

 IbRb = 7
7
49. D Rb =
As e is greater than h So conductivity is 35  10–6
higher for n – p – n transistors = 2 × 105
= 200 k
50. A
In transistor 58. A
IE = IB + IC By theory of amplifier
IB = IE – IC
IB = 1000 × 10–6 – 0.96 × 10–3 59. A
= 1 mA – 0.96 mA
= 0.04 mA 60. D

emitter Base collector


51. A
 0.99 n P n
  98%
1 –  1 – 0.99
100%
0.99
=  99
0.01 2%

52. B q n.e.
I =
10 – (245 × 103 × 40 × 10–6) – VBE = 0 t t
 VBE = 10 – 9.8 I n
= 0.2 V
IC nC 98
Current transfer ratio =  
53. D IE nE 100
 C 16.5 – 9  10–3 = 0.98
= =
IB (200 – 100)  10–6
61. A
= 75 IE = IB + IC
IE = 100 × 10–6 + 9 × 10–3
54. B = 0.1 mA + 9 mA
In the figure there is only one connection at = 9.1 mA
base so it cannot be common base it can
either be a CE or CC 62. A
Also; in case of CC transistor is in
saturation mode so its cannot work as an Voltage gain
Current gain =
amplifier. Re sis tan ce gain
But in case of CE transitor is in active mode
2800
so it would at as on amplifier =
3000
= 0.93

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Semi Conductor | 301

63. C 69. C
By theory of gates Truth table for NAND Gate

64. B
By theory of gate's A B X
0 0 1
65. A 0 1 1
For 1st combination 1 0 1
C = A.A B.B 1 1 0
A.A. = A & B.B. = B
C = A.B
70. C
C = A B
C=A +B Y = A B
It is an OR gate A .B
For 2nd combination = A.B.
C = A.B . A.B  AND gate

C = A.B.  AB 71. B
C = AB + AB Truth table of OR gate :
C = AB
Its an AND gate
A B X
66. D 0 0 0
Case - I : 0 1 1
A=B= C=0 1 0 1
output of G1 = A + B
=0+0 1 1 1
= 0
output G2 = 0.0
72. A
= 0 =1 By theory of oscillator
Case-2
A= B=1&C=0 73. B
output of G1 = A + B By theory of transistors
=1+1=1
output of G2 = 1.0
= 0 =1

67. C
(A) 1.0 = 0
(B) 1  0 = 1 = 0
(C) 0.1  0  1
(D) 0(XNOR)1 = 0

68. A
If NAND gate is shorted at input side then
it acts as an NOT gate.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
302 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Objective Problems | JEE Main


1. A 10. B
By theory of energy bands. Energy = 1 eV
Now, Energy = qV0
2. BC here, q = e
when temperature increases, no. of charge eV0 = 1 eV
carriers in conductor increases. So V0 = 1V
conductivity increases and resistance
V
decreases Now, electric field : E =
d
3. A In a p – n junction. 1
drift current from n-side to p-side E=
5  10–8
diffusion current from p-side to n-side
 E = 2 × 107
4. B
11. D
By theory of energy bands
By theory of p - n junction
5. D
By theory of n-type semi conductor 12. A
As ne > nh
6. A  N-type semi-conductor
1
12400 Also,  =
E 

And,  = e[ne .e + nh . h]
12400 ~  = 1.6 × 10–19
  Å
1.12 [(8 × 1018 × 2.3) + (5 × 1018 × 0.01)]
 1.6 × 10–19 × 18.45 × 1018
7. A  = 1.6 × 10–19 × 18.45 × 1018
Untill a voltage is applid to p- n junction  = 29.52 × 10–1
there will be no current.  = 2.952
1
8. C Now, as  

hc   = 0.34 -m
E

13. B
hc
=
E P N
6.6  10–34  3  108
 + 5V – 2V
57  10–3  1.6  10–19 5V
  ~21700Å 2V

9. A
Impurity level below the conduction band
= 32 meV
As evident from circuit PN junction is for-
= 0.032 eV ward biased
And forbidden energy gap for semi conductor
~1 eV between conduction & valence band. 7
 i
 Impurity level is close to conduction band 700
and this happens for n-type semiconductor i = 10 mA

C.B. 14. B
0.032 eV In circuit 1 ; one junction is reverse biased
Forbidden and one is forward biased. Thats why this
energy circuit has different potential drops across
gap junction.
V.B.

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Semi Conductor | 303

In circuit 2 ; both junction are forward (B)


biased, so there will be equal potential drop
– 5V –5 0
across both junction. In circuit 3 ; both
junctions are reversed biased, so there will
be equal potential drop across both junctions

15. C
Vm  Vrms  2
Reverse biased
Vm = 2  200 ~ 283 V
As we can see input is A.C.
So, for positive half cycle
Diode will be forward bias
hence Vc = 283 V.
For – ve half cycle. 0 –6
Diode will be reverse bias but,
(C)
Capacital has charged during the positive PN
half cycle, so even when the circuit is open
circuit, there will be a voltage across
capacitor = 283 V.
Forward biased
16. C
Resistance of conductor increases with 10 V
increase in temperature

17. C
For – 10 V (D)
Diode is reverse biased, so circuit is open, N P
hence zero voltage across RL. 5V 10
5
For + 10 V
Diode is forward biased, so diode is short, Forward biased
so voltage across RL will be 10 V.
20. B
10V
+ V–

18. D
As we can see from figure ; diode is reverse
biased, so circuit will be open circuit, so zero
current will flow. R
In this circuit P - n junction is forward
19. B biased, so capacitor will get discharged
(after time t)
N P vve–t/RC = Ve–RC/RC
(A)
– 10V – 10 –5
V V
e

VC
 charge : Q =
e

– 5V + –
Forward biased

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
304 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

In this case P – n junction is reverse bias so 24. B


the circuit is open, so capacitor will not Using right hand thumb rule direction of
discharge. force is from back to front of cube.
 V = V Hence electron will be moving to back of
 Q = VC cube, hence front of cube will be positively
charged
21. A
25. B
v

o t

As we know threshold voltage for Si 0.7 V


i/P
and for Ge 0.3 V
So Ge diode will get forward biased.
and
V0 = 12 – VGe
V0 = 12 – 0.3 O/P
V0 = 11.7 V
A(1) B(2) B(1) D(2)
t
22. A

I
Si1 26. C
10V
As we can analysis from circuit that
Si2 diode is forward biased.
Hence equivalent circuit resistance
Req = 10 + (10 || 10)
As we can see Si 1 diode will be F.B. and Si2
= 15 k
will be R.B.
So the branch containing diodes will be open 30
 i  2mA
circuted. 15  103
Hence, 10 – 10I = 0
I = 1 amp. 2mA
Now, iAB =  1mA
2
23. A
 VAB  10  103  1  10–3
Si = 10 V
VO1 VO
12V 2

27. A
Ge As we can analyse from circuit

FB

VO1  12 – 0.7  11.3V


RB
VO2  0.3V

2V

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Semi Conductor | 305

2
 i 0.1 A
20

28. AD
By theory of P-n junction

29. B
By theory of semi -conductors

30. D
As the temperature is decreased, then
For copper [conductor] Resistance 
For germanium [semi conductor]  resis-
tance 

31. B
For C.E.
IC
  100
IB

1
 IB =  0.01mA
100
Now, IE = IB + IC
IE = IB + IC
  0.01 + 1
IE = 1.01 mA

32. A
By theory of semi conductor

33. C
By theory of transistor

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
306 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 3 Previous Year | JEE Mains


1. A  f1 = 100 Hz
As T  
14. C
2. C In CB amplifiel, the input signal is
By theory of semi conductor amplified but remain in phase with output
signal.
3. C
By theory of insulators 15. A
I = neAVd
4. A Ie ne  (Vd )e
By theory of transistor 
Ih nh  (Vd)h
5. D 7 7 (Vd )e
Due to the reverse biasing the width of   
4 5 (Vd )h
depletion layer increases and current
flowing through the diode is almost zero. In (Vd )e 5 7 5
this case, electric field is almost zero at the    
(Vd )h 7 4 4
middle of the depletion region.

6. A 16. D

7. B 17. C
When the temperature is decreased, then IC
for copper (i.e. conductor). Resistance 
IB
decreases and for germanium (i.e. semi
conductor) resistance increases. IE = IB + IC
IC
8. C 
IE – C
9. D 5.488
When temperature is decreased, then for =
5.60 – 5.488
copper (i.e. conductor)  R decreases
= 49
and for germanium (i.e. semi conductor) R
increases
18. A
If lattice constant of semi conductor
10. B
decreases the E C & E V decreases but E g
increases
11. A
By theory of p-n junction diode
19. BC
By checking condition for forward bias and
12. C
reverse bias
hc
Eg =
 20. D

6.6  10–34  3  108


=
2480  10–9  1.6  10–19
= 0.5 eV D2 FB
12V D1 RB
13. C
f = 50 Hz
1
T=
50
For full wave rectifier
T 1
T1 = 
2 100

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
Semi Conductor | 307

25. C
Given figure by analysis is of half wave
rectifier, since diode allowes signal to pass
i
during + ve half cycle only i.e. it is forward
 biased.
12V
26. A

Req = 4 + 2 = 6  Y  A B
12 Y  A.B
i=  2A
6 Y = AB
Truth table
21. D
Diode will be reverse biased for – 5V and
A B Y
hence will not conduct, so voltage across RL
will be zero. 0 0 0
But when + 5V is applied then diode will be
0 1 0
forward biased and hence it will conduct so
voltage across RL will be same as input volt- 1 0 0
age and hence + 5V
 Output signal 1 1 1
+ 5V
By using the above truth table, output will
be option (A).

22. D 27. B

P
23. D
A
Since no conduction is found when
multimeter is conected across P & Q it means
either both P & Q are n-type or p-type. X
So it means R is base when R is connected
to common terminal and conduction is seen
when other terminal is connected to P or Q, B
so it means transistor is n-p-h with R as Q
base
P  A.A  A
24. C
Q = B.B  A
If we give following inputs to A & B then
corresponding output C is obtained as shown X = A .B
in truth table.
X = A B
A B C X=A +B
 OR gate
0 0 0
28. D
0 1 1

1 0 1
Q
A
1 1 1
P
Y
The above table is similar to OR gate

B R

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
308 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

30. C
P = A.B
By checking condition of F.B. & R.B.
Q = A.AB
31. B
= A  AB
As, we know Cu is a conductor, so
R = B.AB with increase in temprature, resistance will
increase linearly. As Si is semi conductor ;
R = B  AB
so with increase in temprature, resistance
y = (A  AB) . (B  AB) will decrease exponatially.

y = (A  AB)  (B  AB) 32. D


Fuel diode works is breakdown region.
y = (A .AB)  (B. AB)
33. B
y = (A.AB)  (B. AB)
y = [A(A  B)]  [B(A  B)]
a b c d x
But A.A  0 &  B.B  0
0 0 0 0 0
y  AB  BA 0 0 0 1 1
0 0 1 0 1
 XOR gate
And the truth table for XOR is 0 0 1 1 1
0 1 0 0 1
0 1 0 1 1
A B y 0 1 1 0 1
0 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
0 1 1
1 0 1 Output OR gate is O when all the inputs are
1 1 0 O and output is 1 when over one input is 1.
 This gate is OR gate.

34. AD
29. C

 1000V   , is not satisfied by option (A), (D)
I   e T –1  mA 1– 
 
dV = ± 0.01V
T = 300 K
I = 5mA
I = e1000V/T – 1
I + 1 = e1000V/T
Taking log on both sides
1000V
log (I + 1) =
T
d(I  1) 1000
 dv
(I  1) T

dI 1000
 dv
 1 T
1000
dI =   I  1 dv
T
1000
dI =  (5  1)  0.01
300
= 0.2 mA

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 309

Exercise - 1 Objective Problems


1. B 11. C
By theory Central frequencies  fc
Lower side frequencies (fc – fs)
2. B Upper side frequencies (fc + fs)
By theory
12. C
3. B
By theory E2C
PC 
2R
4. C
By theory 13. D
By theory
5. C
14. C
C 3  108
   3  102 By theory
V 106
= 300 m 15. C
By theory
6. C
Three types 16. C
(1) PCM By theory
(2) DM
(3) ADM 17. B
Width = 2 × fm
7. A 2 × 5 = 10 KHz
By theory

8. C
By theory

9. B
Theory

10. D

Vmax – Vmin
Vm =
2

Vmax  Vmin
Vc =
2

Vm Vmax – Vmin
m= =
Vc Vmax  Vmin

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
310 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Exercise - 2 Objective Problems


1. C 8. D
By theory
2. D
9. D
81.45N
Er = 1 – By theory
V2
 V = 5.21 10. C
81.45 By theory
  1–
V2
11. C
v = 7.5 × 107 By theory

3. A 12. C
By theory By theory

13. A
4. A By theory
fc = 81Nmax
14. C
f 2 (40  106 )2 By theory
 Nmax = c 
81 81
15. C
1600  1012 By theory
Nmax =  20  1012
81
16. D
5. A By theory
By theory
17. C
6. D h = 240 m
By theory d  2hr

7. D d  2  240  6.4  106


By theory d = 55 km

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 311

Exercise - 3 Previous Year Problems | JEE MAIN

1. B 5. B
In radio communication, sky wave Fre quency spe ctrum of
referes to the propogation of radio modulated wave is
waves reflected or refracted back
towards earth from ionosphere.
Since , it is not limite d by the
LSB USB
curvature of earth, sky wave
propagation can be use d to
communicate be yond horizon.
Ionosphere is the region of upper
Band width
atomosphe re and induce s the
the rmosphere and parts of Clearly, m is not included in spec-
mesosphere and exosphere it is trum.
distinguished because it is ionised by
solar re adiation. It plays an 6. D
important part in atomospheric Only 10% of 10 GHz is utilised for
electricity. transmission
 Band available for transmission
2. A 10
=  10  109Hz = 109 Hz
Modulation does not changed time leg 100
betwe en transmission and Now, if there are n channels each
reception. using 5 Khz then ;
n × 5 × 103 = 109
3. D  n = 2 × 105
Maximum distance an earth where
object can be detected is ‘d’, then
(h + R)2 = d2 + R2
 d2 = h2 + 2Rh
since h << R
d2 = 2Rh
d = 2  (6.4  106 )  500
d = 80 km

4. A
As we know an amplitude
modulated wave band width is twice
the frequecies of modulating signal.
Therefore A.M., the frequency of the
high frequency carrier wave is made
to vary in propotion to the amplitude
of the audio signal

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43
312 | Solution Physics _ 12th Topic

Rough Work

Plot no. 46, Corner Building, Rajeev Gandhi Nagar, Kota, 9214233303|43

Potrebbero piacerti anche